Subido por Cesar Escalante

sum a2m

Anuncio
THALES AIR SYSTEMS
Parc tertiaire SILIC
3, avenue Charles Lindbergh
94628 Rungis. France.
BP 20351 - 94628 RUNGIS Cedex.
Standard Tel. +33 (0)1 79 61 40 00
Standard Fax. +33 (0)1 79 61 11 78
www.thalesgroup.com
Software User Manual
(SUM)
FOR THE
TopSky-AMHS Supervision
(A2M)
OF THE
Product
Prepared for :
Air Navigation Service Provider
Prepared by :
THALES Air Systems
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
1 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
DOCUMENT CHANGES SURVEY
LOG OF CHANGES
Revision
Date
Author
Modification
ECR #
001
15/11/2014
Hervé DAYRES
Creation from HTML version of A2M Software User Manual
NA
002
13/07/2015
Laurent RABEYRIN
Cleaned organization of sections, automatic removal of
optional paragraphs
NA
APPROVAL
Name
Role
Date
Written by :
Hervé DAYRES
Software Engineer
Verified by :
Laurent RABEYRIN
T-AMHS Component
Manager
Authorised by :
Max COURAU
Quality Manager
Approved by :
Jean-Philippe DARPHIN
T-AMHS Team Leader
Signature
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
2 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Table of Contents
1. SCOPE .................................................................................................................................16
1.1. IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................................16
1.2. DOCUMENT OVERVIEW ............................................................................................16
1.2.1. Purpose of this Document .................................................................................16
1.2.2. Applicability of this Document ............................................................................16
1.2.3. Configuration Management Issues for this Document .........................................16
2. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................................17
2.1. CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS ...................................................................................17
2.2. THALES GROUP DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................17
2.3. THALES AIR SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS .......................................................................17
2.4. PROJECT RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................17
2.5. OTHER DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................17
3. Interface Overview .................................................................................................................18
3.1. Login Window .............................................................................................................18
3.2. Main Window ..............................................................................................................18
3.2.1. Header bar .......................................................................................................19
3.2.2. Menu bar .........................................................................................................19
3.2.3. Tool bar ...........................................................................................................20
3.2.4. Alarm icon ........................................................................................................20
3.2.5. AMSS tree .......................................................................................................21
3.2.6. Window area ....................................................................................................23
3.2.7. Connection icons ..............................................................................................23
3.2.8. Status messages ..............................................................................................23
3.2.9. Status icons .....................................................................................................23
3.2.10. Time-counters line ..........................................................................................24
3.3. Graphical Elements .....................................................................................................24
3.3.1. Windows ..........................................................................................................24
3.3.2. Read-only Fields ..............................................................................................25
3.3.3. Input Fields ......................................................................................................25
3.3.4. Combo Boxes ..................................................................................................26
3.3.5. Radio Buttons ..................................................................................................27
3.3.6. Check Boxes ....................................................................................................27
3.3.7. Push Buttons ...................................................................................................28
3.3.8. Tables .............................................................................................................28
3.3.9. Text Areas .......................................................................................................29
3.3.10. Graphics ........................................................................................................29
4. Network Functions .................................................................................................................30
4.1. AFTN Network Functions .............................................................................................30
4.1.1. AFTN Channels ................................................................................................30
4.1.1.1. AFTN Channels list window ....................................................................30
4.1.1.2. AFTN Channel identification window .......................................................32
4.1.1.3. AFTN identification (new channel) window ..............................................33
4.1.1.4. AFTN Channel Parameters ....................................................................34
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
3 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4.1.1.4.1. AFTN channel parameters (Supervisory channel) window .............34
4.1.1.4.2. AFTN channel parameters (Operation channel) window ................37
4.1.1.4.3. AFTN channel parameters (User channels) window ......................43
4.1.1.4.4. AFTN Channel Physical Parameters ............................................55
4.1.1.5. Save-channel-as window .......................................................................67
4.1.1.6. AFTN channel status identification window ..............................................68
4.1.1.7. AFTN Channel Status Parameters ..........................................................69
4.1.1.7.1. AFTN channel status (Operation channels) window .......................69
4.1.1.7.2. AFTN channel status (User channels) window ..............................70
4.1.1.8. AFTN CSN list window ...........................................................................72
4.1.2. AFTN Circuits ...................................................................................................73
4.1.2.1. AFTN circuits list window .......................................................................73
4.1.2.2. AFTN circuit identification window ...........................................................75
4.1.2.3. AFTN circuit identification error message window ....................................76
4.1.2.4. AFTN Circuit Parameters .......................................................................77
4.1.2.4.1. AFTN circuit parameters (Supervisory circuits) window ..................77
4.1.2.4.2. AFTN circuit parameters (Operation circuits) window .....................78
4.1.2.4.3. AFTN circuit parameters (User circuits) window ............................82
4.1.2.5. Save-circuit-as window ..........................................................................92
4.1.2.6. AFTN circuit status identification window .................................................93
4.1.2.7. AFTN Circuit Status Parameters .............................................................94
4.1.2.7.1. AFTN circuit status parameters (Operation circuits) window ...........94
4.1.2.7.2. AFTN circuit status parameters (User circuits) window ..................95
4.2. CIDIN Network Functions ............................................................................................97
4.2.1. CIDIN AX .........................................................................................................97
4.2.1.1. CIDIN AX list window .............................................................................97
4.2.1.2. CIDIN AX identification window ...............................................................98
4.2.1.3. CIDIN AX identification (New AX) window ...............................................99
4.2.1.4. CIDIN AX identification error message window ........................................99
4.2.1.5. CIDIN AX parameters window ..............................................................100
4.2.1.6. Save-AX-as window .............................................................................106
4.2.1.7. CIDIN AX identification (Delete) window ................................................107
4.2.1.8. CIDIN AX delete confirmation window ...................................................107
4.2.2. CIDIN PVC ....................................................................................................108
4.2.2.1. CIDIN PVC list window .........................................................................108
4.2.2.2. CIDIN PVC identification window ..........................................................110
4.2.2.3. CIDIN PVC identification error message window ....................................110
4.2.2.4. CIDIN PVC parameters window ............................................................111
4.2.3. CIDIN SVC ....................................................................................................113
4.2.3.1. CIDIN SVC list window .........................................................................113
4.2.3.2. Edit CIDIN SVC (identification) window .................................................115
4.2.3.3. CIDIN SVC parameters window ............................................................115
4.2.3.4. CIDIN SVC status window ....................................................................117
4.2.3.5. Delete CIDIN SVC window ...................................................................118
4.2.3.6. CIDIN SVC delete confirmation window .................................................119
4.2.3.7. CIDIN SVC delete error message window .............................................119
4.3. AMHS Network Functions ..........................................................................................121
4.3.1. AMHS MTA ....................................................................................................121
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
4 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4.3.1.1. AMHS MTA/GATEWAY list ..................................................................121
4.3.1.2. AMHS MTA/GATEWAY parameters ......................................................122
4.3.2. AMHS UA ......................................................................................................133
4.3.2.1. AMHS UA list ......................................................................................133
4.3.2.2. AMHS UA P3 parameters .....................................................................134
4.3.2.3. AMHS UA P7 parameters .....................................................................135
5. Routing Functions ................................................................................................................155
5.1. AFTN Routing Functions ............................................................................................155
5.1.1. AFTN Indicators .............................................................................................155
5.1.1.1. AFTN Indicators List Window ................................................................155
5.1.1.2. AFTN Indicator Identification Window ....................................................158
5.1.1.3. AFTN Indicator Identification (new identifier) Window .............................159
5.1.1.4. AFTN Local Indicator Edit Window ........................................................160
5.1.1.5. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window ....................................................161
5.1.1.6. AFTN Collective Type 1 Indicator Edit Window ......................................166
5.1.1.7. AFTN Collective Type 2 Indicator Edit Window ......................................169
5.1.1.8. AFTN Indicator Identification (Save As) Window ....................................172
5.1.1.9. AFTN Indicator Identification (Delete) Window .......................................173
5.1.1.10. AFTN Indicator Delete Confirmation Window .......................................173
5.1.1.11. Search Indicator Criteria Window ........................................................174
5.1.1.12. Search Indicator List Window ..............................................................175
5.1.2. AFTN Filters ...................................................................................................177
5.1.2.1. AFTN Routing Filters List .....................................................................177
5.1.2.2. AFTN Routing Filters Edit .....................................................................179
5.1.2.3. AFTN Routing Filters Syntax ................................................................180
5.1.2.3.1. AFTN Routing Filters quick reference .........................................180
5.1.2.3.2. Routing filters full syntax ............................................................181
5.1.2.4. AFTN Routing Filters examples ............................................................189
5.1.2.4.1. Configuration ............................................................................189
5.1.2.4.2. Message ..................................................................................190
5.1.2.4.3. ICAO routing ............................................................................190
5.1.2.4.4. Filter with multi copy with different addressee types ....................191
5.1.2.4.5. Filter using Regular Expression VARiable (REVAR) to refer captured
string ......................................................................................................193
5.1.2.4.6. Filter using 'x' modifier ...............................................................194
5.2. AFTN <-> SITA Routing Functions .............................................................................195
5.2.1. AFTN <-> SITA indicator list window ................................................................195
5.2.2. New AFTN -> SITA choice window ..................................................................196
5.2.3. AFTN -> SITA edit (identify) window ................................................................197
5.2.4. SITA -> AFTN edit (identify) window ................................................................197
5.2.5. AFTN -> SITA edit (configure) window .............................................................198
5.2.6. SITA -> AFTN edit (configure) window .............................................................199
5.3. AFTN <-> E-mail Routing Functions ...........................................................................201
5.3.1. AFTN <-> E-mail list window ...........................................................................201
5.3.2. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (identify) window ............................................................202
5.3.3. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (configure) window .........................................................203
5.4. AMHS Routing Functions ...........................................................................................204
5.4.1. AMHS Directory .............................................................................................204
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
5 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.4.1.1. AMHS Address book ............................................................................204
5.4.1.2. AMHS Address conversion ...................................................................207
5.4.1.3. AMHS AMC Management ....................................................................210
5.4.2. AMHS Routes ................................................................................................213
5.4.2.1. AMHS routes list ..................................................................................213
5.4.2.2. AMHS routes edit ................................................................................215
5.4.3. AMHS Distribution Lists ..................................................................................216
5.4.3.1. AMHS Distribution lists list ....................................................................216
5.4.3.2. AMHS Distribution lists edit ..................................................................217
6. Messages Functions ............................................................................................................222
6.1. AFTN Messages Functions ........................................................................................222
6.1.1. AFTN Message Creation .................................................................................222
6.1.1.1. New Message Window .........................................................................222
6.1.1.2. AFTN Address Book Window from 'New AFTN Message' .......................227
6.1.1.3. AFTN Address Book Window ...............................................................230
6.1.1.4. List (Address Book Entry) Window ........................................................232
6.1.1.5. Creation by an existing AFTN message .................................................233
6.1.1.6. Save message window ........................................................................235
6.1.1.7. Proformas window ...............................................................................235
6.1.2. AFTN Message Search ...................................................................................237
6.1.2.1. Message retrieval window ....................................................................237
6.1.2.2. List of retrieved message(s) window .....................................................241
6.1.2.3. Log of message window .......................................................................244
6.1.3. AFTN Message Repetition ..............................................................................259
6.1.3.1. Message Repetition window .................................................................259
6.1.3.2. OLD, DEL ,SYS... Repetition window ....................................................261
6.1.4. AFTN Message Correction ..............................................................................263
6.1.4.1. Correction window ...............................................................................263
6.2. CIDIN Messages Functions ........................................................................................267
6.2.1. CIDIN Message Repetition ..............................................................................267
6.2.1.1. AX Repetition window ..........................................................................267
6.2.1.2. NAK Repetiton window ........................................................................268
6.3. AMHS Messages Functions .......................................................................................271
6.3.1. AMHS Message Search ..................................................................................271
6.3.1.1. AMHS Message retrieval function .........................................................271
6.3.1.2. List of retrieved AMHS messages(s) window .........................................276
6.3.1.3. Log of AMHS message window ............................................................278
7. Reporting Functions .............................................................................................................294
7.1. Alarms Functions ......................................................................................................294
7.1.1. Live Alarms Window .......................................................................................294
7.1.2. Alarms search window ....................................................................................295
7.1.3. Alarms Configuration ......................................................................................298
7.1.3.1. Alarm Level Configuration Window .......................................................298
7.1.3.2. AFTN Alarms Configuration ..................................................................300
7.1.3.2.1. AFTN Alarm List Window ...........................................................300
7.1.3.2.2. AFTN Alarm Details Window ......................................................302
7.1.3.3. AMHS Alarms Configuration .................................................................303
7.1.3.3.1. AMHS Alarm List Window ..........................................................303
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
6 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
7.1.3.3.2. AMHS Alarm Details Window .....................................................304
7.1.3.4. SNMP Alarms Configuration .................................................................305
7.1.3.4.1. SNMP Alarm List Window ..........................................................305
7.1.3.4.2. SNMP Alarm Details Window .....................................................305
7.2. Commands Functions ................................................................................................307
7.2.1. AFTN Commands Functions ...........................................................................307
7.2.1.1. AFTN A2M Commands Reporting Window ............................................307
7.2.1.2. Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands Window ............................................309
7.2.2. AMHS Commands Functions ..........................................................................310
7.2.2.1. AMHS A2M Commands Reporting Window ...........................................310
7.2.2.2. Retrieved AMHS A2M Commands Window ...........................................312
7.3. Statistics Functions ...................................................................................................315
7.3.1. AFTN Statistics Functions ...............................................................................315
7.3.1.1. AFTN Statistics List Window .................................................................315
7.3.1.2. AFTN Statistics Information Window .....................................................316
7.3.1.3. AFTN Statistics options ........................................................................317
7.3.1.4. AFTN Statistics Reporting Window .......................................................317
7.3.1.5. AFTN Hourly Statistics Report ..............................................................320
7.3.1.6. AFTN Daily Statistics Report ................................................................322
7.3.1.7. AFTN Monthly Statistics Report ............................................................326
7.3.2. CIDIN Statistics Functions ...............................................................................329
7.3.2.1. CIDIN Hourly Statistics report ...............................................................329
7.3.2.2. CIDIN Daily Statistics Report ................................................................332
7.3.2.3. CIDIN Monthly Statistics Report ............................................................334
7.3.3. AMHS Statistics Functions ..............................................................................336
7.3.3.1. AMHS Statistics Window ......................................................................336
7.3.3.2. AMHS Statistics Information Window ....................................................337
7.3.3.3. AMHS Statistics Reporting Windows .....................................................338
7.3.3.4. AMHS Statistics options .......................................................................340
7.3.3.5. AMHS Statistics Reports ......................................................................342
7.4. Printers Functions .....................................................................................................344
7.4.1. Printer function window ...................................................................................344
8. Monitoring Functions ............................................................................................................346
8.1. Global Monitoring Functions .......................................................................................346
8.1.1. Global Monitoring window ...............................................................................346
8.1.2. AFTN System Summary Window .....................................................................350
8.1.3. System Monitoring Window .............................................................................351
8.1.3.1. Switch Monitoring ................................................................................354
8.1.3.1.1. Chassis ....................................................................................354
8.1.3.1.2. CPU .........................................................................................355
8.1.3.1.3. Network Interfaces ....................................................................355
8.1.3.2. Server Monitoring ................................................................................355
8.1.3.2.1. Health Overall ...........................................................................356
8.1.3.2.2. Power supply ............................................................................357
8.1.3.2.3. Thermal fan ..............................................................................357
8.1.3.2.4. Thermal temperature .................................................................358
8.1.3.2.5. CPU .........................................................................................358
8.1.3.2.6. Disk Array controllers ................................................................359
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
7 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.1.3.2.7. Disk Physical drives ..................................................................359
8.1.3.2.8. Logical drives ...........................................................................360
8.1.3.2.9. Disk Storage .............................................................................361
8.1.3.2.10. System CPU ...........................................................................361
8.1.3.2.11. System Load ..........................................................................361
8.1.3.2.12. System Memory ......................................................................362
8.1.3.2.13. Network interface ....................................................................362
8.1.3.2.14. Management (ilO) System .......................................................362
8.1.3.2.15. Management (iLO) Network interfaces ......................................363
8.1.3.2.16. TILC .......................................................................................363
8.1.3.2.17. AMSS Software ......................................................................364
8.1.3.3. Perle Monitoring ..................................................................................364
8.1.3.3.1. System .....................................................................................364
8.1.3.3.2. Network interfaces ....................................................................365
8.1.3.3.3. Serail Ports Configuration ..........................................................365
8.1.3.3.4. Serial ports Status .....................................................................365
8.1.3.4. NAS Monitoring ...................................................................................366
8.1.3.4.1. Health Fans ..............................................................................367
8.1.3.4.2. Health Temperature ..................................................................367
8.1.3.4.3. Disk Physical drives ..................................................................367
8.1.3.4.4. Disk Logical drives ....................................................................368
8.1.3.4.5. NAS Network interfaces ............................................................368
8.1.3.5. Workstation Monitoring ........................................................................368
8.1.3.5.1. Workstation Disk Storage ..........................................................369
8.1.3.5.2. Workstation System Memory .....................................................369
8.1.3.5.3. Workstation Network interfaces ..................................................369
8.2. Traffic Monitoring Functions .......................................................................................370
8.2.1. AFTN Traffic Monitoring ..................................................................................370
8.2.1.1. AFTN Queue length window .................................................................370
8.2.1.2. Queue Information (Circuits) window .....................................................371
8.2.1.3. AFTN Queues Identification Window .....................................................373
8.2.1.4. AFTN Queues Edition Window .............................................................375
8.2.1.5. Queued Message Text Window ............................................................377
8.2.1.6. AFTN Queues - Delete up to a Date Window .........................................378
8.2.1.7. AFTN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window ............................................379
8.2.2. CIDIN Traffic Monitoring ..................................................................................381
8.2.2.1. CIDIN Queue Length Window ...............................................................381
8.2.2.2. CIDIN Queue Identification Window ......................................................382
8.2.2.3. CIDIN Queues Edition Window .............................................................383
8.2.2.4. CIDIN Queued Message Text Window ..................................................385
8.2.2.5. CIDIN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window ...........................................386
8.2.3. AMHS Traffic Monitoring .................................................................................387
8.2.3.1. AMHS Queue Length Window ..............................................................387
8.2.3.2. AMHS Queue Information Window ........................................................389
8.2.3.3. AMHS Queues Identification Window ....................................................390
8.2.3.4. AMHS Queue Edition Window ..............................................................391
8.2.3.5. AMHS Queued Message Text Window .................................................393
8.2.3.6. AMHS Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window ...........................................393
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
8 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.2.4. Traffic Dump ..................................................................................................395
8.2.4.1. AFTN Traffic Dump Window .................................................................395
8.3. Storage Monitoring Functions .....................................................................................400
8.3.1. AFTN Disk Storage Window ............................................................................400
8.3.2. AMHS Disk Storage Window ...........................................................................400
8.3.3. Detail Storage Window ...................................................................................401
8.3.4. Disk Storage Window .....................................................................................402
9. Administration Functions ......................................................................................................404
9.1. AFTN Options Window ..............................................................................................404
9.2. Users Configuration ...................................................................................................410
9.2.1. Users List Window ..........................................................................................410
9.2.2. User Rights (and Toolbar) Window ..................................................................410
9.2.3. User Preferences Window ...............................................................................415
9.3. Server Administration Window ...................................................................................418
9.4. TILC Administration Window ......................................................................................421
A. List of AFTN-related Alarms .................................................................................................424
A.1. AFTN Alarms ............................................................................................................425
A.2. CIDIN Alarms ...........................................................................................................432
A.3. AFTN Miscellaneous Alarms ......................................................................................436
A.4. AFTN/AMHS Gateway Alarms ...................................................................................437
A.5. AFTN/E-MAIL Gateway Alarms ..................................................................................447
A.6. Spy Mode Alarms .....................................................................................................448
A.7. AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion Alarms ..................................................................450
B. List of AMHS Alarms ............................................................................................................451
B.1. AMHS Alarms ...........................................................................................................452
C. List of SNMP-related Alarms ................................................................................................564
C.1. SNMP Alarms ...........................................................................................................565
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
9 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
List of Figures
1. Login window .........................................................................................................................18
2. Main window ..........................................................................................................................19
3. Header bar ............................................................................................................................19
4. Menu bar ...............................................................................................................................19
5. Tool bar .................................................................................................................................20
6. Alarm icon .............................................................................................................................21
7. AMSS tree .............................................................................................................................21
8. Connection icons ...................................................................................................................23
9. Status icons ...........................................................................................................................24
10. Time-counters line ................................................................................................................24
11. AFTN Channels List window .................................................................................................30
12. AFTN Channel identification window .....................................................................................32
13. AFTN Channel identification Connection type window ............................................................33
14. Supervisory Channel parameters window (General tab) ..........................................................35
15. Supervisory Channel parameters window (Miscellaneous tab) ................................................36
16. Operation Channel window (General Tab) .............................................................................39
17. Operation Channel window (Miscellaneous Tab) ....................................................................40
18. Operation Channel window (Status Tab) ................................................................................41
19. User Channel window (General Tab) .....................................................................................45
20. User Channel window (Miscellaneous Tab) ............................................................................51
21. User Channel window (Status Tab) .......................................................................................52
22. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (Asynchronous connection type) ..........................56
23. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (LAN connection type) ........................................58
24. Session part for LAN connection type ....................................................................................61
25. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (PVC connection type) ........................................64
26. Channel Save As window .....................................................................................................67
27. Channel Identification Window (from Status Menu) .................................................................68
28. Operational Channel Status window ......................................................................................70
29. User Channel Status window ................................................................................................71
30. CSN list window ...................................................................................................................72
31. Circuits list window ...............................................................................................................74
32. Circuit Identification window ..................................................................................................75
33. Circuit identifiation error window ............................................................................................76
34. Supervisory Circuit Parameters window .................................................................................77
35. Operation Circuit Parameters window (Queue tab) .................................................................79
36. Operation Circuit Parameters window (Status tab) ..................................................................81
37. User Circuit Parameters window (General tab) .......................................................................83
38. User Circuit Parameters window (Queue tab) .........................................................................85
39. User Circuit Parameters window (Diversion tab) .....................................................................87
40. User Circuit Parameters window (Status tab) .........................................................................91
41. Circuit Save As window ........................................................................................................93
42. AFTN Circuit Identification window (from Circuit Status menu) ................................................94
43. Operation Circuit Status Parameters window .........................................................................95
44. User Circuit Status Parameters window .................................................................................96
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
10 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
45. AX list window ......................................................................................................................97
46. AX identification window .......................................................................................................98
47. New AX identification window ...............................................................................................99
48. Mains Path AX parameters window .....................................................................................101
49. Main Path AX parameters window - 2 ..................................................................................103
50. Main Path AX parameters window - 3 ..................................................................................105
51. Save AX window ................................................................................................................106
52. AX deletion window ............................................................................................................107
53. AX deletion confirmation window .........................................................................................108
54. PVCs list window ...............................................................................................................109
55. PVC identification window ...................................................................................................110
56. PVC parameters window ....................................................................................................111
57. SVCs list window ...............................................................................................................114
58. SVC Edition window ...........................................................................................................115
59. SVC parameters window ....................................................................................................116
60. SVC deletion window ..........................................................................................................118
61. AMHS MTA list window ......................................................................................................121
62. AMHS MTA Domain tab .....................................................................................................123
63. AMHS MTA Domain tab for a gateway .................................................................................124
64. MTA parameters Selectors tab ............................................................................................125
65. MTA parameters Associations tab .......................................................................................127
66. MTA parameters Associations tab (exemple for a gateway) ..................................................128
67. MTA parameters Queues tab ..............................................................................................131
68. AMHS UA list .....................................................................................................................133
69. AMHS UA P3 parameters window .......................................................................................135
70. AMHS UA P7 parameters window .......................................................................................136
71. X400 Address General tab window ......................................................................................138
72. X400 Address Network tab window .....................................................................................140
73. X400 Address DDA tab window ...........................................................................................141
74. UA parameters window (type tab) ........................................................................................143
75. UA parameters window (Base tab) ......................................................................................146
76. UA parameters window (MTA Network tab) ..........................................................................148
77. UA parameters window (MS Network tab) ............................................................................150
78. UA parameters window (MS (Psap) network [Selectors] tab) .................................................152
79. UA parameters window (Directory tab) .................................................................................153
80. AFTN Indicators List Window ..............................................................................................155
81. AFTN indicators collective 1 Detailed list window ..................................................................157
82. AFTN indicators collective 2 Detailed list window ..................................................................158
83. AFTN Indicator Identification Window ..................................................................................158
84. AFTN Indicator Identification (new identifier) Window ...........................................................159
85. AFTN Local Indicator Edit Window ......................................................................................160
86. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window ...................................................................................161
87. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window (Configuration tab) ......................................................162
88. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window (Responsibility tab) .....................................................165
89. AFTN Collective Type 1 Indicator Edit Window .....................................................................167
90. AFTN Collective Type 2 Indicator Edit Window .....................................................................170
91. AFTN Indicator Identification (Save As) Window ...................................................................172
92. AFTN Indicator Identification (Delete) Window .....................................................................173
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
11 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
93. AFTN Indicator Delete Confirmation Window .......................................................................174
94. Search Indicator Criteria Window ........................................................................................174
95. Search Indicator List Window ..............................................................................................176
96. AFTN Routing Filters List ....................................................................................................178
97. AFTN Routing Filters Edit ...................................................................................................179
98. AFTN <-> SITA indicator list window ...................................................................................195
99. New AFTN -> SITA choice window ......................................................................................196
100. AFTN -> SITA edit (identify) window ..................................................................................197
101. SITA -> AFTN edit (identify) window ..................................................................................198
102. AFTN -> SITA edit (configure) window ...............................................................................199
103. SITA -> AFTN edit (configure) window ...............................................................................200
104. AFTN <-> E-mail Routing Functions ..................................................................................201
105. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (identify) window ..............................................................................202
106. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (configure) window ...........................................................................203
107. AMHS Directory Functions ................................................................................................204
108. AMHS Address book window ............................................................................................205
109. ATN Organization window .................................................................................................206
110. AMHS User window ..........................................................................................................207
111. Address Conversion window .............................................................................................208
112. AFTN AMHS address conversion window ..........................................................................209
113. AMHS MD window ...........................................................................................................209
114. AC management window ..................................................................................................211
115. AMC management Load function ......................................................................................212
116. AMC management Set as Operational function ..................................................................213
117. AMHS routes list ..............................................................................................................214
118. AMHS routes edit window .................................................................................................215
119. AMHS Distribution lists list window ....................................................................................216
120. AMHS Distribution lists edit window (General tab) ..............................................................218
121. AMHS Distribution lists edit window (Members tab) ............................................................219
122. AFTN message creation window .......................................................................................223
123. AFTN address book window from 'New AFTN Message' .....................................................228
124. AFTN address book window .............................................................................................231
125. List (Address Book Entry) window .....................................................................................233
126. Creation by an existing AFTN message window .................................................................234
127. Save message window .....................................................................................................235
128. Proformas window ............................................................................................................236
129. Message Retrieval window ................................................................................................238
130. List of retrieved messages window ....................................................................................242
131. Log of Message window (messages coming from AFTN) ....................................................245
132. Log of Message window (messages coming from AMHS) ...................................................246
133. AMHS page window .........................................................................................................248
134. E-Mail page window .........................................................................................................250
135. Exemple 1 of Error Page window .......................................................................................251
136. Exemple 2 of Error Page window .......................................................................................252
137. Exemple 3 of Error Page window .......................................................................................253
138. Switching Page window (case of messages sent on AFTN) .................................................255
139. Switching Page window (case of messages sent on AMHS) ................................................256
140. Message Repetition window ..............................................................................................260
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
12 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
141. OLD, DEL, SYS Repetition window ...................................................................................262
142. Correction window (Tab 1) ................................................................................................264
143. Correction window (Tab 2) ................................................................................................265
144. AX Repetition Window ......................................................................................................267
145. NAK Repetition window ....................................................................................................269
146. AMHS Message retrieval window ......................................................................................271
147. AMHS Input radio button window .......................................................................................273
148. AMHS Output radio button window ....................................................................................274
149. AMHS Both Radio button window ......................................................................................274
150. AMHS Filter Radio button window .....................................................................................275
151. List of retrieved AMHS messagess window ........................................................................277
152. AMHS Log General Page window ......................................................................................279
153. AMHS Log Switching Page window ...................................................................................281
154. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 1) ..................................................284
155. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 2) ..................................................285
156. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 3) ..................................................286
157. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 4) ..................................................287
158. General Alarms Window ...................................................................................................294
159. Alarms search window ......................................................................................................296
160. Alarms search window Error message ...............................................................................296
161. Alarm Level Configuration Window ....................................................................................299
162. Alarms Configuration window ............................................................................................301
163. AFTN Alarm Details Window .............................................................................................302
164. AFTN A2M Commands Reporting Window .........................................................................307
165. Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands Window .........................................................................309
166. AMHS A2M Commands Reporting Window ........................................................................311
167. Retrieved AMHS A2M Commands Window ........................................................................313
168. AFTN Statistics List Window .............................................................................................315
169. AFTN Statistics Information Window ..................................................................................316
170. AFTN Statistics Reporting Window ....................................................................................318
171. AMHS Statistics Functions ................................................................................................336
172. AMHS Statistics Information Window .................................................................................337
173. AMHS Statistics Reporting Windows .................................................................................339
174. AMHS Statistics options ....................................................................................................341
175. Printer function window .....................................................................................................344
176. Global Monitoring Details window ......................................................................................348
177. Global Monitoring International Map window ......................................................................349
178. System Summary window .................................................................................................351
179. AFTN Queue length window .............................................................................................370
180. Queue Information (Circuits) window .................................................................................372
181. AFTN queues identification window ...................................................................................374
182. AFTN Queues Edition Window ..........................................................................................376
183. Queued Message Text Window .........................................................................................377
184. AFTN Queues - Delete up to a Date Window .....................................................................378
185. AFTN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window ........................................................................380
186. CIDIN Queue Length Window ...........................................................................................381
187. CIDIN Queue Identification Window ...................................................................................383
188. CIDIN Queues Edition Window ..........................................................................................384
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
13 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
189. CIDIN Queued Message Text Window ...............................................................................385
190. CIDIN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window ........................................................................386
191. AMHS Queue Length Window ...........................................................................................387
192. AMHS Queue Information Window ....................................................................................389
193. AMHS Queues Identification Window .................................................................................390
194. AMHS Queue Edition Window ...........................................................................................392
195. AMHS Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window .......................................................................394
196. AFTN Traffic Dump Window ..............................................................................................396
197. AFTN Traffic Dump Window 2 ...........................................................................................398
198. AFTN Disk Storage Window ..............................................................................................400
199. AMHS Disk Storage Window .............................................................................................401
200. Detail Storage Window .....................................................................................................402
201. AFTN Options Window (Automatic options tab) ..................................................................404
202. AFTN Options Window (Priorities tab) ................................................................................406
203. AFTN Options Window (Priorities tab) ................................................................................408
204. Users List Window ............................................................................................................410
205. Users Rights window ........................................................................................................412
206. User Rights Toolbar window .............................................................................................414
207. User preferences window ..................................................................................................415
208. Server Administration window ...........................................................................................419
209. TILC Administration Window .............................................................................................421
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
14 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
List of Tables
1. Project identification ...............................................................................................................16
2. Document identification ..........................................................................................................16
3. Contractual documents ...........................................................................................................17
4. THALES group documents .....................................................................................................17
5. THALES Air Systems documents ............................................................................................17
6. Project related documents ......................................................................................................17
7. Other documents ...................................................................................................................17
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
15 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
1. SCOPE
1.1 IDENTIFICATION
Project identification
Project Name
Product
Subproject Name
N/A
Contract
N/A
Contractor
Air Navigation Service Provider (ANSP)
Table 1. Project identification
Document identification
Title
A2M Software User Manual
Doc short name
SUM
CDRL number
35
Reference
61 822 431 - 108
Revision
002
Date
13/07/2015
Classification
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Table 2. Document identification
1.2 DOCUMENT OVERVIEW
1.2.1 Purpose of this Document
The purpose of the Software User Manual (SUM) document is to to provide all information required to
configure and use the AERMAC/AMHS Management and Monitoring Position (A2M) software.
1.2.2 Applicability of this Document
This SUM applies to the A2M HMI provided within the frame of the Product project.
1.2.3 Configuration Management Issues for this Document
This document is one of the deliverable items of the Contract Data Requirements List and therefore shall be
maintained under THALES configuration control.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
16 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
2. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
2.1 CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS
At the Contract Signature, the Contractual BaseLine (CBL) shall be composed of:
Index
Reference
[C1]
Title
N/A
Contract for Product project
Table 3. Contractual documents
2.2 THALES GROUP DOCUMENTS
Index
Reference
[G1]
Title
87200049-GOV-GRP-EN
Thales Group's Quality, Environment and
Safety Manual
Table 4. THALES group documents
2.3 THALES AIR SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS
Index
Reference
[DR1]
Title
83010017-QCI-TR6
The security, environment and quality
commitment of Thales Air Systems SAS
Table 5. THALES Air Systems documents
2.4 PROJECT RELATED DOCUMENTS
Index
[P1]
THALES #
CDRL #
61 822 425 (GLO) -999
N/A
Title
Glossary for ANS Projects
Table 6. Project related documents
2.5 OTHER DOCUMENTS
Index
[O1]
Title
ICAO Annex 10
Table 7. Other documents
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
17 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
3. Interface Overview
3.1 Login Window
This constitutes the "Welcome" screen of the freshly launched Supervisory Position programme.
A notification at the lower righthand edge of the screen informs whether this Supervisory PC Position
(Internet address indicated) is attempting or has established physical connection.
Figure 1. Login window
The Login section of the screen invites the operator to enter User Name and Password, and click the
lefthand mouse button on the Login pushbutton.
If login details are correct, the main 'A2M Terminal' screen is displayed on the PC.
This screen is described in the next section
3.2 Main Window
This screen is the departure point for all the Supervisory Position functions. It is composed of the following
working zones (proceeding from top to bottom):
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
18 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Header bar
Menu bar
Tool bar
AMSS tree
Window area
Connection icons
Status message line
Status icons
Time-counters line
Figure 2. Main window
3.2.1 Header bar
Figure 3. Header bar
Standard window header bar, containing elements:
• Window type icon
• Window title ("TopSky-AMHS - A2M version - Logged as user")
• Minimize icon
• Maximize icon
• Close icon
3.2.2 Menu bar
Figure 4. Menu bar
Set of menu items providing rapid access to some of the more commonly used traffic queue and OMT type
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
19 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
functions (most of which also have keyboard shortcuts, like Ctrl N), as well as standard type Exit and Help
menu items:
File → List (Ctrl-E)
Terminate A2M software (confirmation requested).
Configuration → Preferences
A2M Preferences associated to the logged user.
Windows → Close all
Close all opened internal frames.
Help → About (Ctrl-B)
Current version number of A2M software.
3.2.3 Tool bar
Figure 5. Tool bar
Set of icons, customizable per user, providing shortcuts to the most commonly used functions of the AMSS
menu tree.
Icons have a role similar to menus, in that they provide access to Supervisory Position functions.
This they do more rapidly and directly than passing through menu items.
Almost the totality of the menu-accessed functions are available as icons.
A total of 49 icons are available. Procedure for actuating an icon:
MOUSE: Move cursor to chosen icon and click once the lefthand button. (Leaving the cursor for about 1
second on an icon will open a small information popup recalling the purpose of the icon.)
KEYBOARD: (Note: inefficient method of using icons, which are better adapted to the mouse.) First TAB
forward or backward (Shift TAB) until the focus is on the icon bar (indicated by a square frame on one of
the icons). If the icon with the frame is not the desired icon, displace the frame by means of:
- the arrow keys which cycle around the line of icons (forward using arrow-right or arrow-down) (backward
using arrow-left or arrow-up)
- the TAB keys which pass through the line of icons and finally out of the icon bar (forward using TAB)
(backward using Shift TAB).
Finally, to select the icon bearing the focus, operate the Space bar.
3.2.4 Alarm icon
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
20 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 6. Alarm icon
Icon that appears to warn the Supervisory Operator that alarms have been issued by the system.
By clicking on it, the operator visualizes alarms of all types that were issued since the last time he clicked.
The operator having consulted the alarms, he closes the window with a Close button, and the icon
disappears from the screen (except unacknowledged alarms) until more alarms are issued by the server.
3.2.5 AMSS tree
Figure 7. AMSS tree
The complete hierarchical tree of menu items giving access to the Supervisory functions.
Parts of the tree may be closed or re-opened in standard fashion by clicking mouse lefthand button on the
node icons (sometimes bearing, respectively, minus ('-') and plus ('+') signs, sometimes just a dot) situated
to the left of node names in the tree.
The menu items shown above that represent the tips of each branch (examples: List, Edit, Status, ...) are
not accessible via '+' icon, but by clicking once on the parent item (examples: Channels, Circuits) with the
mouse righth and button, which opens the list of these items in the form of an option menu.
Supervisory functions are performed by clicking either of the mouse buttons on a chosen item in one of
these option menus.
Examples: (1) to view a list of currently configured AFTN Channels:
• ensure the following menu branch is open
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels
(if not, click on the '+' of 'AMSS' if necessary to convert it to '-' and to open the first level of menu items
(Network, Routing, Messages, ...); click on the '+' of 'Network' to convert it to '-' and to open the second
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
21 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
level of menu items (Channels, Circuits, ...));
• click lefthand mouse button on 'AFTN Channels' to open the option menu containing items:
List
Edit
Status
Print
CSN List
• click left or righthand mouse button on the List item
an 'AFTN Channels' window is displayed in the 'Window area' containing the required information this
window may be left as a background while other functions are activated the window may be iconized by
clicking on the Minimise icon the window may be closed by clicking on the Close item
(2) to delete a previously configured AFTN Channel:
• ensure the following menu branch is open:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN Indicators
(if not, click on the '+' of 'AMSS' if necessary to convert it to '-' and to open the first level of menu items
(Network, Routing, Messages, ...); click on the '+' of 'Network' to convert it to '-' and to open the second
level of menu items (Channels, Circuits, ...));
• click lefthand mouse button on 'AFTN Indicators' to open the option menu containing items:
List
Delete
...
• click left or righthand mouse button on the Delete item
a 'Delete Indicator' window is displayed in the 'Window area' prompting for identification of the Indicator
that is to be deleted
Some of the Supervisory functions can be launched by double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on the
parent menu items mentioned above, instead of clicking on the parent item with the mouse lefthand button
to obtain the option menu, and then selecting the desired item.
In general, this double-click method will have the same effect as opening the option menu and selecting the
first item of that menu. The method therefore provides a useful shortcut to some of the more frequently
used functions like:
• list of channels
• list of AX names
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
22 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• list of PVCs
• list of Printer elements, etc.
3.2.6 Window area
Large blank rectangular area of the screen, to the right of the Function menu tree, used for the display of all
windows necessary to the supervisory functions.
Thus, for the examples above:
• (1) the 'AX List' window requested appears in this space, where it may be left as background, to be
overlaid by subsequently appearing windows, or closed if no longer required
• (2) the 'Delete SVC' window requested appears in this space; normally the operator will fill in the identifier
of the SVC he wishes to delete and click 'OK', whereupon the command will be transmitted to the server,
the 'Delete SVC' window closed, and the text "Command OK" displayed in the 'Status message line' on
the screen
When two or more windows are present in this area, the mouse may be used to move these around (by
clicking the lefthand button on the top bar and dragging). A window hidden under another may be brought
to the foreground by clicking on its top bar.
3.2.7 Connection icons
Small icons occupying the lower lefthand corner of the screen indicating the state of the connection of the
Supervisory Position with the AERMAC and RMA components of the AMSS server.
Icon colour green - connected
Icon colour red - disconnected (line problem, or server software problem).
A single lefthand mouse click leads to the display of TCP/IP connection parameters:
the IP address and port number. For Example:
Figure 8. Connection icons
3.2.8 Status messages
Line available for text display at lower edge of screen, just to the right of the 'Line connection' icon. Texts
displayed include the status of the last function executed, e.g., "Ready" or "Command OK", CRE number of
an operator-created message, any error information relating to the function just executed, "Printing in
progress" for a print command issued, etc.
3.2.9 Status icons
Icons that appear to remind the Supervisory Operator that certain system status conditions are still in
operation, and (normally being temporary conditions) may need to be disactivated:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
23 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 9. Status icons
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AFTN Automatic hourly statistics
AFTN Automatic daily statistics
AFTN Automatic log
At least one AFTN circuit in automatic log print mode
At least one AFTN circuit is diverted
At least one AFTN circuit in overflow mode
At least one AFTN indicator is diverted.
3.2.10 Time-counters line
Figure 10. Time-counters line
Line displayed at all times at the lower right corner of screen, with the following information of importance to
the Control Position operator:
• current Universal Time (hours: minutes)
• message queue counts:
AF nnnnnn
number of AFTN messages pending transmission
CI nnnnnn
number of CIDIN messages pending transmission
MTA N
number of AMHS messages pending transmission
UA N
number of AMHS messages in the message store
R nnnnnn
number of rejected incoming messages awaiting consultation / correction
The above information is refreshed every 30 seconds.
3.3 Graphical Elements
3.3.1 Windows
These are the main work areas used by the Supervisory Position consultation and parameter specification
functions.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
24 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
They take the form of rectangles of various sizes, containing embedded labels and fields presenting
numeric and other forms of information.
Certain windows containing numerous fields are divided into logical sections to aid clarity of presentation of
data.
The main purposes of windows are:
• display of the current values and statuses of sets of parameters
• provision of input fields allowing the operator to modify parameters
• choices of operations on parameters by means of action buttons.
The operator gains access to the various windows, initially through activation of a menu-item or icon, and
subsequently through action buttons present on the windows.
Certain functions call up only one window, others involve the operator in whole sequences and hierarchies
of windows.
Descriptions of the procedures for the various Supervisory Position functions are to be found in the major
function chapters of this manual, and are based upon the various windows encountered.
Each window is described in detail, together with all parameters requiring to be entered.
Several windows may coexist simultaneously in the Window area, either related to one function, or
concerned with unrelated functions. When the area becomes too crowded, it is a good idea to iconize some
of the windows via their Minimize button. One click on the icon will restore the window immediately.
Windows are composed of one or more of the following:
• Title
• Separator lines or tabs dividing the window logically into sections
• Read-only fields
• Input fields
• Combo boxes
• Radio buttons
• Check boxes
• Push buttons
• Table
• Text areas
• Graphics.
3.3.2 Read-only Fields
Rectangular numeric or textual fields containing information for consultation only, e.g. the current state of a
channel, the number of AFTN indicators associated with a circuit number.
These have a background of less pronounced colour than the equivalent modifiable Input fields.
3.3.3 Input Fields
Rectangular numeric or textual fields containing information for both consultation and modification, e.g.
channel state (current state, with possibility of modification), an identifier for a channel or AFTN indicator to
be created or modified.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
25 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
These have a background with a more pronounced colour than the equivalent read-only fields.
By default these contain the current value in the case of an already configured object, and normally are
empty in the case of an object to be newly configured (an exception: Maximum message length: from 2100
to 65535 characters, depending on server configuration, in AFTN Physical parameter windows).
Before keying characters into the field is possible, the field must first be selected. The presence of the focus
on a particular Input field is indicated by the 'I' type cursor.
MOUSE: Move cursor to chosen field and click lefthand button.
KEYBOARD: TAB forward or backward (Shift TAB) to reach the field.
3.3.4 Combo Boxes
Rectangular numeric or textual fields containing information for consultation, and offering a list of fixed
choices where it is necessary to perform modification, e.g. Connection type or Line speed when configuring
a new channel. An arrowhead symbol just to the right of the field denotes that there exists a list of options
for this field.
Modifications cannot be keyed in manually by the operator, instead a value must be selected from a set of
pre-defined values in a list, this list being opened by clicking with the mouse.
Before opening the list, by default the value presented in the field is one of the following:
• the current value in the case of an already configured object
• a pre-defined default value when an object is being configured anew
Examples of pre-defined values:
- Connection responsibility: BOTH - Line speed: 9600.
- Line speed: 9600
Before modifying a list field, the field must first be selected. The presence of the focus on a particular list
field is indicated by a change in the colour of the background.
MOUSE: Move cursor to chosen field and click lefthand button. This both selects the field and opens the
option menu. Either:
- Select one of the items in the list with either mouse button.
- Click elsewhere to close list without choosing an item.
KEYBOARD: TAB forward or backward (Shift TAB) to reach the field. Arrow down key to open the option
menu. Arrow down, Page down and End keys to descend the list of menu items. Arrow up, Page up and
Home keys to ascend the list of menu items. Either:
- Space bar or Enter key to select item highlighted.
- Escape key to close list without choosing an item.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
26 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
3.3.5 Radio Buttons
Circular buttons set out in close groups, each button in the group representing one of options possible for
the function attached to this group of radio buttons.
Examples:
• with 2 radio buttons: Inactivity check: (x) YES ( ) NO
• with 3 radio buttons: Alphabet: ( ) IA5-7 (x) IA5-8 ( ) ITA-2
A radio button field can only have one value at any one time. The current status of the field is indicated by
the presence of a dot in the button corresponding to the option.
By default the radio button dotted in the freshly open window is one of the following:
• the current option value in the case of an already configured object
• a pre-defined default value when an object is being configured anew
Example of pre-defined value:
- Line mode: Full duplex.
Modifying a radio button by the mouse is direct. Before modifying a radio button field using the keyboard,
the field must first be selected. The presence of the focus on a particular radio button is indicated by the
presence of a rectangular frame around the label for the desired option.
For the Example:
Alphabet: ( ) IA5-7 (x) IA5-8 ( ) ITA-2,
if the focus is on the IA5-7 option, there is a frame around the text "IA5-7".
MOUSE: Move cursor to radio button of chosen option (or to its label) and click lefthand button. The dot
moves immediately to that option.
KEYBOARD: TAB forward or backward (Shift TAB) to reach the option (frame round label). Space bar moves
the dot to that option.
3.3.6 Check Boxes
Square boxes ticked (i.e. checked with a "tick") to enable an option, and unticked to disable it. Examples:
• LR in Check message (Channel parameters)
• Diversion effective (Circuits, AXs)
By default the presence or absence of a checkbox tick in the freshly open window signifies one of the
following:
• it is the current value of this option in the case of an already configured object
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
27 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• a pre-defined default value when an object is being configured anew
Modifying a checkbox by the mouse is direct. Before modifying a checkbox field using the keyboard, the
field must first be selected.
MOUSE: Move cursor to the chosen checkbox and click lefthand button.
The value is toggled (a tick is unticked, empty box is ticked).
KEYBOARD: TAB forward or backward (Shift TAB) to reach the checkbox.
Space bar toggles current value (tick unticked, empty box ticked).
3.3.7 Push Buttons
Large rectangular buttons containing short, clear labels identifying a single action to be executed
immediately when "pressed".
Examples of pushbuttons encountered:
• OK confirm parameters, activate function
• YES confirmation (similar to OK)
• CANCEL abort function, or terminate without changes
• CLOSE close this window
• SAVE AS save parameters under a new name
Operating a pushbutton with the mouse is direct. To actuate a pushbutton using the keyboard, the field
must first be selected. The presence of the focus on a particular pushbutton is indicated by the presence of
a rectangular frame around the label inside the pushbutton.
MOUSE: Move cursor to pushbutton and click lefthand button.
KEYBOARD: TAB forward or backward (Shift TAB) to reach the pushbutton (frame round label).
Hit the Space bar.
3.3.8 Tables
Large windows displayed in the Window area, presenting lists of information (currently configured channels,
printer functions and their circuit numbers, messages in queues, etc).
If the number of items is too high to be contained entirely within the window, a scroll bar is provided on the
right to allow access to all parts of the list.
In certain scroll-lists, one or more items can be selected, with a view to performing an operation on the
object or objects included in the selection, examples:
• purging of selected messages in one of the circuit queues
• consultation of the parameters of one of the channels figuring in the list of channels:
MOUSE: Move cursor to details line for a chosen channel and click lefthand button (use CONTROL or
SHIFT keys for multiple selections).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
28 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Click righthand button to open context-sensitive option menu.
Click (either) button on the Edit option
Left-click on a column header will sort entries according to this column values. Clicking on it a second time
reversing the sorting order.
Right-click on a column header will allow to enter a filter to display only entries for which the column value
matches the filter value (filtered columns are marked in red). In filter values, special characters may be
used :
• "*" matches any sequence of characters
• "?" matches any single character
Display filter may be activated on several columns simultaneously. To reset display filter(s), simply erase
the filter value(s).
3.3.9 Text Areas
Large windows displayed in the Window area, presenting message texts.
If the text is too long to be contained entirely within the window, a scroll bar is provided on the right to allow
access to all parts of the text.
In certain cases the text will be read-only and purely for consultation (e.g., entries from the message log).
In other cases, the operator can use commands of the text editor to modify or correct a text directly in situ
(e.g. retrieval of existing or proforma messages for purposes of creating and transmitting new messages,
correcting messages rejected by the system).
3.3.10 Graphics
Large windows displayed in the Window area, presenting mixtures of texts, tables and images like
pie-charts and bar-charts (or histograms), e.g. representations of numbers of messages queued per circuit.
In certain cases, parts of a graphic may be accessible to the mouse (righthand button, usually) for opening
of an additional option menu.
All the table columns can be filtered by right clicking on the column header. The header of a filtered column
is displayed in red color.
If the option menu cannot be opened on a small graphic object, for example reduced height of a bar chart
due to the scale chosen for the y-axis, it should be possible to improve access by increasing the size of the
window by means of its Maximize icon.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
29 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4. Network Functions
4.1 AFTN Network Functions
4.1.1 AFTN Channels
4.1.1.1 AFTN Channels list window
List of details of all channels configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → List
Figure 11. AFTN Channels List window
Fields
Item
Type
Description
Number
Column
Channel number of channel listed
Protocol
Column
Channel protocol of channel listed
In TI
Column
Incoming CI and CSN
Out TI
Column
Outgoing CI and CSN
In status
Column
Incoming channel status (OPEN, CLOSED, TEST)
Out status
Column
Outgoing channel status (OPEN, CLOSED, TEST)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
30 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Operational
Column
Checkbox ticked if channel in service
Line Type
Column
Whether LAN, FIP, SVC, etc.
Physical
identification
Column
Part of physical parameters to identify the channel connection.
Location
Column
Character string describing the geographical position of the equipment.
New
Pushbutton
Configure a new channel (or consult existing channel)
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
Exit from window
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays
details of each channel configured, one line per channel.
One of these channel details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand
button, or double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Channel parameters' window for the chosen channel
• with one of the channel details lines selected (the selected line should have a
background of different colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired channel), a
context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by the mouse righthand button allowing
shortcuts to the following functions:
• Supervisory type channel selected:
• Edit displays the 'Channel parameters' window
• Delete launches channel deletion procedure
• Operation type channel selected
• Edit displays the 'Channel parameters' window
• Delete launches channel deletion procedure
• Open input open the channel in input without calling upon the status window
• Close input close the channel in input without calling upon the status window
• Open output open the channel in output without calling upon the status window
• Close output close the channel in output without calling upon the status window
• Open open the channel without calling upon the status window
• Close close the channel without calling upon the status window
• User type channel selected:
• Edit displays the 'Channel parameters' window
• Delete launches channel deletion procedure
• Open input open the channel in input without calling upon the status window
• Close input close the channel in input without calling upon the status window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
31 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
•
•
•
•
Open output open the channel in output without calling upon the status window
Close output close the channel in output without calling upon the status window
Open open this channel for both input and output
Close close this channel for both input and output
4.1.1.2 AFTN Channel identification window
Prompts the operator to specify the channel whose parameters he wishes to consult, modify or create.
For operations on an already existing channel the operator can identify the channel he wishes to interrogate
by specifying any one of:
• channel number
• incoming CI
• outgoing CI
For the creation of a new channel the only identification the operator may enter is the new channel number.
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'Channels List' window
Figure 12. AFTN Channel identification window
Fields description
(One of the two modifiable fields must be filled in.)
• Channel number modifiable
2 - 3 digit number identifying channel uniquely, ranges (by default, but configurable in AERMAC
configuration files):
• 20 - 39 Supervisory Position channels
• 40 - 69 Operation channels (printers, monitors)
• 70 - 343 User channels This field must be used when identifying a new channel.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
32 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Channel identifier modifiable
3 - letter name identifying channel uniquely (either incoming or outgoing CI).
This field is ignored if channel number also specified.
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and call up either of:
• 'Channel identification (new channel)' window (which displays connection type list selection).
• 'Channel parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.1.3 AFTN identification (new channel) window
Window resulting from 'OK' pushbutton on 'Channel identification' window, for a given channel number that
does not exist yet in configuration.
Prompts the operator for a line type specification when creating a new channel.
This window replaces the 'Channel identification' window, adding a 'Connection type' prompt
Figure 13. AFTN Channel identification Connection type window
Fields
• Channel number read-only
• Channel identifier read-only
• Connection type modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
33 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Option menu listing choice of available line types (LAN, ASYNC, etc.).
The choice offered will vary depending on options present in the static configuration parameters for the
channel type involved (Supervisory, Operation, User).
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse button.
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and line type and call up 'Channel parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation
4.1.1.4 AFTN Channel Parameters
4.1.1.4.1 AFTN channel parameters (Supervisory channel) window
Introduction
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• OK pushbutton on 'Channel identification' or 'Channel identification (new channel)' window when the
channel number concerned is in the Supervisory range (e.g. 20 - 39).
Windows description
Title
"Channel parameters: Channel number N " [existing channel]
"Channel parameters: Channel number N - New" [new channel]
General page
Page obtained:
• as default channel parameters page opened on operating: OK pushbutton on 'Channel
identification' window. menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
34 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 14. Supervisory Channel parameters window (General tab)
• Circuit number modifiable
2-digit number, range of values: 20 - 39 (by default).
Normally the circuit number entered will be the same as the channel number
• Receive alarms modifiable
Checkbox to be ticked (mouse lefthand button) if this Supervisory Position is to receive
and display alarms from AERMAC.
Default: ticked.
• Spy mode modifiable
Checkbox to be ticked (mouse lefthand button) if all configuration sensitive commands
issued by this Supervisory Position are to be recorded on the operator printer. Default:
unticked.
Physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Physical' tab.
The contents of Physical pages depend on the line type.
These are potentially common to all channel types, and are thus presented later on in this
chapter.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
35 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Miscellaneous page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Miscellaneous' tab.
Figure 15. Supervisory Channel parameters window (Miscellaneous tab)
• Position modifiable
Character string maximum length 19 characters.
Describes role of this supervisory position (SUP, OMT, ...).
• Location modifiable
Character string maximum length 19 characters.
Describes geographical position of this equipment (machine room, office, ...).
• Equipment modifiable
Character string maximum length 9 characters.
Describes equipment type (PC, printer, ...).
• System modifiable
Character string maximum length 9 characters.
The AERMAC-connected system (METEO, AIDB, ...) that this channel serves.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
36 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters present in all of the pages.
Send the entire set of parameters to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the channel parameters present in the pages be saved as a channel whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save channel as').
• Delete pushbutton
Request that server remove this channel from the dynamic configuration.
Note
Prior deletion of a channel is necessary if it is required to modify a physical
parameter.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.1.4.2 AFTN channel parameters (Operation channel) window
Introduction
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• OK pushbutton
on 'Channel identification' or 'Channel identification (new channel)' window when the
channel number concerned is in the Operation range (40 - 69).
Note
Refer also to the Section 7.4.1, “Printer function window” function called by the
menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Printers
The printer functions (Alarms, Logs, Statistics, etc.) are by default all directed
to the first Operator Printer position, e.g. channel number 40. Subsequently,
other operation channels in the range can be assigned to one or more of these
functions by means of the AMSS → Reporting → Printers menu, in order to
distribute the printout load.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
37 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This menu cannot be used if the operation channel(s) concerned have not
been configured beforehand by means of the channel parameter functions
described in this section.
Operation channels assigned in this way to printer functions become
unavailable for another of their functions, the monitoring of User channels.
Thus the operator requiring to use an Operation channel for the monitoring of a
User channel must choose one that is configured, and is not already attributed
to a printer function.
Windows description
Title
Window title read-only
"Channel parameters: Channel number N " [existing channel]
"Channel parameters: Channel number N - New" [new channel]
General page
Page obtained:
• as default channel parameters page opened on operating: OK pushbutton on 'Channel
identification' window. menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
38 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 16. Operation Channel window (General Tab)
• Assignment modifiable
Option list opened via mouse lefthand button, item selected with either mouse button, in
order to specify the mode of operation of this channel. Currently this is limited to
OUTPUT mode only, i.e. the channel may receive data from the AERMAC server.
Default: OUTPUT.
• Circuit number modifiable
2-digit number, range of values e.g. 40 - 69 (by default).
Normally the circuit number entered will be the same as the channel number.
Physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Physical' tab. The contents of Physical
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
39 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
pages depend on the line type. These are potentially common to all channel types, and are
thus presented later on in this chapter.
Miscellaneous page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Miscellaneous' tab.
Figure 17. Operation Channel window (Miscellaneous Tab)
• Position modifiable
Character string maximum length 19 characters.
Describes role of this monitoring position (Operator Printer, traffic monitor, ...)
• Location modifiable
Character string maximum length 19 characters.
Describes geographical position of this equipment (machine room, office, ...).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
40 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Equipment modifiable
Character string maximum length 9 characters.
Describes equipment type (Printer, screen, ...).
• System modifiable
Character string maximum length 9 characters.
The AERMAC-connected system (METEO, AIDB, ...) that this channel serves.
Status page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Status' tab.
Page concerned with the commands for opening and closing the channel, and for
monitoring User channels.
Figure 18. Operation Channel window (Status Tab)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
41 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Circuit number read-only
2-digit field recalling the circuit number configured for this channel.
• Physical parameters read-only
Character string recalling the line type configured for this channel (e.g. FIP connection).
• In service read-only
Character string indicating whether the line is physically in service (YES / NO).
• Status modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button.
Unopened, indicates current logical state of channel (OPEN / CLOSED).
Opened, allows opening and closing of channel state (select item CLOSED / OPEN).
A channel must be open to allow the passing of traffic, e.g. the output of AERMAC
alarms to an Operator Printer.
Traffic on a channel may be halted (temporarily or permanently) by switching to the
CLOSED state, e.g. for servicing of an Operator Printer.
Default: CLOSED.
• Monitoring modifiable
Radio button pair indicating current state of monitoring activity if any by this channel
(YES / NO).
Monitoring state modified by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair. Only Operation type channels can monitor other channels.
Only User channels can be monitored by Operation channels.
An Operation channel assigned in this way to monitoring of a channel must not already
be assigned to other functions (output of alarms, logs, statistics, etc.).
It may only monitor the chosen User channel in one direction.
Default: NO.
• Monitored channel modifiable
2 - 3 digit field displaying the number of a channel currently being monitored by this
channel, if any, and for entry of the channel number of a User channel that is to be
monitored.
• Monitoring direction modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
42 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Radio button pair indicating current direction in which a User channel if any is being
monitored by this channel (IN / OUT).
Only one direction may be monitored at a time. Monitoring direction is modified by
clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the pair.
Default: IN
Buttons
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters present in all of the pages. Send the entire set of parameters to the
server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the channel parameters present in the pages be saved as a channel whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save channel as').
• Delete pushbutton
Request that server remove this channel from the dynamic configuration. A channel
cannot be deleted if it has not been closed first using the CLOSED menu item within the
Status command to be found in the Status page.
Note
Prior deletion of a channel is necessary if it is required to modify a physical
parameter.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.1.4.3 AFTN channel parameters (User channels) window
Introduction
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• OK pushbutton
on 'Channel identification' or 'Channel identification (new channel)' window when the
channel number concerned is in the User range (e.g. 70 - 343).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
43 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Note
This function is not available to the X.400 channel (when present, allocated to
highest user channel number: 343 or above), as modifications to the properties
of this channel are not permitted.
Windows description
Title
Window title read-only
"Channel parameters: Channel number N " [existing channel]
"Channel parameters: Channel number N - New" [new channel]
General page
Page obtained:
• as default channel parameters page opened on operating: OK pushbutton on 'Channel
identification' window. menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit [existing channel]
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
44 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 19. User Channel window (General Tab)
General parameters
• Assignment modifiable
Unopened, indicates current mode of operation of channel (OUTPUT / INPUT / BOTH).
Opened, allows specification or re-specification of channel assignment with respect to
direction of traffic.
OUTPUT: traffic emanating from AERMAC server sent out on this channel; traffic input
not possible.
INPUT: traffic arriving on this channel from outside for AERMAC server; output not
possible.
BOTH: Traffic exchange possible in both directions. Switching between the above 3
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
45 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
modes demands prior closure of the channel for input and output, by means of the
commands on the Status page.
Default: BOTH.
• Circuit number modifiable
2 or 3-digit number, range of values e.g. 70 - 343 (by default).
If possible, the circuit number entered should be the same as the channel number.
However, a given AFTN circuit number may be associated with up to 4 AFTN channel
numbers.
• CSN digits modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether the channel sequence number (CSN) is expressed
as 3 or 4 digits.
3-digit CSNs suffice for slow lines, confusion between messages with identical CSNs the
same day being rare.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair.
It is allowed to modify this parameter dynamically, but the correspondant on this channel
should carry out the matching modification within his own configuration.
Default: 3.
Input parameters
• CI modifiable
Channel Identifier (incoming). 3-letter identifier of the input channel with this channel
number.
Must be unique:
• must be different from the outgoing CI for this channel
• must be different from the CIs of all other channels configured on this server
• must not be one of the reserved 3-letter names of internal functions (SVC, OLD, DEL,
etc.).
• CSN modifiable
Channel sequence number (incoming). Range of values: 0 - 999 or 9999, depending on
the 'CSN digits' parameter above. Begins at 1 on channel creation and upon midnight
transition, although passes through 0 on incrementing after the maximum value.
Manual adjustments give rise to an automatic SVC LR EXP service message.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
46 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: 1.
• force CSN update modifiable
If ticked, the CSN will be updated on server: if traffic is received while edition, and the
CSN increased on server then it will be reset to the value specified in the CSN field after
the OK button is pressed. Default: unticked.
• Check modifiable Checkbox ticked if this user channel is to expect regular check (CH)
messages from the correspondant, otherwise unticked. Modified via mouse lefthand
button. If neither CH message nor normal traffic are received within a 20 +/- 2 minute
time interval, an alarm and SVC MIS CH message are issued. (Cf. ANNEX 10 sections
4.4.11.1.5.1 and 4.4.11.1.5.2).
Default: unticked.
• Verify CI modifiable
Checkbox ticked if incoming Channel Identifiers are to be checked, otherwise unticked.
Modified via mouse lefthand button. Alarm and SVC message are issued if the incoming
CI does not correpond to that expected for this channel.
Default: unticked.
• Verify CSN modifiable
Checkbox ticked if incoming Channel Sequence Numbers are to be checked, otherwise
unticked.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Alarms and service messages (SVC QTA MIS or SVC LR EXP) are issued if the
incoming CSN does not correspond to that expected for this channel.
Default: unticked.
• Accountancy copy modifiable
Checkbox ticked if all incoming messages on this channel are to be printed on the
Operator Printer serving the HCI (hard-copy in) function.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Note
refer to the AMSS → Network → Printers function for the association of HCI
with one of the Operator Printer channels.
Default: unticked.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
47 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Test detection modifiable
Checkbox ticked if this input channel is to switch automatically between OPEN (normal)
and TEST modes, channel state thereafter being decided at all times by the nature of the
last message received (normal or test).
I.e., reception of a test message in OPEN state automatically switches channel state to
TEST.
TEST state is terminated and returned to OPEN once a normal message is received.
The operator can also manually stop a Test procedure via the AFTN Channels .. Status
menu item.
If this feature is disabled (checkbox unticked), reception of a test message in OPEN
mode will generate an alarm, with transfer or not of the test message to the Reject
position, depending on the processing that was defined for this error situation in the static
configuration.
Default: unticked.
Output parameters
• CI modifiable
Channel Identifier (outgoing). 3-letter identifier of the output channel with this channel
number.
Must be unique:
• must be different from the incoming CI for this channel
• must be different from the CIs of all other channels configured on this server
• must not be one of the reserved 3-letter names of internal functions (SVC, OLD, DEL,
etc.)
• CSN modifiable
Channel sequence number (outgoing). Range of values: 0 - 999 or 9999, depending on
the 'CSN digits' parameter above.
Begins at 1 on channel creation and upon midnight transition, although passes through 0
on incrementing after the maximum value.
Manual adjustments may lead to warning service messages of type SVC QTA MIS or
SVC LR EXP.
Default: 1.
• force CSN update modifiable
If ticked, the CSN will be updated on server: if traffic is sent while edition, and the CSN
increased on server then it will be reset to the value specified in the CSN field after the
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
48 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
OK button is pressed.
Default: unticked.
• Check modifiable
Checkbox ticked if this user channel is to output regular check (CH) messages,
otherwise unticked.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
If this feature is enabled, a CH message is transmitted automatically every 20 minutes, in
the absence of outgoing traffic, to indicate that the channel is in service. (A CH is
de-scheduled if at the moment of transmission a normal message can take its place.)
(Cf. ANNEX 10 sections 4.4.11.1.5.1).
Default: unticked.
• LR in Check mes. modifiable
Checkbox ticked if the last-received (LR) CSN value is to figure in all outgoing CH
messages on this channel, otherwise unticked.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: unticked.
• Separation pattern modifiable
Checkbox ticked if the Message Separation Pattern of 12 letter-shifts is to be inserted
before every end-of-message output on this channel, otherwise unticked. Modified via
mouse lefthand button.
Used to facilitate tearing off of messages on punched tape.
Default: unticked.
• Dupe modifiable
Checkbox ticked if the "DUPE" keyword is to be incorporated automatically into all
messages output on this channel that have undergone repetition under one of the
following circumstances:
• Reception of a message containing an SVC QTA RPT origin_line, and whose origin
indicator is not one in the origin_line list referred to.
• Repeated transmission of an aborted message after Recovery.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: unticked.
• Multipart modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
49 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
If checkbox is ticked, when the message is longer than the maximum message length
defined, the message is split in as many part as necessary and each part is ended by the
keyword "PART n/n XXXnnn" (where XXXnnn represents input CI and CSN).
If unticked, a too long message is truncated and sent with "CHECK TEXT NEW ENDING
ADDED" at the end. Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: unticked.
• LRLS category modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button.
Unopened, indicates current LRLS category (Break / Midnight / Full / NO), i.e;, whether
an SVC LRLS service message is to be output automatically at the passing of midnight
or on channel re-connection.
Opened, allows specification or re-specification of the category.
Break: the SVC will be sent on re-connection of a disconnected line.
Midnight: the SVC will be sent every midnight.
Full: the SVC will be sent in both the above cases.
NO: the SVC will not be generated.
The service message aids the re-synchronization of Channel Sequence Numbers. (Cf.
ANNEX 10 section 4.4.1.4.3).
Default: NO.
Physical page
The contents of Physical pages depend on the line type.
These are differents for ecah channel types, and are thus presented later on in this
chapter.
Miscellaneous page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
50 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 20. User Channel window (Miscellaneous Tab)
• Position modifiable Character string maximum length 19 characters. Describes role of
this monitoring position (Operator Printer, traffic monitor, ...)
• Location modifiable Character string maximum length 19 characters. Describes
geographical position of this equipment (machine room, office, ...)
• Equipment modifiable Character string maximum length 9 characters. Describes
equipment type (Printer, screen, ...).
• System modifiable Character string maximum length 9 characters. The system (METEO,
AIS, ...) connected through this channel
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
51 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Correspondant information
2 columns for entries of texts, with headings as follows, 3 rows of entries per column:
• Name entries in rows modifiable (Character string maximum length 19 characters)
• Phone entries in rows modifiable (Character string maximum length 19 characters)
The row entry fields are normally used for details of a correspondant to contact in case of
problem.
Status page
This page allows the operator to open/close the channel, and to start line tests
Figure 21. User Channel window (Status Tab)
Global parameters
• Circuit number read-only
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
52 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
2 or 3-digit field recalling the circuit number configured for this channel.
Input
• CI read-only Incoming
Channel Identifier of this channel.
• CSN read-only
Current value of incoming Channel Sequence Number.
• Status modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button.
Unopened, indicates current logical state of channel for input (CLOSED / OPEN / TEST).
Opened, allows modification of input channel state (select item CLOSED / OPEN /
TEST).
An input channel must be OPEN if traffic is to be received by the server, otherwise
incoming messages are lost.
The operator may modify input channel state to TEST if he is aware that a line test is to
be performed by a remote centre on that channel, normal incoming traffic therefore being
temporarily suspended.
This is not necessary if the channel has been configured with 'Test detection'
Output
• CI read-only Outgoing
Channel Identifier of this channel.
• CSN read-only
Current value of outgoing Channel Sequence Number.
• Status modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button.
Unopened, indicates current logical state of channel for output (CLOSED / OPEN /
TEST).
Opened, allows modification of output channel state (select item CLOSED / OPEN /
TEST).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
53 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
If all outgoing channel(s) associated with a circuit number are CLOSED, traffic awaiting
output on that circuit remains queued until one or more of the channels is returned to
OPEN state.
The operator can carry out a line test in the outgoing direction by modifying output
channel state to TEST and specifying a number of Test messages in the 'Number of test
messages' field described below.
Specifying "200" means a continuous test, until stopped manually by the operator.
When the number of test messages specified has been transmitted, the test stops and
channel state is returned automatically to CLOSED. The operator must re-open the
channel manually.
The operator halts a continuous test by manually returning the channel state to
CLOSED.
• Number of test messages modifiable
Field greyed and inaccessible if Output Status TEST has not been selected.
Specify a number of test packets from 1 - 199.
"200" requests a continuous test of the line (refer to preceding paragraph).
Monitoring
• Input channel read-only
If this User channel is being monitored on input, the number of the Operation channel
effecting the monitoring. Otherwise, "NONE".
• Output channel read-only
If this User channel is being monitored on output, the number of the Operation channel
effecting the monitoring. Otherwise, "NONE".
• In service read-only
Character string indicating whether the line is physically in service (YES / NO).
• Number of test messages modifiable
Field greyed and inaccessible if Output Status TEST has not been selected.
Specify a number of test packets from 1 - 199. "200" requests a continuous test of the
line (refer to preceding paragraph).
Buttons
• OK pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
54 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Validate parameters present in all of the pages.
Send the entire set of parameters to the server. .
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the channel parameters present in the pages be saved as a channel whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save channel as').
• Delete pushbutton
Request that server remove this channel from the dynamic configuration.
A channel cannot be deleted if it has not been closed first, for input and output, using the
CLOSED menu item within the Status commands to be found in the Status page.
Note
Prior deletion of a channel is necessary if it is required to modify a physical
parameter.
• Cancel pushbutton Cancel operation.
4.1.1.4.4 AFTN Channel Physical Parameters
ASYNC connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters'
window for a ASYNC (asynchronous serial connection) type channel
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
55 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 22. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (Asynchronous connection type)
Fields description
• Asynchronous gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value for ASYNC gateway identifier.
Character string maximum length 30 characters, format "/dev/ ... ", identifying a logical
port for an asynchronous device.
It must be recognized as an asynchronous gateway name among those configured in
system configuration on the Host, and as one of the asycnhronous gateway names
defined in the application static configuration.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
56 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Flow Control modifiable
Option menu listing choice of modes (NONE, RTS/CTS, XON/XOFF).
• Format-Alphabet-Size modifiable
Option menu listing choice:
• IA5-IA5-7 indicates IA5-formatted messages (SOH...ETX) encoded with 7-bits IA5
characters.
• IA5-IA5-8 indicates IA5-formatted messages (SOH...ETX) encoded with 8-bits IA5
characters.
• ITA2-ITA2-5 indicates ITA2-formatted messages (ZCZC...NNNN) encoded with 5-bits
ITA2 characters.
• ITA2-IA5-7 indicates ITA2-formatted messages (ZCZC...NNNN) encoded with 7-bit IA5
characters.
• ITA2-IA5-8 indicates ITA2-formatted messages (ZCZC...NNNN) encoded with 8-bit IA5
characters.
• ITA2-MTK2-5 indicates ITA2-formatted messages (ZCZC...NNNN) encoded with 5-bits
MTK-2 characters.
Note
IA5 and ITA2 are also referred to as ASCII and BAUDOT.
• Speed modifiable
Option menu listing choice of line baud rates (50, ..., 115200).
• Parity modifiable
Option menu listing choice of character parity checks (NONE, EVEN, ODD)
• Stop bits modifiable
Option menu listing choice of numbers of stop bits (1, 2).
• Length in prefix modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether message lengths are to be specified in a message prefix.
Field available only for IA5 encoding.
• Starting pulse modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether messages are preceded by a pulse (YES / NO).
Field available only for ITA2 encoding.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits). Field not present for Operation channels, and on User channels should normally
be left at 2100.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
57 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
LAN connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
for a LAN type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Figure 23. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (LAN connection type)
Fields description
• Primary IP address modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
58 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Displays current or accepts new unicast IPv4 or IPv6 address format.
This address is the first choice when establishing connection.
• Secondary IP address modifiable
Displays current or accepts new unicast IPv4 or IPv6 address format.
This address is the second choice when connection fails using the Primary address.
• Remote TCP port modifiable
Displays current or accepts new application port number corresponding to the "remote
listening" address for this LAN channel.
Port numbers permit addressing of distinct applications using the same Internet address.
Note that TCP ports below 1024 are reserved by the system.
• Identification TCP port modifiable
Displays current or accepts new port number corresponding to the calling port of the
subscriber.
The server will check correctness of this port number during remote subscriber
connection attempts.
The server will use this value as calling port during outgoing connection attempts to
remote subscriber.
When set to 0, port number checking and setting are disabled.
Calling and called port numbers are not necessarily the same. However, these are
normally configured to be identical for AMSS-related equipment such as A2M and IAT
connected to the AMSS.
Note that TCP ports below 1024 are reserved by the system.
• Maximum message length modifiable (only User channels)
Default: 2100.
• Output flow control modifiable
Option menu listing the choice: None / Msg/min / Bytes/s
Select the type of flow control to be applied to this channel
Default: None.
• Maximum throughput modifiable
Define the value of the maximum throughput either in Msg/min or Bytes/s
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
59 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: 0
• Session Type modifiable (only User channels)
Option menu listing choice (BASIC, GWDI)
Field indicating the type of session protocol to be used over TCP/IP:
• BASIC: default Thales session protocol
• GWDI: Global Weather Dynamics Inc. session protocol Default: BASIC.
Fields (BASIC session)
• Message Acknowledge modifiable (only User channels)
Checkbox indicating whether connection requests on this channel are to be
acknowledged .
Field only present in the case of User channels, and normally set to YES.
Default: ticked.
• Inactivity check modifiable (Not for Supervisory channels)
Checkbox indicating whether presence of traffic on the line is to be checked (ticked for
YES).
This feature when enabled is used in conjunction with 'Inactivity timer' field (see below),
in order to clear a connection remaining inactive for the period specified.
Default: ticked.
• Inactivity timer modifiable (Not for Supervisory channels)
Field greyed and inaccessible if 'Inactivity check' field (above) not enabled.
Contains the time period (in seconds) during which the connection will be maintained in
the absence of traffic before it is automatically cleared.
• Length in prefix modifiable (only User channels)
Checkbox indicating whether message lengths are to be specified in a message prefix.
Default: ticked.
• Connection responsibility modifiable
Option menu listing the choice: INPUT / OUTPUT / BOTH (only OUTPUT for operation
channels). (INPUT: remote user establishes connection; OUTPUT: local user).
Default:
• BOTH for supervisory channel
• OUTPUT for operation channel
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
60 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• BOTH for user channel.
Fields (GWDI session)
Figure 24. Session part for LAN connection type
• Connection responsibility modifiable
Option menu listing the choice: OUTPUT only
(OUTPUT: local user establishes connection)
• Identification Name modifiable
Contains character string used by the remote subscriber to check the origin of the
connection.
• Acknowledgment timer modifiable
Contains the time period (in seconds) within which a response to an ougoing TCP call is
expected.
Default: 10.
• Heartbeat timer modifiable
Contains the time period (in seconds) between heartbeat data exchange.
Default: 20.
• Inactivity timer modifiable
Contains the time period (in seconds) within which data must be exchanged on the
connection, else leading to a TCP disconnection.
Default: 50.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
61 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Connection Retry timer modifiable
Contains the time period (in seconds) between TCP call attempts.
Default: 30.
SVC connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
for an SVC type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Fields description
• Primary X.25 gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new main gateway identifier.
One-letter identifier corresponding to a host logical X.25 port. It must be recognized as a
gateway name among those configured in system configuration files on the Host, and as
one of the X.25 gateway names defined in the application static configuration .
This gateway will be chosen first on an attempt to establish connection.
If NULL specified, mode is "Pool", i.e., the first available of the defined gateways is used.
• Secondary X.25 gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new backup gateway identifier.
One-letter identifier corresponding to a host logical X.25 port.
It must be recognized as a gateway name among those configured in system
configuration files on the Host, and as one of the X.25 gateway names defined in the
application static configuration .
This gateway will be tried on failure of connection attempt using the main gateway.
If NULL specified, mode is "Pool", i.e., the first available of the defined gateways is used.
• Primary address modifiable
Numeric octet string maximum length 15 digits.
Displays current or accepts new X.121 address for the main connection attempt.
• Secondary address modifiable
Numeric octet string maximum length 15 digits.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
62 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Displays current or accepts new X.121 address for connection retry if the primary
address does not respond.
• M Bit support modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether use of the 'More' bit is supported (ticked for YES).
If supported, end of message is indicated by final X.25 packet in sequence having M-bit
= 0.
Otherwise, the end of message is indicated by ETX character.
Default: unticked.
• D Bit support modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether use of the end-to-end Diagnostic bit is supported (ticked
forYES).
Default: unticked.
• Inactivity check modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether presence of traffic on the line is to be checked (ticked for
YES).
This feature when enabled is used in conjunction with 'Inactivity timer' field (see below),
in order to clear a connection remaining inactive for the period specified.
Default: unticked.
• Inactivity timer modifiable
Field greyed and inaccessible if 'Inactivity check' field (above) not enabled.
Contains the time period (in seconds) during which the connection will be maintained in
the absence of traffic before it is automatically cleared.
• Connection responsibility modifiable
Option menu listing the choice: INPUT / OUTPUT / BOTH. (INPUT: remote user
establishes connection; OUTPUT: local user).
Default: BOTH.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits).
Default: 2100.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
63 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
PVC connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
for a PVC type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Figure 25. AFTN channel Physical Parameters window (PVC connection type)
Fields description
• X.25 gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value for PVC gateway identifier.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
64 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
One-letter identifier corresponding to a host logical X.25 port. It must be recognized as a
gateway name among those configured in system configuration files on the Host, and as
one of the X.25 gateway names defined in the application static configuration .
• PVC number modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value of Permanent Virtual Circuit number on this
gateway. 1 or 2-digit PVC identifier which must be recognized among those configured in
system configuration files on the Host, and defined in the application static configuration .
• M Bit support modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether use of the 'More' bit is supported (ticked for YES).
If supported, end of message is indicated by final X.25 packet in sequence having M-bit
= 0. Otherwise, the end of message is indicated by ETX character.
Default: unticked.
• D Bit support modifiable
Checkbox indicating whether use of the end-to-end Diagnostic bit is supported (ticked for
YES).
Default: unticked.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits).
Default: 2100.
FAX connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
for a FAX type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Fields description
• Gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value for FAX gateway identifier.
Character string maximum length 30 characters, format "/dev/ ... ", identifying a logical
port for an asynchronous device. It must be recognized as an asynchronous gateway
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
65 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
name among those configured in system configuration files on the Host, and as one of
the FAX gateway names defined in the application static configuration .
• FAX number modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value of FAX telephone number. Character string,
maximum size 12 digits.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits).
Default: 2100.
TELEX connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
for a Telex type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Fields description
• Gateway name modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value for Telex gateway identifier.
Character string maximum length 30 characters, format "/dev/ ... ", identifying a logical
port for an asynchronous device. It must be recognized as an asynchronous gateway
name among those configured in system configuration files on the Host, and as one of
the Telex gateway names defined in the application static configuration .
• Telex number modifiable Displays current or accepts new value of Telex number.
Character string, maximum size 25 digits.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits).
Default: 2100.
PSTN connection physical page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on the 'Physical' tab within a 'Channel parameters' window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
66 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
for a PSTN type channel.
Modifications to parameters in Physical pages are not permitted. If changes are necessary, the channel
must first be closed for input and output, deleted, and configured a new.
Fields description
• Phone number modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value of phone number.
Character string, maximum size 15 digits.
• Identifier modifiable
Displays current or accepts new value of identifier.
Character string, maximum length 19 characters.
• Maximum message length modifiable
Numeric field specifying maximum message size allowed this channel (maximum 4
digits).
Default: 2100.
4.1.1.5 Save-channel-as window
Window obtained on actuating 'Save As' pushbutton on a 'Channel parameters' window.
It prompts the operator to enter a new channel number.
All parameters currently defined will accordingly be attributed to this channel number.
Figure 26. Channel Save As window
Fields description
• Channel number modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
67 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
2 - 3 digit number identifying channel uniquely, ranges (configurable in AERMAC
configuration files):
• 20 - 39 Supervisory Position channels
• 40 - 69 Operation channels (printers, monitors)
• 70 - 343 User channels
• OK pushbutton
Validate the channel number to which all parameters in the pages of the preceding
'Channel parameters' window are to be attributed.
Send channel number and parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation..
4.1.1.6 AFTN channel status identification window
Prompts the operator to specify the channel whose status he wishes to consult or modify.
The channel must already exist (i.e. have been configured), and the operator can identify the channel by
specifying any one of:
• channel number
• incoming CI
• outgoing CI.
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Channels → Status
Figure 27. Channel Identification Window (from Status Menu)
• actuating 'Edit channel status' icon (number 1).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
68 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
(One of the two modifiable fields must be filled in.)
• Channel number modifiable
2 - 3 digit number identifying channel uniquely, ranges (configurable in AERMAC
configuration files):
• 40 - 69 Operation channels (printers, monitors)
• 70 - 343 User channels (No status function is accessible for Supervisory Position
channels.)
• Channel identifier modifiable
3 - letter name identifying channel uniquely (either incoming or outgoing CI).
This field is ignored if channel number also specified.
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and call up 'Channel status' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.1.7 AFTN Channel Status Parameters
4.1.1.7.1 AFTN channel status (Operation channels) window
Window obtained on actuating 'OK' pushbutton on 'Channel status identification' window when the channel
number concerned is in the Operation range (e.g. 40 - 69).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
69 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 28. Operational Channel Status window
Fields description
The consultable and modifiable fields of this window, concerned with channel opening and
closing and User channel monitoring are identical to those described in the 'Status' page of
the Section 4.1.1.4.2, “AFTN channel parameters (Operation channel) window” window.
• OK pushbutton Validate modified set of channel status parameters. Send the parameters
to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton Cancel operation.
4.1.1.7.2 AFTN channel status (User channels) window
Window obtained on actuating OK pushbutton on 'Channel status identification' window when the channel
number concerned is in the User range (e.g. 70 - 343).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
70 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 29. User Channel Status window
This function is not available to the X.400 channel (when present, allocated to highest user channel
number: 343 or above). Status changes to this channel must be performed via the Section 4.1.2.4.3, “AFTN
circuit parameters (User circuits) window” function, menu sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Status
Fields description
The consultable and modifiable fields of this window, concerned with channel status
modification and line tests are identical to those described in the 'Status' page of the
Section 4.1.1.4.3, “AFTN channel parameters (User channels) window” window.
• OK pushbutton
Validate modified set of channel status parameters.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
71 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Send the parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.1.8 AFTN CSN list window
List of current values of next-CSN-number for all CIs (channel identifiers) including the system internal
pseudo-CIs like SVC, OLD, CRE.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → CSN List
Figure 30. CSN list window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
72 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Channel
number
Column
Channel number of CI, CSN listed
Incoming CI
Column
Incoming CI
Incoming
CSN
Column
Incoming CSN
Outgoing CI
Column
Outgoing CI
Outgoing
CSN
Column
Outgoing CSN
Date
read-only
DD/MM/YY
Time
read-only
HH:MM
Print
Pushbutton
Output this list to operator printer
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
Exit from window
4.1.2 AFTN Circuits
4.1.2.1 AFTN circuits list window
List of details of all circuits configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
73 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 31. Circuits list window
Fields description
Item
Type
Description
Number
Column
Circuit number of circuit listed
Protocol
Column
Circuit protocol of cicuit listed
Main Ind.
Column
Main AFTN indicator associated with this circuit (if any)
Nb Indic
Column
Total number of AFTN indicators associated with this circuit
Diverted
Column
Ticked: circuit diverted /Unticked: not diverted
Div.cir.
Column
Total number of circuits diverted onto this circuit
Div.ind.
Column
Total number of indicators diverted onto this circuit
Nb in queue
Column
Number of messages in queue
Max in
queue
Column
Maximum number of messages in queue
Time to live
Column
Time to live in queue, in minutes.
Overflowed
Column
Ticked: circuit overflowed /Unticked: not overflowed
Reintroduced
Column
Ticked: circuit reintroduced /Unticked: not reintroduced
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) circuit
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
74 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
Exit from window
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
circuit configured, one line per circuit.
One of these circuit details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Circuit parameters' window for the chosen channel
• with one of the channel details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different
colour - ensure that this corresponds to the desired circuit), a context-sensitive option menu may be
accessed by the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Circuit parameters' window
• Open open for input and output all channels associated with this circuit
• Close close for input and output all channels associated with this circuit
• Assign call upon Section 7.4.1, “Printer function window” to modify the assignments of print function
types (JNL, STA, ...) to operation circuits.
4.1.2.2 AFTN circuit identification window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'Circuits List' window.
Figure 32. Circuit Identification window
Prompts the operator to specify the circuit whose parameters he wishes to consult or modify.
A circuit can be identified in two ways:
• circuit number
• circuit identifier.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
75 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
(One of the two modifiable fields must be filled in.)
• Circuit number modifiable
2 - 3 digit number identifying circuit uniquely, ranges (configurable):
• 20 - 39 Supervisory Position circuits
• 40 - 69 Operation channels (printers, monitors)
• 70 - 343 User channels
• Circuit identifier modifiable 3
letter name identifying circuit uniquely (if present).
(Not all circuits possess a Circuit Identifier).
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and call up 'Circuit parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.3 AFTN circuit identification error message window
Window resulting from 'OK' pushbutton on 'Circuit identification' window.
Figure 33. Circuit identifiation error window
Fields description
• Error text read-only
"Fields are not valid"
Operator validated without entering one or other identification.
"Unknown circuit ID".
"Invalid circuit number".
• OK pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
76 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Close the Error Message dialogue box.
4.1.2.4 AFTN Circuit Parameters
4.1.2.4.1 AFTN circuit parameters (Supervisory circuits) window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'Circuit identification' window when the circuit number concerned is in the Supervisory
range (e.g. 20 - 39).
Figure 34. Supervisory Circuit Parameters window
The Supervisory Circuit parameters window contains only one page, the 'Queue' page.
Field description
Window title read-only
"Circuit parameters: Circuit number N "
Queue page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
77 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Max item in queue modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 100.
Threshold (on which the system add 10) over which the system will purge the 10 oldest
items
Remark: The system will refuse to change this value under the current number of items
in the queue.
Default: 100
• Queue threshold modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 100
Thresholds over which the supervisory position will display the queue in red in
Section 8.2.1.2, “Queue Information (Circuits) window” for each priority group and in
Section 8.2.1.1, “AFTN Queue length window” for all priorities. One such field per priority
group (groups 1, 2, 3, 4 - refer to Section 9.1, “AFTN Options Window” Priorities tab )
and one for all priorities.
Default: 50 for each priority individually. 90 for each all priority
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the circuit parameters entered be saved as those of a new circuit whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save circuit as').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.4.2 AFTN circuit parameters (Operation circuits) window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'Circuit identification' window
when the circuit number concerned is in the Operation range (e.g. 40 - 69).
The Operation Circuit parameters window contains at most two pages, 'Queue' and 'Status'.
Refer also to the Section 7.4.1, “Printer function window” called by the menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Printers
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
78 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
Window title read-only
"Circuit parameters: Circuit number N "
Queue page
Page obtained:
• as default circuit parameters page opened on operating: OK pushbutton on 'Circuit
identification' window.
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Queue' tab.
Figure 35. Operation Circuit Parameters window (Queue tab)
Fields description
• Max item in queue modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 100.
Threshold (on which the system add 10) over which the system will delete the first 10
items found
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
79 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Remark: The system will refuse to change this value under the current number of items
in the queue.
Default: 100
• Queue threshold modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 100
Thresholds over which the supervisory position will display the queue in red in
Section 8.2.1.2, “Queue Information (Circuits) window” for each priority group and in
Section 8.2.1.1, “AFTN Queue length window” for all priorities. One such field per priority
group (groups 1, 2, 3, 4 - refer to Section 9.1, “AFTN Options Window” Priorities tab )
and one for all priorities.
Default: 50 for each priority individually. 90 for each all priority
Status page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Status' tab.
This page serves to visualize the up/down and open/closed status of the channel
associated with this particular circuit, and provides another way of opening or closing this
channel. There is no Status page for Supervisory circuits, only Operation and User circuits.
The page is present only if a channel has been associated with this circuit via:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit
or some other channel parameter configuring procedure
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
80 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 36. Operation Circuit Parameters window (Status tab)
• Channel number read-only
2-digit field recalling the associated channel number.
• Status read-only
Character string indicating current state of channel (OPEN / CLOSED).
• In service read-only
Character string indicating whether the line is physically in service (YES / NO).
• New circuit status modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button, allowing closing or opening of the channel (select item CLOSED / OPEN).
Default: NO MODIFICATION, an additional menu item ensuring no change to channel
state even if the 'OK' exit is taken rather than the 'Cancel' exit.
Buttons
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
81 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters, status entered and send these to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the circuit parameters entered be saved as those of a new circuit whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save circuit as').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.4.3 AFTN circuit parameters (User circuits) window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'Circuit identification' window
when the circuit number concerned is in the Operation range (e.g. 70 - 343).
Window title read-only
"Circuit parameters: Circuit number N "
General page
Page obtained:
• as default circuit parameters page opened on operating: OK pushbutton on 'Circuit
identification' window.
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Edit
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
82 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 37. User Circuit Parameters window (General tab)
Fields description
• Circuit identifier modifiable
3-letter string identifying the circuit uniquely (non-mandatory) modifiable
• List of channels read-only
Channel numbers if any associated with this circuit number. (Maximum 4 channels in the case of AFTN
circuits.)
• Number of indicators read-only
Number of AFTN indicators associated with this circuit.
General parameters
• Main indicator modifiable
Main AFTN indicator associated with this circuit.
This is the nearest reachable station on the circuit and will be the AFTN indicator to which automatic
service messages are sent when an error is detected in a message received on the circuit.
The indicator must be an 8-letter name, local or remote, and translatable.
• Protocol modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
83 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The air-traffic protocol operative (AFTN, SITA, WMO...).
• Category modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether the circuit is handled as a National or International circuit.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the pair. Default:
National.
• address lines modifiable
Checkbox ticked if this circuit handles the maximum 3 address lines in an AFTN message (on reception
and transmission), otherwise the circuit handles only 1 address line. Modified via mouse lefthand button.
The circuit should be re-configured similarly by the correspondant. The option should not be modified
while diversion is effective.
Default: unticked.
• Remove "VVV" indicator modifiable
Applicable to 1-address-line circuits only, checkbox ticked if the VVV indicator is to be removed from
diverted messages being transmitted on this circuit. Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: ticked.
• Barred routing check modifiable
Checkbox ticked if messages received on this circuit are allowed to be rerouted back over the same
circuit. Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: ticked.
• High priority condition modifiable
Checkbox ticked if AERMAC is to issue reports every 10 minutes concerning SS and DD priority
messages held up on one of the outgoing queues belonging to this circuit. (The reports, output to the
operator printer handling the RPT print function, specify priority, TI and time of reception of the queued
messages).
Default: unticked.
• Misrouting alarm modifiable
Checkbox ticked if AERMAC is to issue an alarm whenever a barred routing error occurs on this circuit,
i.e., an attempt to transmit using the Channel Identifier reserved for reception.
Default: unticked.
• Circuit log modifiable
Checkbox ticked if AERMAC is to output, to the operator printer handling the JNL print function, a log for
each message received on this circuit.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
84 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The details of the log for a particular message are always printed together (will not, for example, be
interspersed with printout of other events like alarms), therefore AERMAC waits for all switching,
message transmission or aborted transmission phases of the message to be complete before printing the
log.
Default: unticked.
Queue page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Queue'tab.
Figure 38. User Circuit Parameters window (Queue tab)
Fields description
• Max time in queue modifiable
numeric fields, range of values: 5 minutes - 7 days by step of 5 minutes.
Fields indicate how long a message pending transmission on this circuit will be held on
queue When this time has elapsed a number-137 alarm is issued giving details of the
message, and the message is automatically deleted from the queue, being transferred to
the 'OLD' position where it is now identified with a pseudo CI of 'OLD' and associated
CSN. If the log of this message is consulted, under 'switching information' it bears the
'OLD' transmission status (indicating expiry). If transmission attempt is renewed, the TI of
this message in the log will be composed of "OLD" plus the CSN.
Default: 30 minutes
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
85 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Refer also to the related parameter 'Alarm 5 min before max time' (next paragraph).
• Alarm 5 min before max time modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether a number-131 warning alarm is to be issued 5
minutes before expiry of the maximum residence time for messages on this circuit,
allowing the operator time to take action upon messages approaching expiry.
Default: NO
• Max items in queue modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 99999.
Threshold (on which the system add 10) over which the system will purge the 10 oldest
items issuing a number-138 alarm.
Remark: The system will refuse to change this value under the current number of items
in the queue.
Default: 306
• Queue threshold modifiable
5-digit numeric field, range of values: 1 - 99999.
Treshold over which:
• a number-130 alarm is issued detailing circuit number, total messages this circuit, and
message numbers broken down by priority level. Thereafter, the alarm is re-issued
periodically until counts go below threshold. The period is defined by the Alarm
frequency field
• the supervisory position will display the queue in red in Section 8.2.1.2, “Queue
Information (Circuits) window” for each priority group and in Section 8.2.1.1, “AFTN
Queue length window” for all priorities. One such field per priority group (groups 1, 2,
3, 4 - refer to Section 9.1, “AFTN Options Window” Priorities tab ) and one for all
priorities.
Default: 5 for each priority individually. 306 for each all priority
• Alarm frequency modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether number-130 alarms warning of attained message
queue thresholds are to be issued every 5 or every 15 minutes. Modification is effected
by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the pair.
Default: 5 minutes
Diversion page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
86 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Diversion' tab, or by actuating Icon
no.5 (Divert circuit).
Figure 39. User Circuit Parameters window (Diversion tab)
Fields description
• Diversion circuit modifiable
3-digit numeric field, circuit number in the User range. Circuit number on to which
messages for this circuit, and at the specified priority group level (1 - 4), are to be
diverted.
A different circuit may be specified per priority group.
There can be priority groups with, and others without, diversion circuits.
A diversion circuit must be an AFTN circuit.
It cannot be the same number as the normal circuit.
It must not itself be diverted. A diversion circuit may not be modified if diversion is
currently effective (see next field 'Diversion status').
3-address-line circuits can be diverted onto 1-address-line, and vice-versa.itemizedlist
• Diversion status modifiable
Checkbox ticked if diversion is to be effective for the specified priority group of this
circuit. Messages that would normally be output on this circuit, if they are at that priority
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
87 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
level, will be diverted instead on to the circuit number indicated.
Once diversion activated, any messages currently queued to the priority group become
re-queued to the new circuit, and any newly arriving messages for this circuit + priority
are also queued to the diversion circuit.
Diversion may if required be enabled for some priority groups and disabled for others.
Modified via mouse lefthand button.
Default: unticked.
• Automatic diversion modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether this type of diversion is to be activated (Activate /
Deactivate).
If activated, all remote indicators that use the current circuit number as their normal
routing become diverted according to the diversion specifications that were configured
for each of these indicators.
Refer to the related function:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicator → Edit (remote-type indicator case)
For this type of diversion, therefore, the diversions actually carried out may be entirely
different for each of the indicators concerned, for example:
- the circuits to which the indicators are diverted may be different
- some indicators may be diverted via circuits, others via AMHS or CIDIN network
- the diversion or not of an indicator will depend on the priority SS
- KK of the message. Default: Deactivate.
Overflow / Reintroduce page
Fields for Overflow
• Automatic overflow modifiable
Checkbox ticked if messages normally routed on this circuit, with priority in the specified
priority group (1 - 4), are to be overflowed to disk, using the automatic procedure based
on the specified Overflow and Reintroduction levels, described in paragraphs below.
Automatic overflow may be enabled for some priority groups and disabled for others.
When enabled, the moment the number of messages pending transmission on this circuit
and for that priority exceeds the value specified in the Overflow level, instead of being
appended to the circuit queue, the excess messages are transferred directly to a
specially reserved area on disk, where they are identified by the pseudo CI "OVE" plus a
CSN, e.g. OVE001, OVE002, ...
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
88 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The messages already on the circuit queue remain queued, and wait for transmission to
resume. While these conditions persist, any more messages arriving continue to be
added to the overflow.
Default: unticked.
• Overflow level modifiable
3-digit numeric field.
Overflow threshold value. If Automatic overflow is enabled for a particular priority group
on this circuit, then once the number of messages pending for that priority group attains
this threshold, subsequently arriving messages are arranged on a queue in an overflow
area on disk, instead of being appended to the circuit queue.
Default: 300.
• Manual overflow modifiable
Checkbox ticked if, currently, all messages normally routed on this circuit, with priority in
the specified priority group (1 - 4), are to be overflowed to disk until further notice.
Manual overflow may be enabled for some priority groups and disabled for others.
Once activated, any messages currently queued at this priority level are transferred
directly to a corresponding overflow area on disk, and any subsequent messages arriving
for this circuit and priority are appended after these.
The messages are identified, as in the case of automatic overflow, by the pseudo CI
"OVE" plus a CSN, e.g. OVE001, OVE002, ...
Default: unticked.
Fields for Reintroduce
• Manual modifiable
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button (NO / NORMAL / REPROCESSING).
An independent set of options is provided per priority group (1 - 4) thus manual
reintroduction may be activated for some priority groups and disabled for others.
Two methods of manually reintroducing messages from overflow are available:
NORMAL: the messages are removed immediately from the overflow area corresponding
to this circuit and priority level, and appended to the appropriate circuit queue
REPROCESSING: the messages are removed from the overflow area correspond- ing to
this circuit and priority level, re-subjected to analysis, then reintroduced via the INT
operation function; this type of reintroduction is employed when the messages waiting in
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
89 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
the overflow are to be reprocessed using alternative routing, thus is normally preceded
by modification of the routing specifications for the indicators concerned, refer to related
function:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicator → Edit
Default: NO.
• Automatic modifiable
Checkbox ticked if messages currently stored in the overflow area on disk for this circuit
and priority group (1 - 4), are to be reintroduced automatically according to the parameter
'Reintroduction level' in the 'Overflow' page (refer to preceding section).
Thus, as soon as the number of messages awaiting transmission on the circuit queue
concerned drops below this level, the waiting messages on overflow are automatically
reintroduced, i.e. taken off disk one by one and re-appended to the circuit queue.
Automatic reintroduction may be enabled for some priority groups and disabled for
others.
Default: unticked.
• Reintroduction level modifiable
3-digit numeric field.
Reintroduction threshold value. If Automatic reintroduction is enabled for a particular
priority group on this circuit (refer to details in the 'Reintroduce' page described in the
next section), then once the number of messages awaiting transmission on the
corresponding circuit queue has dropped below this value, messages waiting in the
corresponding overflow area on disk are automatically reintroduced, i.e. taken off the
disk one at a time and re-appended to the circuit queue.
Default: 0
Status page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Status' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
90 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 40. User Circuit Parameters window (Status tab)
This page serves to visualize the various statuses of channels associated with this
particular circuit both physical (in or out of service) and logical (CLOSED / OPEN / TEST),
together with current TI information.
It also permits, with a single action, opening or closure of all channels attached to the
circuit, in either or both incoming or outgoing directions.
There is no Status page for Supervisory circuits, only Operation and User circuits.
The page is present only if at least one channel has been associated with this circuit via:
AMSS → Network → AFTN Channels → Edit
or some other channel parameter configuring procedure.
A maximum of 4 columns of channel information may appear in this window.
Fields description
• Channel number read-only
2 or 3-digit field recalling one of the associated channel numbers. (Maximum 4 channel
numbers).
• In service read-only Character string indicating whether the line for this channel is
physically in service (YES / NO). This field present once for each channel listed.
• Input TI read-only 3-letter field indicating incoming CI and current CSN value for this
channel. Information present once for each channel listed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
91 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Input status read-only Character string indicating current input state of this channel
(OPEN / CLOSED). (Maximum 4 channels).
• Output TI read-only 3-letter field indicating outgoing CI and current CSN value for this
channel. Information present once for each channel listed.
• Output status read-only Character string indicating current output state of this channel
(OPEN / CLOSED). (Maximum 4 channels).
• New input status modifiable Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items
selectable by either mouse button, allowing, with one action, the closing or opening for
input of all the channels associated with this circuit (select item CLOSED / OPEN).
Default: NO MODIFICATION, this menu item allows global change to channel output
status, leaving individual status of each input channel unaltered.
• New output status modifiable Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items
selectable by either mouse button, allowing, with one action, the closing or opening for
output of all the channels associated with this circuit (select item CLOSED / OPEN).
Default: NO MODIFICATION, this menu item allows global change to channel input
status, leaving individual status of each output channel unaltered.
Buttons
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters, status entered and send these to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the circuit parameters entered be saved as those of a new circuit whose
number is to be specified in the next window ('Save circuitas').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.5 Save-circuit-as window
Window obtained on actuating Save As pushbutton on a 'Circuit parameters' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
92 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 41. Circuit Save As window
It prompts the operator to enter a new circuit number.
All parameters currently defined will accordingly be attributed to this circuit number.
Fields description
• New circuit number modifiable
2 - 3 digit number identifying circuit uniquely, ranges (configurable):
• 20 - 39 Supervisory Position circuits
• 40 - 69 Operation circuits (printers, monitors)
• 70 - 343 User circuits
• OK pushbutton
Validate the circuit number to which all parameters in the pages of the preceding 'Circuit
parameters' window are to be attributed. Send circuit number and parameters to the
server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.6 AFTN circuit status identification window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
• AMSS → Network → AFTN Circuits → Status
• actuating 'Edit circuit status' icon (number 2).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
93 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 42. AFTN Circuit Identification window (from Circuit Status menu)
Prompts the operator to specify a circuit number the status of whose channels he wishes to consult or
modify.
At least one channel must already have been configured on this circuit, which the operator identifies by
specifying one of:
• circuit number
• circuit identifier.
Fields description
(One of the two modifiable fields must be filled in.)
• Circuit number modifiable
2 - 3 digit number identifying circuit uniquely, ranges (configurable): - 40 - 69 Operation
circuits - 70 - 342/3 User circuits - 343 X.400 circuit (if AMHS) (No status function is
accessible for Supervisory Position circuits.)
• Circuit identifier modifiable
3- letter name identifying circuit.
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and call up 'Circuit status parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.1.2.7 AFTN Circuit Status Parameters
4.1.2.7.1 AFTN circuit status parameters (Operation circuits) window
Window obtained on actuating OK pushbutton on 'Circuit status identification' window when the circuit
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
94 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
number concerned is in the Operation range (e.g. 40 - 69).
Figure 43. Operation Circuit Status Parameters window
Fields description
The consultable and modifiable fields of this window, concerned with opening and closing
of the associated channel are identical to those described in the Status page of the
'Operation Circuit parameters' window.
• OK pushbutton
Validate modified channel status specifications.
Send the parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation / cancel operation.
4.1.2.7.2 AFTN circuit status parameters (User circuits) window
Window obtained on actuating OK pushbutton on 'Circuit status identification' window when the circuit
number concerned is in the User range (e.g. 70 - 343).
The highest user circuit number is attributed to the X.400 circuit in AMHS systems.
The example screen-shot below is for an X.400 circuit on an AMSS.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
95 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 44. User Circuit Status Parameters window
Fields description
The consultable and modifiable fields of this window, concerned with opening and closing
of the associated channels are identical to those described in the Status page of the 'User
Circuit parameters' window.
• OK pushbutton
Validate modified set of channel status specifications.
Send the parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation / cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
96 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4.2 CIDIN Network Functions
4.2.1 CIDIN AX
4.2.1.1 CIDIN AX list window
List of details of all AX names configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → CIDIN AX → List
Figure 45. AX list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
AX name
Type
Column
AX LOCAL or REMOTE
Enquiry
Column
Ticked: ENQ procedure ongoing this AX Unticked: currently no ENQ in
progress
Status
Column
Whether AX logically open or closed
Diverted
Column
Ticked: AX diverted Unticked: not diverted
Operating
Column
Ticked: AX in service /Unticked: not in service
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) AX name
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consutltation
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
97 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
AX configured, one line per AX name.
One of these AX details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'AX parameters' window for the chosen AX name
• with one of the AX details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired AX), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by the
mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'AX parameters' window
• Delete deletes the selected AX name
• Open opens the selected AX name
• Close closes the selected AX name
• Activate diversion forces routing for this AX to the alternative VC
• Stop diversion returns routing for this AX from alternative to normal
• Start/Stop enquiry re-starts or halts, respectively, an ENQ procedure for this AX.
4.2.1.2 CIDIN AX identification window
Window obtained via: menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → CIDIN AX → Edit
New pushbutton on 'AX List' window.
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the AX whose parameters he wishes to consult or modify.
Figure 46. AX identification window
Fields description
• AX name modifiable
2 - 8 letter name
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and call up 'AX parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
98 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cancel operation.
4.2.1.3 CIDIN AX identification (New AX) window
Window resulting from OK pushbutton on 'AX identification' window.
Prompts the operator to choose Local or Remote when creating a new AX name.
This window replaces the 'AX identification' window, adding an 'AX type' prompt.
Figure 47. New AX identification window
Fields description
• AX name read-only
• AX Type modifiable
Option menu with two choices: LOCAL / REMOTE
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse button.
Default: REMOTE
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and AX type and call up 'AX parameters' window
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.1.4 CIDIN AX identification error message window
Window resulting from OK pushbutton on 'AX identification' or 'AX identification (new AX)' window.
Fields description
• Error text read-only
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
99 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
"Fields are not valid"
Operator validated without entering one or other identification.
"Invalid AX".
Operator entered only 1 letter for the AX name.
"Local type AX needs to contain the center letters"..
Operator specified a Local AX, but the AX name must be composed of letters representing the center,
and an application identifier.
"Invalid AX".
""Unknown application for local AX".
Operator specified a Local AX, but the AX name must be terminated with one of the recognized
application identifying letters:
• 'A' CIDIN AFTN application
• 'M' CIDIN Operator Message application.
• OK pushbutton
Close the Error Message dialogue box.
4.2.1.5 CIDIN AX parameters window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → CIDIN AX → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'AX identification' window.
The window applies to 'Remote' type AXs only.
There is no parameter configuring window for Local type AXs. These are configured once only, at system
installation, they are only two in number, and are of the form:
• XXXXA - Local AFTN AX
• XXXXM - Operator Message AX
where XXXX correspond to the centre identifying letters (e.g., OLBA).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
100 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 48. Mains Path AX parameters window
Fields description
• Window title read-only
"AX parameters: AX name NNNNN "
• Number of user addresses read-only
Number of AFTN indicators that have been configured using this AX as main or diversion
route. Refer to:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN Indicators → Edit
e.g. a remote indicator RCTPYFYX can be configured to use, as main or alternative
route, the AX name RCTPA.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
101 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• >Window size modifiable
3-digit field. Maximum number of messages that can be reintroduced together, after
being held up on queue. This is varied to avoid saturation of a remote centre.
Default: 5.
• Diversion effective modifiable
Checkbox ticked if the alternative (diversion) routing for this AX is to be applied. This
constitutes manual switching from one virtual circuit to another (PVC or SVC), at the
initiative of the operator, and is independent of the automatic switching occurring
between normal and backup PVCs when there are line problems. Refer to function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
Default: 5.
Main VC page
Page obtained:
• as default virtual circuit parameters page opened on operating:
OK pushbutton on 'AX identification' window.
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin AX → Edit
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on Main Path tab.
In this page are configured the VC parameters handling the main routing for this AX.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
102 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 49. Main Path AX parameters window - 2
Main Path modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
• SVC Switched Virtual Circuit
If PVC chosen:
• PVC number modifiable
Maximum 3-digit PVC number on the gateway identified in the next field.
This PVC number must be pre-configured on the system, in AERMAC static
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
103 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
configuration files, and also via the Supervisory Position by means of the function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
• Physical attachment modifiable
1-letter identifier of the X.25 gateway on the host machine serving this AX.
This gateway must be pre-configured on the system, and also in AERMAC static
configuration files.
If SVC chosen:
• SVC identification modifiable
Maximum 8-letter SVC name which must be pre-configured via the Supervisory Position
by means of the function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
Alternate VC page
Page obtained
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Alternate Path' tab.
In this page are configured the VC parameters handling the diversion routing for this AX.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
104 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 50. Main Path AX parameters window - 3
Alternate path modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
• SVC Switched Virtual Circuit
If PVC chosen:
• PVC number modifiable
Maximum 3-digit PVC number on the gateway identified in the next field. This PVC
number must be pre-configured on the system, in AERMAC static configuration files, and
also via the Supervisory Position by means of the function:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
105 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
• Physical attachment modifiable
1-letter identifier of the X.25 gateway on the host machine serving this AX. This gateway
must be pre-configured on the system, and also in AERMAC static configuration files.
If SVC chosen:
• SVC identification modifiable
Maximum 8-letter SVC name which must be pre-configured via the Supervisory Position
by means of the function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the circuit parameters entered be saved as those of a new AX whose name
is to be specified in the next window ('Save AX as').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.1.6 Save-AX-as window
Window obtained on actuating 'Save As' pushbutton on an 'AX parameters' window.
It prompts the operator to enter a new AX name.
All parameters currently defined will accordingly be attributed to this AX name.
Figure 51. Save AX window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
106 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
• New AX name modifiable
2 - 8 letter name identifying an AX uniquely.
• OK pushbutton
Validate the AX name to which all parameters in the pages of the preceding 'AX parameters' window are
to be attributed.
Send AX name and parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.1.7 CIDIN AX identification (Delete) window
Window obtained from menu sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin AX → Delete
It prompts the operator to enter the name of the AX to be deleted.
Figure 52. AX deletion window
Fields description
• AX name modifiable
2 - 8 letter name identifying an AX uniquely.
• OK pushbutton
Validate the AX name to be deleted and send to server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.1.8 CIDIN AX delete confirmation window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
107 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Window obtained by actuating OK button of 'AX identification (delete)' window displayed upon menu
sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin AX → Delete
It prompts the operator to confirm the deletion.
Figure 53. AX deletion confirmation window
Fields description
• Text read-only
"You are going to delete an Ax. Do you want to continue?"
• OK pushbutton
Confirm server should delete.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.2 CIDIN PVC
4.2.2.1 CIDIN PVC list window
List of details of all Permanent Virtual Circuits configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
108 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 54. PVCs list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
PVC identifier (PVC number + Gateway name)
Operating
Column
OK or NOK
Secondary
Column
Either: PVC identifier (PVC number + Gateway name) Or: SVC identifier
Operating
Column
Whether backup VC in service (OK/NOK)
Connection
Column
Ticked: VC connected Unticked: not connected
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) PVC
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consutltation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
PVC configured, one line per PVC.
One of these PVC details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'PVC parameters' window for the chosen PVC
• with one of the PVC details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
- ensure that this corresponds to the desired PVC), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'PVC parameters' window
• Validate primary declare primary PVC available for use
• Invalidate primary declare primary PVC unavailable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
109 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Validate secondary declare alternative PVC available for use
• Invalidate secondary declare alternative PVC unavailable.
4.2.2.2 CIDIN PVC identification window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'PVC List' window.
Prompts the operator to specify the PVC whose parameters he wishes to consult or modify.
CIDIN virtual circuits provide the initial step in the routing away from the local AE towards the remote AX
names. Physically, the PVCs once installed are permanently available for data exchanges. In order to be
available for AERMAC, however, their gateway name and VC number must have been configured on the
host system and at server X.25 level.
Figure 55. PVC identification window
Fields description
• PVC number modifiable
1 - 2 digits. Must be a pre-configured PVC on the gateway name specified.
• Physical attachment modifiable
1-letter gateway name. Must be a pre-configured X.25 gateway name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate identification parameters and call up 'PVC parameters' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.2.3 CIDIN PVC identification error message window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
110 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Window resulting from 'OK' pushbutton on 'PVC identification' window.
Fields description
• Error text read-only
"Invalid size for gateway name"
Operator left 'Physical attachment' field void.
"PVC unknown in the configuration".
PVC number' field void, or not yet pre-configured.
• OK pushbutton
Close the Error Message dialogue box.
4.2.2.4 CIDIN PVC parameters window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'PVC identification' window.
Figure 56. PVC parameters window
Fields description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
111 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Window title read-only
"PVC parameters: PVC number N "
• Gateway modifiable
1-letter identifier of the X.25 gateway on the host machine serving this PVC.
This gateway must be pre-configured on the system, and also in AERMAC static
configuration files.
• Number of AXs read-only
Number of AX names that have been configured using this PVC as main or alternative
route. Refer to:
AMSS → Network → Cidin AX → Edit
• Assigned modifiable
Checkbox ticked if this PVC is to be assigned to AERMAC.
Default: Unticked.
• Status modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether the PVC is logically in service or not.
Options: 'Valid' / 'Invalid'.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair.
Passing from Invalid to Valid will attempt the sending of a positive Reset packet
(however, X.25 connection is not guaranteed).
Default: Invalid.
Secondary VC attributes
A backup virtual circuit can be defined, which will be resorted to automatically in the event
of line problems affecting this virtual circuit.
• Secondary VC type modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
• SVC Switched Virtual Circuit
• NONE No backup Virtual Circuit
Default: NONE.
If PVC chosen:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
112 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• PVC number modifiable
Maximum 3-digit PVC number on the gateway identified in the next field. This PVC
number must be pre-configured on the system, in AERMAC static configuration files, and
also via the Supervisory Position by means of the function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin PVC → Edit
• Gateway modifiable
1-letter identifier of the X.25 gateway on the host machine serving this PVC.
This gateway must be pre-configured on the system, and also in AERMAC static
configuration files.
If SVC chosen:
• SVC identification modifiable
Maximum 8-letter SVC name which must be pre-configured via the Supervisory
Position by means of the function:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3 CIDIN SVC
4.2.3.1 CIDIN SVC list window
List of details of all Switched Virtual Circuits configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
113 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 57. SVCs list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
SVC identifier
Gateway
Column
X.25 gateway name
Status
Column
Valid or Invalid
Connection
Column
CLOSED /TRYING /ESTABLISHED
Operating
Column
Ticked: VC established Unticked: not established
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) SVC
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consutltation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
SVC configured, one line per SVC.
One of these SVC details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon
• double-clicking displays the 'SVC parameters' window for the chosen SVC
• with one of the SVC details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
- ensure that this corresponds to the desired SVC), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'SVC Status' window
• Validate SVC declare SVC available for use
• Invalidate SVC declare SVC unavailable
• Delete SVC remove SVC from configuration
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
114 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4.2.3.2 Edit CIDIN SVC (identification) window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'SVC List' window.
Prompts the operator to specify the SVC whose parameters he wishes to consult or modify.
CIDIN virtual circuits provide the initial step in the routing away from the local AE towards the remote AX
names. In order to be available for AERMAC, the gateway name and VC number of the SVCs must have
been configured on the host system and at server X.25 level..
Figure 58. SVC Edition window
Fields description
• SVC Identification modifiable
1 - 8 letter name
• OK pushbutton
Validate identification and call up one of
• 'SVC parameters' window - if new SVC being configured
• 'SVC status' window - if already configured SVC
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3.3 CIDIN SVC parameters window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
• OK pushbutton on 'PVC identification' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
115 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 59. SVC parameters window
Fields description
• Window title read-only
"SVC parameters: NNNNNNNN "
SVC parameter page
This is the only page displayed in the case of the SVC Parameters window.
(Compare additional SVC Status page in the SVC Status window.)
• Gateway modifiable
1-letter identifier of the X.25 gateway on the host machine serving this SVC
This gateway must be pre-configured on the system, and also in AERMAC static
configuration files.
• X.121 Remote Address modifiable
1 - 15 character address in Octet String format.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
116 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• X.121 Remote Identification
1 - 15 character sub-address information in Octet String format.
• Retry timer (mn) modifiable
1 - 3 digit value for interval in minutes between successive call retries.
• Inactivity check modifiable
Checkbox ticked if absence of traffic is to be detected.
Used in conjunction with (following) 'Inactivity timer' field.
Default: Unticked
• Inactivity timer modifiable
1 - 4 digit value for duration in seconds of a period of absence of traffic.
Used in conjunction with (preceding) 'Inactivity check' field. If inactivity check is enabled,
the VC will be cleared after the specified period of traffic absence.
• Number of AXs read-only
Number of AX names that have been configured using this SVC as main or alternative
route. Refer to
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3.4 CIDIN SVC status window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Edit
OK pushbutton on 'Edit SVC' window in the case of an already configured SVC name.
SVC Status page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'SVC Status' tab.
This page is not present in the 'SVC Parameters' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
117 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Current status modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether the SVC is logically in service or not.
Options: 'Valid' / 'Invalid'.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the pair.
Default: Invalid.
• Connection state read-only
This indicates the state of establishment of the virtual circuit:
• CLOSED
• TRYING
• OPEN
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3.5 Delete CIDIN SVC window
Window obtained from menu sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Delete
It prompts the operator to enter the name of the SVC to be deleted.
Figure 60. SVC deletion window
Fields description
• SVC identification modifiable
1 - 8 letter name identifying an SVC uniquely
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
118 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• OK pushbutton
Validate the SVC name to be deleted and send to server
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3.6 CIDIN SVC delete confirmation window
Window obtained by actuating OK button of 'Delete SVC' window displayed upon
menu sequence:
AMSS → Network → Cidin SVC → Delete
It prompts the operator to confirm the deletion.
Fields description
• Text read-only
"Do you really want to delete this SVC?"
• OK pushbutton
Confirm server should delete.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
4.2.3.7 CIDIN SVC delete error message window
Window resulting from OK pushbutton on 'SVC delete confirmation window.
Fields description
• Error text read-only
"Invalid state for SVC cidin name"
Current status of SVC must be returned to Invalid first.
"Indicators use this cidin SVC".
At least one AX name is configured using this SVC.
"SVC cidin name not exist".
SVC identifier not found in the configuration.
• OK pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
119 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Close the Error Message dialogue box.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
120 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
4.3 AMHS Network Functions
4.3.1 AMHS MTA
4.3.1.1 AMHS MTA/GATEWAY list
List of possibile configuration options for AMHS MTA/Gateway.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AMHS MTA → List
From here you can list, edit, delete or print the configuration for each MTA/Gateway.
Figure 61. AMHS MTA list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
Name of the AMHS MTA/gateway
State
Column
MTA/Gateway Status (Connected/Enabled/Disabled)
Domain
Column
Type of domain
Input
Column
Status of the input connection
Low
Column
Status of Low priority message queue (Open/Closed).
Normal
Column
Status of Normal priority message queue (Open/Closed).
Urgent
Column
Status of Urgent priority message queue (Open/Closed).
Report
Column
Status of Report message queue (Open/Closed).
Diverted
Column
Ticked: Message queues diverted /Unticked: Message queues not diverted
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
121 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Description
Column
Brief description of the MTA
Location
Column
Geographical location (used for monitoring synoptics)
Gateway
Pushbutton
Create a new Gateway
New
Pushbutton
Create a new MTA
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consutltation
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
MTA configured, one line per MTA name.
One of these MTA details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'MTA parameters' window for the chosen MTA name
• with one of the MTA details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
- ensure that this corresponds to the desired MTA), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'MTA parameters' window
• Delete deletes the selected MTA name
• Enable enables usage of this MTA
• Disable disables usage of this MTA
• Trigger association forces creation of a P1 association with this MTA.
• Open input switches status of input connection to 'Open'
• Close input switches status of input connection to 'Closed'
• Open queues switches status of all message queues (Low/Normal/Urgent/Report) to 'Open'
• Close queues switches status of all message queues (Low/Normal/Urgent/Report) to 'Closed'
• Enable queues diversion enables diversion of all message queues (Low/Normal/Urgent/Report)
• Disable queues diversion disables diversion of all message queues (Low/Normal/Urgent/Report)
4.3.1.2 AMHS MTA/GATEWAY parameters
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AMHS MTA/Gateway → Edit
New pushbutton on 'MTA List' window.
Edit right click button on the name of MTA on 'MTA List' window:
Fields description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
122 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Window title read-only
"MTA Parameters: Name of MTA " [existing MTA for edit] "MTA Parameters: Name - New" [new MTA for
new button]
• Description
Description of the MTA device: location, address, contact name... Up to 128 characters.
Domain page
Example for an MTA:
Figure 62. AMHS MTA Domain tab
Example for a Gateway:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
123 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 63. AMHS MTA Domain tab for a gateway
• Type modifiable (MTA only)
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse
button. Unopened, indicates current type of MTA Domain (Local/Public/Private).
• "Private" for a private domain (the private domain attribute is mandatory) ;
• "Public" for a public domain (the private domain attribute must be unused) ;
• "Local" for a local domain (the attributes are those of the local MTA).
• Country modifiable (MTA only)
Represent the country name code 'XX' assigned by ICAO. It is the country symbol used
in the MTA global domain identifier in function of the domain type attribute. It must
remain unused in case of local domain, in fact in this case it takes the value defined in
the local MTA.
• ADMD modifiable (MTA only)
Represent the ADministration Management Domain code 'ICAO'.It is the administrative
domain name used in the MTA global domain identifier in function of the domain type
attribute. It must remain unused if the domain type is a local domain.
• PRMD modifiable (MTA only)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
124 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Represent the PRivate Management Domain. This attribute defines the private doamin
name used in the MTA global domain identifier in function of the domain type attribute. It
must remain unused if the domain type is a local domain, but it is mandatory if the
domain type is private.
Selectors page (MTA only)
Figure 64. MTA parameters Selectors tab
• Presentation modifiable
Main presentation address of the remote MTA, encoded to 4 octets. Also called PSAP.
This attribute indicates the network informations used to access to the remote MTA or
the user.
Value may be displayed in ASCII format (IA5) or hexadecimal format (Hex) by pushing
field-attached button.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
125 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Session modifiable
Selector session encoded to 16 octets. Also called SSAP.
Value may be displayed in ASCII format (IA5) or hexadecimal format (Hex) by pushing
field-attached button.
• Transport modifiable
Selector code value from 0-65535 and coded as binary in one or two octets. Also called
TSAP.
Value may be displayed in ASCII format (IA5) or hexadecimal format (Hex) by pushing
field-attached button.
Network
• Type modifiable
Type of network used for accessing this entity. Type of network is to be chosen among:
• ATN/Ethernet (option)
• TP0/TCPIP
• Main modifiable
Selector code encoded to 16 octets. Main network address used for accessing this entity:
• either ATN NSAP address (e.g. "47002781815742004F0101000100000000000101"),
• or IP address + TCP port (e.g. "142.3.25.10+102")
• Backup modifiable
Backup network address used for accessing this entity.
Associations page
Example for an MTA:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
126 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 65. MTA parameters Associations tab
Example for a Gateway:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
127 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 66. MTA parameters Associations tab (exemple for a gateway)
• Protocol modifiable (MTA only)
Type of protocols used. This attribute indicates the conformity level to commnunicate
with the peer:
• 1984 MTA version
• 1988 MTA version with the low layers of the 1984 version
• 1988 MTA and low layers.
Default: MTA84
• Password modifiable
This attribute defines the password of local MTA using in the binding with UA or peer.
• Enable modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the type of access control performed during connection phase with
the MTA. If the attribute is true, the local MTA password and the peer password are
checked
• Max incoming P3 modifiable (Gateway only)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
128 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This attribute defines the maximum number of incoming P3 associations initiated by the
gateway with the local MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 15
• Max local unidirectional modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the maximum number of half-duplex RTS associations initiated by
the local MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 15
• Max local bidirectional modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the maximum number of unidirectional RTS associations initiated
by the local MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 0
• Max remote unidirectional modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the maximum number of RTS associations in half-duplex accepted
by the local MTA, when they are initialized by a remote MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 15
• Max remote bidirectional modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the maximum number of unidirectional RTS association accepted
by the local MTA, when they are initialized by a remote MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 0
• Unidirectional first modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the order in which outgoing associations will be opened:
• false, half-duplex association first ;
• true, monologue association first.
Default: false
• Max retries modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the maximum number of connection retries for remote MTA. Up to
999.
Default: 3
• Retry timer modifiable (MTA only)
It is the delay (in seconds) between two connection retries to the remote MTA.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
129 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: 10
• Auto reconnect modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute indicates if the local MTA has to automatically reopen the remote MTA if a
connect request is received while the remote MTA was closed (for protocol reasons):
• false, local MTA not reopen the connection;
• true, local MTA automatically reopen the connection.
Default: false
• Inactivity timer modifiable (MTA only)
This attribute defines the inactivity timer (in minutes) of pending associations. Up to 999.
Default: 1
• Infinite inactivity timer modifiable (MTA only)
If ticked, the local MTA keeps asssociations with this adjacent MTA forever, or until the
administrator closes the association. If unticked, the Inactivity timer applies.
Default: false
Queues page (MTA only)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
130 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 67. MTA parameters Queues tab
• Diverted modifiable
This attribute enables or disables diversion of all message queues for this adjacent MTA.
Low
• Status modifiable
If Closed, non urgent messages intended for this adjacent MTA are kept in the MTA
queue, until the message expires or the inhibition is suppressed (Open).
Default: Open
• Diversion MTA modifiable
Identifier of the MTA to which all non urgent messages are redirected, if diversion is
active for this adjacent MTA. This identifier is mapped with the identifier associated with
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
131 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
a peer.
Normal
• Status modifiable
If Closed, normal messages intended for this adjacent MTA are kept in the MTA queue,
until the message expires or the inhibition is suppressed (Open).
Default: Open
• Diversion MTA modifiable
Identifier of the MTA to which all normal messages are redirected, if diversion is active
for this adjacent MTA. This identifier is mapped with the identifier associated with a peer.
Urgent
• Status modifiable
If Closed, urgent messages intended for this adjacent MTA are kept in the MTA queue,
until the message expires or the inhibition is suppressed (Open).
Default: Open
• Diversion MTA modifiable
Identifier of the MTA to which all urgent messages are redirected, if diversion is active for
this adjacent MTA. This identifier is mapped with the identifier associated with a peer.
Report
• Status modifiable
If Closed, reports intended for this adjacent MTA are kept in the MTA queue, until the
message expires or the inhibition is suppressed (Open).
Default: Open
• Diversion MTA modifiable
Identifier of the MTA to which all reports are redirected, if diversion is active for this
adjacent MTA. This identifier is mapped with the identifier associated with a peer.
Button
• OK pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
132 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Validate all parameters introduced and call up 'MTA List' window.
• Delete pushbutton
Delete actual MTA configuration introduced by operator.
• Save As pushbutton
Saving the parameters introduced by operator.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation and discard changes.
4.3.2 AMHS UA
4.3.2.1 AMHS UA list
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AMHS UA → List
Figure 68. AMHS UA list
Fields description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
133 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
P3
Column
P3 identifier
P7
Column
P7 identifier
Name
Column
UA Name
Type
Column
UA type (UA P3 /UA P7)
State
Column
UA State (Connected/Enabled/Disabled)
Route
Address
Column
Route to this UA.
Description
Column
Textual description of this UA
Location
Column
Geographical location (used for monitoring synoptics)
New
Pushbutton
Create a new UA
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consultation
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
UA configured, one line per UA.
One of these UA details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'UA parameters' window for the chosen UA
• with one of the MTA details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
- ensure that this corresponds to the desired UA), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'UA parameters' window
• Delete deletes the selected UA
• Enable enables connection of the selected UA
• Disable disables connection of the selected UA
4.3.2.2 AMHS UA P3 parameters
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AMHS UA → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'UA List' window.
• Edit right click button on the name of UA on 'UA List' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
134 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 69. AMHS UA P3 parameters window
Fields description
• Name read-only
UA name.
• Location modifiable
Geographical location (used for monitoring synoptics)
• Description modifiable
Description of the UA. Up to 128 characters.
See Type [Content Type] page in AMHS UA P7 PARAMETERS
4.3.2.3 AMHS UA P7 parameters
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Network → AMHS UA → Edit
• New pushbutton on 'UA List' window.
• Edit right click button on the name of UA on 'UA List' window.
General [UA Id]page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
135 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 70. AMHS UA P7 parameters window
Fields description
• Name read-only
UA name.
• Location modifiable
Geographical location (used for monitoring synoptics)
• Description modifiable
Description of the UA. Up to 128 characters.
• User DN modifiable
It is the common name attribute of the X.500 directory which contains the object name.
• Route Address modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
136 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
It is the route for a local user. The common name attribute contains the free form name
of the route. See below for the description of window displayed when pressing 'at sign'
icon
Default: false
• User Password modifiable (accessible using Advanced pushbutton)
This attribute defines the password supplied by the peer or user when binding with the
local MTA. This attribute is used if the authentication is activated.
• Enabled modifiable (accessible using Advanced pushbutton)
This attribute defines the type of access control performed during connection phase with
the MTA. If the attribute is true, the local MTA password and the peer password are
checked.
X.400 Address page
Page obtained: - by clicking 'at sign' icon on the right of Route address field.
X.400 General page
Page obtained: - by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' when in the X.400 Address
page.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
137 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 71. X400 Address General tab window
Fields description
• Country modifiable
2 or 3 character Country Name attribute of this O/R address.
• ADMD modifiable
16 characters maximum.
• PRMD modifiable
16 characters maximum.
• Organization Name modifiable
64 characters maximum.
• Organizational Unit 1 modifiable
32 characters maximum.
• Organizational Unit 2 modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
138 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
32 characters maximum.
• Organizational Unit 3 modifiable
32 characters maximum.
• Organizational Unit 4 modifiable
32 characters maximum.
• Surname modifiable
40 characters maximum..
• Given Name modifiable
16 characters maximum.
• Initials modifiable
5 characters maximum..
• Generation Qualifier modifiable
3 characters maximum.
• Common Name modifiable
64 characters maximum.
• Single UA ID modifiable
32 characters maximum.
X.400 Network page
Page obtained:
by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Network' when in the X.400 Address page.
Personal Name
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
139 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 72. X400 Address Network tab window
Fields
• Network address modifiable
Not to be used
• Terminal Identifier modifiable
32 characters maximum.
• Terminal Type modifiable
dropdown list
X.400 DDA (domain defined attributes) page
Page obtained: - by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'DDA' when in the X.400 Address
page.
Domain Defined Attributes
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
140 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 73. X400 Address DDA tab window
Fields description
• First domain attribute type modifiable
8 characters maximum.
• First domain attribute value modifiable
128 characters maximum.
• Second domain attribute type modifiable
8 characters maximum.
• Second domain attribute value modifiable
128 characters maximum.
• Third domain attribute type modifiable
8 characters maximum.
• Third domain attribute value modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
141 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
128 characters maximum.
• Fourth domain attribute type modifiable
8 characters maximum.
• Fourth domain attribute value modifiable
128 characters maximum.
All pages
• Convert pushbuttons
Convert from AFTN to AMHS, and vice versa.
• OK pushbutton
Validate values entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
Advanced pages
Pages obtained by clicking on Advanced pushbutton.
Type [Content Type] page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
142 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 74. UA parameters window (type tab)
Fields description
• All Content Types modifiable
This attribut indicates the level of content types supportde by the user:
• false, no content types implicitly supported
• true, all content types implicitly supported.
If the attribute has the false value, the standard type and extended type attributes must
be explicitly defined.
Default: false
• Standard Content Types modifiable
This attribute defines the standard content types list that an users group or a user can
support.
• 0 Undefined
• 1 External
• 2 Inter-personal Message version 1984
• 22 Inter-personal Message version 1988
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
143 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• 35 EDI Message
• 40 Voice Message
• Extent Content Types modifiable
This attribute defines the list of extended content types supported by a local MTA or an
user. (OID)
Examples:
• 2.6.3.3.0 Undefined
• 2.6.3.3.1 Internal Envelope
Data type
• Undefined type (binary) modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• G3 format fax modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• Teletex modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• Voice modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
144 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Mixed modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• IA5 text modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• G4 format fax modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• Videotex modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• SFD modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
Default: false
• All Data Types modifiable
This attribut indicates if this content type is supportde by the user (if All Content Types
not selected):
• false, not supported
• true, supported.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
145 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: false
• Extend data Types modifiable
This attribute defines the list of extended encoded information types supported by a local
MTA or an user. It is an OID (Object IDentifier) encoded by a sequence of positive
integers separated by the "." character.
• 2.6.3.4.0 Undefined
• 2.6.3.4.2 IA5 Text
• 2.6.3.4.3 G3 Fax
• 2.6.3.4.4 G4 Fax
• 2.6.3.4.5 Teletex
• 2.6.3.4.6 Videotex
• 2.6.3.4.7 Voice
• 2.6.3.4.8 SFD
• 2.6.3.4.9 All Data Types
Base page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
146 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 75. UA parameters window (Base tab)
Fields description
• First primary access file modifiable
This attribute defines the name of the first primary B-Tree access file. Up to 255
characters.
Example(s):
../BASES/msk/btree/FAP23.BTR
../BASES/msk/btree/SAP23.BTR
• First secondary access file modifiable
This attribute defines the name of the second primary B-Tree access file. Up to 255
characters.
• First update file modifiable
This attribute defines the first update file name. Up to 255 characters.
Example(s):
../BASES/msk/btree/FUF23.UPD
../BASES/msk/btree/SUF23.UPD
• Second primary access file modifiable
This attribute defines the name of the first secondary B-Tree access file. Up to 255
characters.
Example(s):
../BASES/msk/btree/FAS23.BTR
../BASES/msk/btree/SAS23.BTR
• Second secondary access file modifiable
This attribute defines the name of the second secondary B-Tree access file. Up to 255
characters..
• Second update file modifiable
This attribute defines the second update file name. Up to 255 characters
MTA Network page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
147 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 76. UA parameters window (MTA Network tab)
Fields description
• Remove use modifiable
Default: false.
• Reliable access modifiable
This attribute indicates if the user supports the reliable access (RTSE protocol used).
The attribute can take the following values:
• false, reliable access is not supported
• true, reliable access is supported.
This attribute is only significant for a remote user.
Default: false.
• Force access modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
148 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This attribute indicates if the forced access (bind indication used) is supported by the
user or not.
The attribute can take the following values:
• false, forced access is not supported
• true, forced access is supported.
This attribute is only significant for a remote user.
Default: false.
• Quality of service modifiable
This attribute is only significant for a remote user. Up to 255.
Default: 0.
• Max incoming P3 connections modifiable
This attribute defines the maximum number of incoming connections allowed by the local
MTA. Up to 15.
Default: 1.
• Max outgoing P3 connections modifiable
This attribute defines the maximum number of connections that the local MTA can open
with the user. Up to 100.
Default: 1.
• Max content length modifiable
This attribute defines the value in bytes of the maximum content length accepted by a
local MTA or an user. Up to 2000000000.
Default: 2000000000.
MS Network page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
149 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 77. UA parameters window (MS Network tab)
Fields description
• Authorized MTS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether authorized access is supported by the MTA or not:
• false, auhtorized access is not supported
• true, auhtorized access is supported.
Default: false.
• Forced MTS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether forced access (bind indication used) is supported by the
MTA or not:
• false, forced access is not supported
• true, forced access is supported.
Default: false.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
150 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Reliable MTS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether reliable access (RTSE protocol used) is supported by the
MTA or not:
• false, reliable access is not supported
• true, reliable access is supported.
Default: false.
• Reliable forced MTS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether reliable forced access (RTSE protocol and bind
indication used) is supported by the MTA or not:
• false, reliable forced access is not supported
• true, reliable forcedaccess is supported.
Default: false.
• Authorized MS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether authorized access is supported by the MS or not:
• false, authorized access is not supported
• true, authorized access is supported.
Default: false.
• Reliable MS access modifiable
This attribute indicates whether reliable access (RTSE protocol used) is supported by the
MS or not:
• false, reliable access is not supported
• true, reliable access is supported.
Default: false.
• Maximum local P7 connections modifiable
This attribute indicates the maximum number of the local connections permitted for the
MS user.
• Maximum remote P7 connections modifiable
This attribute indicates the maximum number of remote connection permitted for the MS
user.
• Maximum incoming P3 connections modifiable
This attribute indicates the maximum number of the incoming connections with the MTA
managed by the message store for the MS user. Up to 256.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
151 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Maximum outgoing P3 connections modifiable
This attribute indicates the maximum number of the outgoing connections with the MTA
managed by the message store for the MS user. Up to 256.
MS(Psap) network [Selectors] page
Figure 78. UA parameters window (MS (Psap) network [Selectors] tab)
Fields description
• Presentation modifiable
This attribute defines the network informations used by the MS user to access to the
message store.
The presentation selector is mandatory to access to a local MTA
• Session modifiable
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
152 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Transport modifiable
Network
• Type modifiable
This attribute defines the network type used to access to the remote MTA or user:
- ATN/Ethernet
• Main modifiable
This attribute defines the network informations used to access to the remote MTA.
(PSAP)
• Backup modifiable
This attribute defines the network informations used to access to the remote MTA.
(PSAP)
Directory page
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
153 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 79. UA parameters window (Directory tab)
Fields description
• Email modifiable
This attribute defines the mail address of the user.
• Telephone number modifiable
This attribute defines the user telephone number.
Button
• Advanced/Basic pushbutton
Access advanced configuration parameters or switch back to basic (General tab only, default).
• OK pushbutton
Validate all parameters introduced and call up 'UA List' window.
• Delete pushbutton
Delete actual UA configuration and associated local routes introduced by operator.
• Save As pushbutton
Saving the parameters introduced by operator.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation and discard changes.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
154 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5. Routing Functions
5.1 AFTN Routing Functions
5.1.1 AFTN Indicators
5.1.1.1 AFTN Indicators List Window
List of details of all AFTN indicators configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → List
or by actuating Icon "AFTN Indicator List" (no. 3).
Figure 80. AFTN Indicators List Window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
155 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
AFTN indicator name
Normal
Column
Circuit number or AX name for normal routing
Diverted
Column
Ticked: indicator diverted /Unticked: not diverted
Alternate
Column
Circuit number or AX name for diversion routing
Type
Column
Whether LOCAL /REMOTE /COLLECTIVE 1 /COLLECTIVE 2
Members
Column
For collective indicators: List of indicators or circuits included.
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) indicator
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
Close the window
Under the 6 column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of
each indicator configured, one line per indicator.
One of these indicator details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Indicator Edit' window for the chosen indicator
• with one of the indicator details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different
colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired indicator), a context-sensitive option menu may be
accessed by the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Indicator Edit' window
• Activate diversion forces the alternative routing for this indicator
• Stop diversion returns routing for this indicator from alternative to normal
• Delete deletes the selected AFTN indicator
Two detailed lists are also available:
Detailed list of all AFTN indicators collective 1 configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Detailed list type I
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
156 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 81. AFTN indicators collective 1 Detailed list window
Detailed list of all AFTN indicators collective 2 configured.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Detailed list type II
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
157 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 82. AFTN indicators collective 2 Detailed list window
5.1.1.2 AFTN Indicator Identification Window
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
New pushbutton on 'Indicator List' window actuating 'Divert indicator' icon (number 6).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
158 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 83. AFTN Indicator Identification Window
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the AFTN indicator whose parameters he wishes to consult,
create or modify.
Fields description
• User Address Name modifiable
1 - 8 letter name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate identifier specified and send to server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation
5.1.1.3 AFTN Indicator Identification (new identifier) Window
Window resulting from OK pushbutton on 'Indicator Identification' window.
Prompts the operator to choose the type of AFTN indicator when creating a new name.
This window replaces the 'Indicator Identification' window, adding a 'User Address Type' prompt.
Figure 84. AFTN Indicator Identification (new identifier) Window
Fields description
• User Address Name read-only
• User Address Type modifiable
Option menu with 4 choices:
• LOCAL
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
159 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• REMOTE
• COLLECTIVE 1
• COLLECTIVE 2.
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse
button.
• OK pushbutton
Validate specified identifier and type and call up the appropriate 'Indicator Edit' window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.1.4 AFTN Local Indicator Edit Window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
OK pushbutton 'Indicator Identification' window. when the indicator concerned is of Local type.
Figure 85. AFTN Local Indicator Edit Window
Fields description
• Local User Address read-only
"AAAAAAAA "
Configuration page
• Circuit modifiable
User circuit number (maximum 3 digits) on to which messages for this indicator are to be routed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
160 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.1.1.5 AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
OK pushbutton 'n 'Indicator Identification' window.
when the indicator concerned is of Remote type.
Figure 86. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window
Fields description
• RemoteUser Address read-only
"AAAAAAAA "
Configuration page
Page obtained:
as default page displayed on operating:
menu item sequence:AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
OK pushbutton 'n 'Indicator Identification' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
161 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Configuration' tab.
Figure 87. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window (Configuration tab)
Normal Configuration
• Normal Configuration modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether normal routing for this indicator is via an AFTN
circuit, a CIDIN AX, or AMHS.
Options: AFTN, CIDIN, AMHS.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair.
Default: AFTN.
• Circuit modifiable
User circuit number (2 - 3 digits) on to which messages for this indicator are normally to
be routed.
This field can only be accessed for input if the AFTN radio button is set under Normal
Configuration.
• AX modifiable
AX name (maximum 3 digits) on to which messages for this indicator are normally to be
routed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
162 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This field can only be accessed for input if the CIDIN radio button is set under Normal
Configuration.
Alternate Configuration
• Alternate Configuration modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether diversion routing for this indicator is via an AFTN
circuit, a CIDIN AX, or AMHS.
Options: AFTN, CIDIN, AMHS.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair.
Default: AFTN.
• Circuit modifiable
User circuit number (2 - 3 digits) on to which messages for this indicator are to be routed
in the case of diversion.
This field can only be accessed for input if the AFTN radio button is set under Alternate
Configuration.
• AX modifiable
AX name (maximum 3 digits) on to which messages for this indicator are to be routed in
the case of diversion.
This field can only be accessed for input if the CIDIN radio button is set under Alternate
Configuration.
Diversion
• Diversion effective modifiable
Radio button pair indicating whether diversion routing is to be applied or not for this
indicator.
Options: YES / NO.
Modification is effected by clicking mouse lefthand button on the opposite button of the
pair.
Activation of diversion requires prior definition of an 'Alternative Configuration' (see
above), and takes into account also the setting of 'Diversion priority' (next field).
Messages with lower priority than that indicated in this field will not be diverted.
Another way of activating diversion for a remote indicator, routed normally on a given
AFTN circuit, is to activate automatic diversion on that circuit. Menu sequence: AMSS ..
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
163 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Network .. Circuits .. Edit followed by actuation of the 'Activate' radio button under
'Automatic diversion' on the 'Diversion' page of the Circuit Parameters. Caution! This
activates diversion for all indicators attached to the circuit.
Default: NO.
• Diversion priority modifiable
Option menu with 5 choices: SS / DD / FF / GG / KK.
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either
mouse button.
If 'Diversion effective' (previous field) is activated, messages with and above the priority
chosen here will be diverted, messages with other priorities will be routed normally.
E.g.
• choice FF: diversion applied to SS, DD, FF messages, GG, KK messages routed
normally
• choice KK: messages of all priorities diverted.
Default: KK.
Responsibility page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Responsibility' tab.
The specifications on this page concern whether this AFTN centre is responsible for the
routing of messages to the indicator concerned in all cases.
Duplicate message deliveries sometimes occur because a centre forwards a message
received from a second centre to a third centre, and in fact the second centre had already
sent a copy of the message to the third centre directly.
To avoid such duplications, centres can be declared responsible for indicators when the
messages arrive on certain circuits (i.e. from certain centres) and non responsible when
they arrive on others.
The responsibility restriction is not applicable in the following cases:
• the message received was diverted
• 'misroute condition': AERMAC has examined the indicators in the address line of the
message received with resulting negative responsibility for all indicators.
In these cases responsibility defaults to FULL, and the message is routed to all the
indicators addressed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
164 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 88. AFTN Remote Indicator Edit Window (Responsibility tab)
• Responsibility modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• FULL All messages for this indicator will be routed.
• POSITIVE Messages for this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list will be
routed; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will not be routed.
• NEGATIVE Messages for this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list will be
not be routed; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will be routed.
Default: FULL.
• Circuit list modifiable
List of (maximum) 16 3-digit fields.
The operator keys here the circuit numbers that are to be referred to in the case of
POSITIVE or NEGATIVE responsibility (set in the previous field).
Circuit numbers entered here have no significance if FULL responsibility has been
selected.
Responsibility applies only to 1-address-line circuits in the list, i.e. it is not applicable to
3-address-line circuits.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
165 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send these to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the indicator parameters entered be saved as those of a new AFTN
indicator whose name is to be specified in the next window ('Indicator Identification').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation
5.1.1.6 AFTN Collective Type 1 Indicator Edit Window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
OK pushbutton 'n 'Indicator Identification' window.
when the indicator concerned is of Collective 1 type.
Messages received with this type of indicator are transmitted over the circuits defined in the collective list,
with, as addressee indicator, the Collective Type 1 indicator (this latter not being translated in any way).
Barred routing is not checked for with Collective Type 1 indicators, thus it is possible to switch a message
back towards the circuit on which it was received.
The use of Collectives can generate numerous switches for a given message. The system limits the
number of such switches to 192.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
166 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 89. AFTN Collective Type 1 Indicator Edit Window
Fields description
• Collective 1 User Address read-only
"AAAAAAAA "
Configuration page
Circuits included
• Circuit modifiable
List of AFTN User circuit numbers (2 - 3 digits) to which messages for this indicator are
to be routed.
Creation of new indicator:
• Click mouse lefthand button on empty field under heading 'Circuits included - Circuit'
and type in the number of a User circuit
• If additional circuit numbers to be typed in, key 'Enter' to obtain next void circuit
number field.
Modification of a circuit in the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the list item and modify the circuit number
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
167 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Addition of a circuit number to the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the last item in the list and key 'Enter' to obtain a new
circuit number field
• Type in the new circuit number.
Removal of a circuit number from the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the list item and delete the circuit number digits
• Key 'Enter' to make the list item disappear.
Circuits associated
The parameters in this section of the window define whether remote users are authorized
to employ this Collective type indicator.
In a manner similar to that for the notion of 'Responsibility' associated with Remote
indicators, a list of circuit numbers can be specified with POSITIVE or NEGATIVE
authorization to use this particular indicator in messages incoming on these circuits.
• Authorization type modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• NONE Messages including this collective indicator as an addressee will be routed.
• POSITIVE Messages including this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list
will be routed; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will be rejected.
• NEGATIVE Messages including this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list
will be rejected; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will be routed.
Default: NONE.
• Circuit modifiable
The operator keys here the circuit numbers that are to be referred to in the case of
POSITIVE or NEGATIVE authorization (set in the previous field).
Circuit numbers entered here have no significance if NONE was selected as
authorization.
The method of filling in circuits of this list is the same as that explained above for the
'Circuits included'.
Maximum number of authorized/unauthorized circuits: 30.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
168 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate circuit number entered and send to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the parameter entered be saved as that applying to a new AFTN indicator
whose name is to be specified in the next window ('Indicator Identification').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation
5.1.1.7 AFTN Collective Type 2 Indicator Edit Window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence: AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Edit
OK pushbutton 'n 'Indicator Identification' window.
when the indicator concerned is of Collective 2 type.
Unlike the routing of messages for Collective Type 1 indicators, where the addressee indicator in each
switch is the Collective Type 1 indicator itself, the Collective Type 2 addressee indicator in each switch is
replaced by the respective list-member if an AFTN or Collective Type 1 indicator, or the resulting (recursive
if necessary) expansion of the member if another Collective Type 2
Barred routing is not checked for with Collective Type 2 indicators, thus it is possible to switch a message
back towards the circuit on which it was received
The use of Collectives can generate numerous switches for a given message. The system limits the
number of such switches to 192
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
169 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 90. AFTN Collective Type 2 Indicator Edit Window
Fields description
• Collective 2 User Address read-only
"AAAAAAAA "
Configuration page
Indicators included
• Indicator modifiable
List of indicator names to which messages for the Collective Type 2 indicator are to be
routed. Indicators included in the list must be valid, full 8-letter names, either known to
AMSS, or "translatable" (i.e. the indicator can be derived from a pre-configured "generic"
indicator of fewer than 8 letters). They may be any of the 4 types: Local, Remote,
Collective 1, Collective 2. (Since such Collectives after expansion can generate multiple
message switches, AERMAC limits the number of these to 192.) The name of a
Collective Type 2 indicator may not be included in its own list.
Creation of new Collective Type 2 indicator
• Click mouse lefthand button on empty field under heading 'Indicators included
Indicator' and type in an AFTN indicator name
• If additional indicators to be typed in, key 'Enter' to obtain next void indicator field
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
170 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Modification of a indicator in the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the list item and modify the indicator name
Addition of a indicator number to the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the last item in the list and key 'Enter' to obtain a new
indicator field
• - Type in the new indicator name.
Removal of an indicator from the list:
• Click mouse lefthand button on the list item and delete the letters of the name
• Key 'Enter' to make the list item disappear.
Circuits associated
The parameters in this section of the window define whether remote users are authorized
to employ this Collective type indicator.
In a manner similar to that for the notion of 'Responsibility' associated with Remote
indicators, a list of circuit numbers can be specified with POSITIVE or NEGATIVE
authorization to use this particular indicator in messages incoming on these circuits.
• Authorization type modifiable
Option menu openable by lefthand mouse button, item selectable by either button.
Choices:
• NONE Messages including this collective indicator as an addressee will be routed.
• POSITIVE Messages including this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list
will be routed; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will be rejected.
• NEGATIVE Messages including this indicator received on one of the circuits in the list
will be rejected; messages for this indicator received on any other circuit will be routed.
Default: NONE.
• Circuit modifiable
The operator keys here the circuit numbers that are to be referred to in the case of
POSITIVE or NEGATIVE authorization (set in the previous field).
Circuit numbers entered here have no significance if NONE was selected as
authorization.
The method of filling in circuits of this list is the same as that explained above for the
'Circuits included'.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
171 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Maximum number of authorized/unauthorized circuits: 30.
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate indicator, circuit number entered and send to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the parameter entered be saved as that applying to a new AFTN indicator
whose name is to be specified in the next window ('Indicator Identification').
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation
5.1.1.8 AFTN Indicator Identification (Save As) Window
Window obtained on actuating 'Save As' pushbutton on an 'Indicator Edit' window.
It prompts the operator to enter a new AFTN indicator name.
All parameters currently defined will accordingly be attributed to this name.
Figure 91. AFTN Indicator Identification (Save As) Window
Fields desription
• User Address Name modifiable
1 - 8 letter name identifying an AFTN indicator uniquely.
• OK pushbutton
Validate the AFTN indicator name to which all parameters in the pages of the preceding 'Indicator Edit'
window are to be attributed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
172 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Send indicator name and parameters to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.1.9 AFTN Indicator Identification (Delete) Window
Window obtained from menu sequence:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Delete
It prompts the operator to enter the name of the AFTN indicator to be deleted.
Indicators that are members of Collective Type 2 indicators cannot be deleted.
They must first be removed from the lists of the Collectives concerned.
Figure 92. AFTN Indicator Identification (Delete) Window
Fields description
• Indicator identification modifiable
1 - 8 letter indicator name known to AMSS.
• OK pushbutton
Validate the indicator name to be deleted and send to server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.1.10 AFTN Indicator Delete Confirmation Window
Window obtained by actuating OK button of 'Indicator Identification (delete)' window displayed upon menu
sequence:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
173 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
menu item sequence:AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Delete
It prompts the operator to confirm the deletion.
Figure 93. AFTN Indicator Delete Confirmation Window
Fields description
• Text read-only
"Do you really want to delete this indicator?"
• OK pushbutton
Confirm server should delete.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.1.11 Search Indicator Criteria Window
Window obtained from menu sequence:
menu item sequence:AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Search indicator
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
174 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 94. Search Indicator Criteria Window
It prompts the operator to select the criteria: search of all indicators routed on the specified circuit number
or search of collective type II including the specified indicator.
For search by circuit number, the error message "Not an End-user circuit" is displayed if the circuit number
is not valid (intarnel circuits, A2M, OPP circuit or exceeding the maximun). If there is no indicator routed on
the specified circuit number, the error message "No indicator found in configuration" is displayed.
Otherwise, the list is displayed (see next chapter).
Note
for REMOTE indicators, only the Normal routing is taken into account in the search.
For search by indicator name, if there is no collective 2 configured with the specified indicator, the error
message "No indicator found" is displayed. Otherwise, the list is displayed (see next chapter).
Note
the indicator name specified must be 8-letters name.
Fields description>
• Circuit number modifiable
2 or 3 digit number. Circuit number in server configuration on which the indicators to search for are
routed.
• Indicator name modifiable
Exactly 8 letters indicator name known to AMSS.
• OK pushbutton
Validate the indicator name to be searched in collective type 2 indicator configuration on the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.1.12 Search Indicator List Window
List of indicators found according to the criteria specified from the search menu.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
menu item sequence:AMSS → Routing → AFTN indicators → Search indicator
'OK' pushbutton on 'Search indicator criteria' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
175 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 95. Search Indicator List Window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Select all
items
Icon
Select all entries in list
Unselect all
items
Icon
De-select all entriesin list
Indicator
name
Column
AFTN indicator name
Indicator
type
Column
indicator type(Local, Remote, Collective) (Only for search by circuit
number)
Print
Pushbutton
Print this listvon OPP
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
176 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Close
Type
Description
Pushbutton
Close the window
Under the column heading mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays each indicator
name configured, one line per indicator.
One of the indicator name lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Indicator Edit' window for the chosen indicator
• with one of the indicator details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different
colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired indicator), a context-sensitive option menu may be
accessed by the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Indicator Edit' window
• Delete deletes the selected AFTN indicator
5.1.2 AFTN Filters
5.1.2.1 AFTN Routing Filters List
List of details of all routing filters configured.
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN Filters → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
177 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 96. AFTN Routing Filters List
Fields description
Item
Type
Description
Name
Column
Routing filter name
Status
Column
Status of filter
Syntax
Column
Filter definition
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) filter
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
Close this window
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
item configured, one line per item.
The maximum number of filters allowed is 255
One of these details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
178 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Edit' window for the chosen indicator
• with one of the details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
ensure that this corresponds to the desired item), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Edit' window
• Enable enables the selected item
• Disable disables the selected item
• Delete deletes the selected item
5.1.2.2 AFTN Routing Filters Edit
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN Filters → New
Prompts the operator to specify the filter.
Figure 97. AFTN Routing Filters Edit
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
179 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
• Filter Name modifiable
Name of the filter, limited to 20 characters.
• Filter Definition modifiable
Defines the filter using a specific grammar described in Section 5.1.2.3, “AFTN Routing Filters Syntax”.
The maximum size of a filter is 4096 characters.
• OK pushbutton
Validate filter name entered and send to the server.
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the parameter entered be saved as applying to a new routing filter whose name is to be
specified in the next window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.1.2.3 AFTN Routing Filters Syntax
5.1.2.3.1 AFTN Routing Filters quick reference
Rule : Expr Target
Expr :
|
|
|
|
! Expr
Expr && Expr
Expr || Expr
( Expr )
Atom
Atom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pri
{src|dst|txt}
{src|dst|txt}
err
incir
incir
outcir
outcir
$~{<CS>}
$~{<CS>}
{==|!=|<=|<|>=|>} {KK|GG|FF|DD|SS}
{==|!=|=^|!^|=$|!$|=?|!?} <WORD>
{=~|!~} /<PATTERN>/<MODIFIER>
{==|!=|<=|<|>=|>} <NUMBER>
{==|!=|<=|<|>=|>} <NUMBER>
{==|!=} {amhs|cidin|mail|svc}
{==|!=|<=|<|>=|>} <NUMBER>
{==|!=} {amhs|cidin|mail}
{==|!=|=^|!^|=$|!$|=?|!?} <WORD>
{=~|!~} /<PATTERN>/<MODIFIER>
Target : copy
on <CIRCUIT>[...] [to {final|ADDRYFYX|main|match|org}[...]]
[on <CIRCUIT>[...] [to {final|ADDRYFYX|main|match|org}[...]]][...]
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
180 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.1.2.3.2 Routing filters full syntax
Grammar
In the following grammar description, capitalized words are nonterminal tokens, and words in uppercase
are terminal tokens. Terminal tokens are described in the section called “Tokens”.
Input : FilterRule
FilterRule : FilterExpr FilterTarget
FilterExpr :
|
|
|
|
NOT FilterExpr
FilterExpr AND FilterExpr
FilterExpr OR FilterExpr
OPEN_BRACKET FilterExpr CLOSE_BRACKET
FilterAtom
FilterAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PriAtom
DstAtom
SrcAtom
TxtAtom
ErrAtom
IncirAtom
OutcirAtom
RevarAtom
PriAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
PRI
PRI
PRI
PRI
PRI
PRI
EQ
NE
LE
LT
GE
GT
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
DstAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
DST
EQ
NE
BE
NB
EN
ND
CO
NC
MA
NM
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
REGEX_STRING
REGEX_STRING
SrcAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
SRC
EQ
NE
BE
NB
EN
ND
CO
NC
MA
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
AFTN_WORD
REGEX_STRING
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
181 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
| SRC NM REGEX_STRING
TxtAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
TXT
EQ
NE
BE
NB
EN
ND
CO
NC
MA
NM
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
REGEX_STRING
REGEX_STRING
ErrAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
ERR
ERR
ERR
ERR
ERR
ERR
EQ
NE
LE
LT
GE
GT
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
IncirAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
INCIR
OutcirAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RevarAtom :
|
|
|
|
|
EQ
NE
LE
LT
GE
GT
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
OUTCIR
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
CIRCUIT_AMHS
CIRCUIT_AMHS
CIRCUIT_CIDIN
CIRCUIT_CIDIN
CIRCUIT_MAIL
CIRCUIT_MAIL
CIRCUIT_SVC
CIRCUIT_SVC
EQ
NE
LE
LT
GE
GT
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
EQ
NE
BE
NB
EN
ND
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
CIRCUIT_AMHS
CIRCUIT_AMHS
CIRCUIT_CIDIN
CIRCUIT_CIDIN
CIRCUIT_MAIL
CIRCUIT_MAIL
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
182 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
|
|
|
|
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
REVAR
CO
NC
MA
NM
AFTN_TEXT
AFTN_TEXT
REGEX_STRING
REGEX_STRING
FilterTarget : COPY CopyTargetList
CopyTargetList : CopyTargetList CopyTarget
| CopyTarget
CopyTarget : ON CircuitsList CopyToOption
CircuitsList : CircuitsList NUMBER
| NUMBER
CopyToOption :
| TO CopyToList
CopyToList : CopyToList CopyToType
| CopyToType
CopyToType :
|
|
|
|
FINAL
IND
MAIN
MATCH
ORG
Tokens
Expression tokens
NOT
"!" or "not" : logical not.
AND
"&&" or "and" : logical and.
OR
"||" or "or" : logical or.
OPEN_BRACKET
"(" : open an expression.
CLOSE_BRACKET
")" : close an expression.
Atom tokens
PRI
"pri" : Refer to the priority of the AFTN subject message.
DST
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
183 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
"dst" : Refer to an valid original, intermediate or final addressee indicator of the AFTN subject message.
SRC
"src" : Refer to the originator indicator of the AFTN subject message.
TXT
"txt" : Refer to text of the AFTN subject message.
ERR
"err" : Refer to analysis error number of the AFTN subject message.
INCIR
"incir" : Refer to incoming circuit number.
OUTCIR
"outcir" : Refer to outgoing circuit number.
REVAR
"$~{Cs}" : Refer to a Regular Expression VARiable which refers a Captured Substring (Cs) in a
previous atom using regular expression match.
•
Cs
: [AtomRef]CsRef
The Captured Substring.
•
AtomRef : <NUMBER>:
(Optional) atom reference in filter rule : a number followed of ":".
•
CsRef
: {<NUMBER>|<NAME>}
Captured Substring reference (in a specific atom if AtomRef is specified) : a number or a name.
Examples:
$~{5}
5th captured substring in all atoms which uses regular expression.
$~{name}
first captured substring named "name" in all atoms which uses regular expression.
$~{3:2}
2nd captured substring in the 3rth atom which uses regular expression.
$~{2:name}
first captured substring named "name" in the 2nd atom which uses regular expression.
Operator tokens
EQ
EQ = "==" or "eq" : EQual to.
NE
"!=" or "ne" : Not Equal to.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
184 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
LE
"<=" or "le" : Less or Equal than.
LT
"<" or "lt" : Less Than.
GE
">=" or "ge" : Greater or Equal than.
GT
">" or "gt" : Greater Than.
BE
"=^" or "be" : BEgins by.
NB
"!^" or "nb" : Not Begin by.
EN
"=$" or "en" : ENds by.
ND
"!$" or "nd" : Not enD by.
CO
"=?" or "co" : COntains.
NC
"!?" or "nc" : Not Contain.
MA
"=~" or "ma" : MAtchs.
NM
"!~" or "nm" : Not Match.
Circuit tokens
CIRCUIT_AMHS
"amhs" : Refer to internal AMHS circuit.
CIRCUIT_CIDIN
"cidin" : Refer to internal CIDIN circuit.
CIRCUIT_MAIL
"mail" : Refer to internal MAIL circuit.
CIRCUIT_SVC
"svc" : Refer to internal SVC circuit.
Copy tokens
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
185 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
COPY
"copy" : add new output descriptor(s).
ON
output descriptor(s) will be created on the following specified circuits.
Note
Circuits which are not in subscribers circuit pool are ignored.
Note
Circuits which have not AFTN, MAIL or X400 protocol are ignored.
TO
"to" : output descriptor(s) will use as addressee indicators the following specified indicators.
To tokens
FINAL
"final" : add in addressee indicators all translated indicators from valid original indicators.
IND
"XXXXXXXX" : add in addressee indicators an indicator (AFTN_WORD of 8 characters).
MAIN
"main" : add in addressee indicators main indicator of the circuit if fill, empty else.
Note
Was set addresses Main in filter v1.
MATCH
"match" : add in addressee indicators all indicators that match all DST atoms of the filter.
Note
If there is no DST atom in the filter, this is equivalent to FINAL.
Note
This is the default behavior when no TO keyword is given and was the default behavior in
filter v1
ORG
"org" : add in addressee indicators all valid original received indicators before translation.
Variables tokens
AFTN_WORD
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
186 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
a word in AFTN letters.
AFTN_TEXT
a text in AFTN character set which begins by " and ends by ".
NUMBER
a number.
REGEX_STRING
a regular expression string which is defined as following:
•
REGEX_STRING : <DELIMITER><PATTERN><DELIMITER>[<MODIFIERS>]
where
•
DELIMITER
is any character except alphanumeric characters, control characters, space or tabulation characters
and '\' character.
•
PATTERN
is the regular expression pattern.
•
MODIFIERS
(optional) is one or more of the following characters : imsxADUX (see the section called “Regular
expressions”).
Regular expressions
Regular expressions are compatible with Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions (PCRE) version 8.34 with
the following configuration:
• Only 8 bit character are supported (not 16 neither 32).
• UTF is not supported.
• Default line breaks in strings is defined as any of the three sequences CR, LF, or CRLF.
While compiling pattern, the following options are used:
PCRE_CASELESS
if 'i' modifier is used (as php's /i and perl's /i). Do caseless matching.
If this bit is set, letters in the pattern match both upper and lower case letters. It is equivalent to Perl's /i
option, and it can be changed within a pattern by a (?i) option setting. In UTF-8 mode, PCRE always
understands the concept of case for characters whose values are less than 128, so caseless matching
is always possible. For characters with higher values, the concept of case is supported if PCRE is
compiled with Unicode property support, but not otherwise. If you want to use caseless matching for
characters 128 and above, you must ensure that PCRE is compiled with Unicode property support as
well as with UTF-8 support.
PCRE_MULTILINE
if 'm' modifier is used (as php's /m and perl's /m). '^' and '$' match newlines within data.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
187 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
By default, for the purposes of matching "start of line" and "end of line", PCRE treats the subject string
as consisting of a single line of characters, even if it actually contains newlines. The "start of line"
metacharacter (^) matches only at the start of the string, and the "end of line" metacharacter ($)
matches only at the end of the string, or before a terminating newline (except when
PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY is set). Note, however, that unless PCRE_DOTALL is set, the "any
character" metacharacter (.) does not match at a newline. This behaviour (for ^, $, and dot) is the same
as Perl.
When PCRE_MULTILINE it is set, the "start of line" and "end of line" constructs match immediately
following or immediately before internal newlines in the subject string, respectively, as well as at the
very start and end. This is equivalent to Perl's /m option, and it can be changed within a pattern by a
(?m) option setting. If there are no newlines in a subject string, or no occurrences of ^ or $ in a pattern,
setting PCRE_MULTILINE has no effect.
PCRE_DOTALL
if 's' modifier is used (as php's /s and perl's /s). '.' matches anything including NL.
If this bit is set, a dot metacharacter in the pattern matches a character of any value, including one that
indicates a newline. However, it only ever matches one character, even if newlines are coded as CRLF.
Without this option, a dot does not match when the current position is at a newline. This option is
equivalent to Perl's /s option, and it can be changed within a pattern by a (?s) option setting. A negative
class such as [^a] always matches newline characters, independent of the setting of this option.
PCRE_EXTENDED
if 'x' modifier is used (as php's /x and perl's /x). Ignore whitespace and # comments.
If this bit is set, most white space characters in the pattern are totally ignored except when escaped or
inside a character class. However, white space is not allowed within sequences such as (?> that
introduce various parenthesized subpatterns, nor within a numerical quantifier such as {1,3}. However,
ignorable white space is permitted between an item and a following quantifier and between a quantifier
and a following + that indicates possessiveness.
White space did not used to include the VT character (code 11), because Perl did not treat this
character as white space. However, Perl changed at release 5.18, so PCRE followed at release 8.34,
and VT is now treated as white space.
PCRE_EXTENDED also causes characters between an unescaped # outside a character class and the
next newline, inclusive, to be ignored. PCRE_EXTENDED is equivalent to Perl's /x option, and it can be
changed within a pattern by a (?x) option setting.
Which characters are interpreted as newlines is controlled by the options passed to pcre_compile() or
by a special sequence at the start of the pattern, as described in the section entitled "Newline
conventions" in the pcrepattern documentation. Note that the end of this type of comment is a literal
newline sequence in the pattern; escape sequences that happen to represent a newline do not count.
This option makes it possible to include comments inside complicated patterns. Note, however, that this
applies only to data characters. White space characters may never appear within special character
sequences in a pattern, for example within the sequence (?( that introduces a conditional subpattern.
PCRE_ANCHORED
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
188 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
if 'A' modifier is used (as php's /A). Force pattern anchoring.
If this bit is set, the pattern is forced to be "anchored", that is, it is constrained to match only at the first
matching point in the string that is being searched (the "subject string"). This effect can also be
achieved by appropriate constructs in the pattern itself, which is the only way to do it in Perl.
PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY
if 'D' modifier is used (as php's /D). '$' not to match newline at end.
If this bit is set, a dollar metacharacter in the pattern matches only at the end of the subject string.
Without this option, a dollar also matches immediately before a newline at the end of the string (but not
before any other newlines). The PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY option is ignored if PCRE_MULTILINE is
set. There is no equivalent to this option in Perl, and no way to set it within a pattern.
PCRE_UNGREEDY
if 'U' modifier is used (as php's /U, not compatible with perl). Invert greediness of quantifiers.
This option inverts the "greediness" of the quantifiers so that they are not greedy by default, but
become greedy if followed by "?". It is not compatible with Perl. It can also be set by a (?U) option
setting within the pattern
PCRE_EXTRA
unless 'X' modifier is used (INVERTED php's /X ! not compatible with perl). PCRE extra features.
This option was invented in order to turn on additional functionality of PCRE that is incompatible with
Perl, but it is currently of very little use. When set, any backslash in a pattern that is followed by a letter
that has no special meaning causes an error, thus reserving these combinations for future expansion.
By default, as in Perl, a backslash followed by a letter with no special meaning is treated as a literal.
(Perl can, however, be persuaded to give an error for this, by running it with the -w option.) There are at
present no other features controlled by this option. It can also be set by a (?X) option setting within a
pattern.
5.1.2.4 AFTN Routing Filters examples
5.1.2.4.1 Configuration
Indicators:
• AFTNAAAA is a remote indicator on circuit 130.
• LFFFCOLA is a collective type 2 indicator which includes LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
• LFFFCOLB is a collective type 2 indicator which includes LFFFCOLA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC.
• LFFFCOLI is a collective type 1 indicator which includes circuits 70 and 71.
• LFFFHGAA is not defined.
• LFFFHGAB is not defined.
• LFFFLANA is a remote indicator on circuit 100.
• LFFFLANB is a remote indicator on circuit 101.
• LFFFLANC is a remote indicator on circuit 102.
• LFFFYFYX is a remote indicator on circuit 80.
• LFFFYFYY is a remote indicator on circuit 80.
• LFFFYFYZ is a remote indicator on circuit 81.
• UNKNOWNA is not defined.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
189 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Circuits:
• circuit 70 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 71 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 80 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 81 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 100 is AFTN protocol with LFFFLANA as main indicator.
• circuit 101 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 102 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 130 is AFTN protocol with AFTNAAAA as main indicator.
• circuit 310 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 311 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 312 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 313 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 314 is AFTN protocol with MATHONFO as main indicator.
• circuit 315 is AFTN protocol with MATHONFI as main indicator.
• circuit 316 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 317 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 318 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 319 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 320 is AFTN protocol with MATHTWZE as main indicator.
• circuit 321 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 322 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 323 is AFTN protocol with MATHTWTH as main indicator.
• circuit 324 is AFTN protocol without main indicator.
• circuit 325 is AFTN protocol with MATHTWFI as main indicator.
• circuit 326 is AFTN protocol with MATHTWSI as main indicator.
5.1.2.4.2 Message
Following text is sent from LFFFLANA to LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA UNKNOWNA:
START TXT FILTER TEST
INVALID $ CHAR
COUCOU IN THE MIDDLE TEST
1.2E3
BLABLA
END
5.1.2.4.3 ICAO routing
AFTN retransmissions. Message is sent:
on circuit 70
• to LFFFCOLI which is routed to circuit 070.
on circuit 71
• to LFFFCOLI which is routed to circuit 070.
on circuit 80
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
190 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• to LFFFCOLB which includes LFFFCOLA which includes LFFFYFYX which is routed to circuit 80.
• to LFFFCOLB which includes LFFFCOLA which includes LFFFYFYY which is routed to circuit 80.
on circuit 81
• to LFFFCOLB which includes LFFFCOLA which includes LFFFYFYZ which is routed to circuit 81.
on circuit 101
• to LFFFLANB which is routed to circuit 101.
on circuit 102
• to LFFFCOLB which includes LFFFLANC which is routed to circuit 102.
on circuit 130
• to AFTNAAAA which is routed to circuit 130.
5.1.2.4.4 Filter with multi copy with different addressee types
Filter:
src==LFFFLANA && dst == LFFFLANB copy
on 310 311 to final
on 312 313 to LFFFHGAA
on 314 315 to main
on 316 317 to match
on 318 319 to org
on 320 321 to final LFFFHGAA LFFFHGAB main match org
on 322 to final LFFFHGAA
on 323 to LFFFHGAB main
on 324 to LFFFHGAB match
on 325 to main match
on 326 to main org
Filter addressee indicators list:
to final
is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ because
• UNKNOWNA is not defined; and
• LFFFCOLB includes LFFFCOLA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC; and
• LFFFCOLA includes LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
to match
is LFFFLANB. "match" is all matching "dst" atoms and here there is only one : dst == LFFFLANB.
to org
is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA UNKNOWNA.
Filter AFTN retransmissions which are added to the regular ICAO retransmissions (Message is copied):
on circuit 310
• to final which is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
on circuit 311
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
191 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• to final which is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
on circuit 312
• to LFFFHGAA.
on circuit 313
• to LFFFHGAA.
on circuit 314
• to main which is MATHONFO.
on circuit 315
• to main which is MATHONFI.
on circuit 316
• to match which is LFFFLANB.
on circuit 317
• to match which is LFFFLANB.
on circuit 318
• to org which is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA UNKNOWNA.
on circuit 319
• to org which is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA UNKNOWNA.
on circuit 320
• to final which is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
• to LFFFHGAA.
• to LFFFHGAB.
• to main which is MATHTWZE.
• to match which is LFFFLANB (already in final).
• to org which is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB (already in final) AFTNAAAA (already in final) UNKNOWNA.
on circuit 321
• to final which is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
• to LFFFHGAA.
• to LFFFHGAB.
• to main which is not defined.
• to match which is LFFFLANB (already in final).
• to org which is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB (already in final) AFTNAAAA (already in final) UNKNOWNA.
on circuit 322
• to final which is LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA LFFFCOLI LFFFLANC LFFFYFYX LFFFYFYY LFFFYFYZ.
• to LFFFHGAA.
on circuit 323
• to LFFFHGAB.
• to main which is MATHTWTH.
on circuit 324
• to LFFFHGAB.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
192 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• to match which is LFFFLANB.
on circuit 325
• to main which is MATHTWFI.
• to match which is LFFFLANB.
on circuit 326
• to main which is MATHTWSI.
• to org which is LFFFCOLB LFFFLANB AFTNAAAA UNKNOWNA.
5.1.2.4.5 Filter using Regular Expression VARiable (REVAR) to refer captured string
Filter:
txt != "TEXT"
&& txt =? "MIDDLE"
&& txt =~ /^(?<start>start txt)(?'middle'.*)(?P<end>end)$/is
&& txt=~/(COUCOU)/
&& $~{5} == "COUCOU"
&& $~{start} =~/^(?P<start>START).(?i)(txt)/
&& $~{3:start} =="START"
&& $~{3:2} == "TXT"
&& $~{1:middle} =? "MIDDLE"
&& $~{1:end} == "END"
copy on 330 331 to YYYYYYYY
Filter is applied because
• AFTN text is not "TEXT"
• AFTN text contains "MIDDLE"
• AFTN text matches the regex ^(?<start>start txt)(?'middle'.*)(?P<end>end)$ with modifier 'i' (ignore case)
and 's' ('.' matches anything including NL).
• (?<start>start txt) captures the string "START TXT" which can be referenced by $~{1} or $~{1:1} or
$~{start} or $~{1:start}.
• (?'middle'.*) captures the string starting after "START TXT" and terminating before "END" which can be
referenced by $~{2} or $~{1:2} or $~{middle} or $~{1:middle}.
• (?P<end>end)$ captures the string "END" which can be referenced by $~{3} or $~{1:3} or $~{end} or
$~{1:end}.
•
•
•
•
•
•
AFTN text matches the regex (COUCOU).
• (COUCOU) captures the string "COUCOU" which can be referenced by $~{5} or $~{2:1}.
$~{5} (reference to "COUCOU") is equal to "COUCOU"
$~{start} (reference to "START TXT") matches the regex ^(?P<start>START).(?i)(txt). (?i) is an internal
option setting to ignore case for the part of the subpattern that follows it, here (txt).
• (?P<start>START) captures the string "START" which can be referenced by $~{7} or $~{3:start} or
$~{3:1}.
• (?i)(txt) captures the string "TXT" which can be referenced by $~{8} or $~{3:2}.
$~{3:start} (reference to "START") is equal to "START"
$~{3:2} (reference to "TEXT") is equal to "TEXT"
$~{1:middle} contains "MIDDLE"
$~{1:end} is equal to "END"
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
193 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Filter AFTN retransmissions which are added to the regular ICAO retransmissions (Message is copied):
on circuit 330
• to YYYYYYYY.
on circuit 331
• to YYYYYYYY.
5.1.2.4.6 Filter using 'x' modifier
Filter:
txt =~ /^
([+-])?
(
\d+\.\d+
|\d+\.
|\.\d+
)
([eE][+-]?\d+)?
$/xm
copy
on 334 to YYYYYYYY
#
#
#
#
#
first, match an optional sign
then match integers or f.p. mantissas:
mantissa of the form a.b
mantissa of the form a.
mantissa of the form .b
# finally, optionally match an exponent
Filter is applied because
• AFTN text matches the regex ^([+-])?(\d+\.\d+|\d+\.|\.\d+)([eE][+-]?\d+)?$ with modifier 'x' (ignore
whitespace and # comments) and 'm' ('^' and '$' match newlines within data). The matching line is 1.2E3.
• ^([+-])? captures the empty string "" which can be referenced by $~{1} or $~{1:1}.
• (\d+\.\d+|\d+\.|\.\d+) captures the empty string "1.2" which can be referenced by $~{2} or $~{1:2}.
• ([eE][+-]?\d+)?$ captures the empty string "E3" which can be referenced by $~{3} or $~{1:3}.
Filter AFTN retransmissions which are added to the regular ICAO retransmissions (Message is copied):
on circuit 334
• to YYYYYYYY.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
194 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.2 AFTN <-> SITA Routing Functions
5.2.1 AFTN <-> SITA indicator list window
List of SITA indicators configured and associated AFTN indicators.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN/SITA → List
Figure 98. AFTN <-> SITA indicator list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Indicator
Column
SITA or AFTN indicator name
Type
Column
Whether type AFTN or SITA
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) indicator
Save
Pushbutton
Save this list
Restore
Pushbutton
restore this list
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
195 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Close
Type
Description
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the 4 column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of
each indicator configured, one line per indicator.
One of these indicator details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the related 'SITA->AFTN Edit' or 'AFTN->SITA Edit' window
• with one of the indicator details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different
colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired indicator), an option menu may be accessed by the
mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the related 'Edit' window
• Delete deletes the selected indicator
5.2.2 New AFTN -> SITA choice window
Window obtained via:
'New' pushbutton on 'AFTN <-> SITA Indicators List' window.
Prompts the operator to specify whether he wishes to configure an AFTN indicator that is to be associated
with a SITA indicator or the contrary.
Figure 99. New AFTN -> SITA choice window
Fields description
• Select the type for the new one modifiable
Radio button choice between:
• AFTN AFTN indicator to be configured, associated with a SITA indicator
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
196 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• SITA SITA indicator to be configured, associated with an AFTN indicator.
• OK pushbutton
Validate choice and send to server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.2.3 AFTN -> SITA edit (identify) window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN <-> SITA → AFTN <-> SITA Edit>
Choice 'AFTN' made in preceding Choice window.
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the new AFTN indicator concerned.
Figure 100. AFTN -> SITA edit (identify) window
Fields description
• AFTN Indicator modifiable
1 - 8 letter name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate indicator name entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.2.4 SITA -> AFTN edit (identify) window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
197 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN <-> SITA → SITA <-> AFTN Edit
Choice 'SITA' made in n New AFTN <-> SITA Choice window. .
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the SITA indicator concerned.
Figure 101. SITA -> AFTN edit (identify) window
Fields description
• SITA Indicator modifiable
7 characters name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate indicator name entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.2.5 AFTN -> SITA edit (configure) window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN <-> SITA → AFTN <-> SITA Edit
New pushbutton on AFTN <-> SITA Indicator List' window (if known indicator)
actuation of OK button in AFTN <-> SITA Edit (identify) window.
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the SITA indicator concerned.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
198 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 102. AFTN -> SITA edit (configure) window
Fields description
• AFTN Indicator read-only
1- 8 letter name.
• SITA Indicator modifiable
7 character name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send to the server
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the parameters entered be saved as that applying to a new AFTN indicator whose name is
to be specified in a following window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.2.6 SITA -> AFTN edit (configure) window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN/SITA → SITA <-> AFTN Edit
New pushbutton on AFTN <-> SITA Indicator List' window (if known indicator)
actuation of OK button in SITA <-> AFTN Edit (identify) window.
Prompts the operator to specify the AFTN indicator name to be associated.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
199 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 103. SITA -> AFTN edit (configure) window
Fields description
• SITA Indicator read-only
7 character name.
• AFTN Indicator modifiable
1- 8 letter name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send to the server
• Save As pushbutton
Request that the parameters entered be saved as that applying to a new SITA indicator whose name is
to be specified in a following window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
200 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.3 AFTN <-> E-mail Routing Functions
5.3.1 AFTN <-> E-mail list window
List of E-Mail addresses configured and associated AFTN indicators.
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN/E-MAIL → List
Figure 104. AFTN <-> E-mail Routing Functions
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
AFTN
Indicator
Column
AFTN indicator name
E-mail
address
Column
E-mail address name
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) indicator association
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
indicator configured, one line per indicator.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
201 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
One of these indicator details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the related 'AFTN->E-Mail Edit' window
• with one of the indicator details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different
colour - ensure that this corresponds to the desired indicator), an option menu may be accessed by the
mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the related 'Edit' window
• Delete deletes the selected indicator association
5.3.2 AFTN <-> E-mail edit (identify) window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN/E-MAIL → Edit
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the AFTN indicator concerned.
Figure 105. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (identify) window
Fields description
• AFTN Indicator modifiable
1- 8 AFTN character name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate indicator name entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
202 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.3.3 AFTN <-> E-mail edit (configure) window
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AFTN/E-Mail → Edit
New pushbutton on AFTN <-> E-Mail Indicator List' window (if known indicator)
actuation of OK button in AFTN <-> SITA Edit (identify) window.
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the SITA indicator concerned.
Figure 106. AFTN <-> E-mail edit (configure) window
Fields description
• AFTN Indicator read-only
1- 8 letter name.
• E-Mail address modifiable
321 character name.
• OK pushbutton
Validate parameters entered and send to the server
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
203 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
5.4 AMHS Routing Functions
5.4.1 AMHS Directory
Access to the AMHS Directory functions done through a popup menu obtained via following menu item
sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AMHS Directory → (right-click)
Figure 107. AMHS Directory Functions
5.4.1.1 AMHS Address book
Window obtained when selecting Address Book from the AMHS Directory popup menu.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
204 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 108. AMHS Address book window
This window provides a filtered view of the AMHS directory contents, corresponding to a list of AMHS users
(and their properties), organized by countries (or ANSPs) and their corresponding sub-organizations.
By default, only local country and sub-organizations "UA" (for AMHS users corresponding to UAs) and "DL"
(for AMHS Distribution Lists) are configured.
Contents can be browsed and nodes may be selected with a righ-click to activate an associated popup
menu:
• Add
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
205 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
open a window to add a new entry:
• a new ATN Organization (within a country)
• a new AMHS User (within an ATN organization)
• Edit
open a window displaying current attribute values of a selected ATN Organization or AMHS User entry
(see below for details)
• Delete
delete the selected item
Window obtained when adding or editing an ATN Organization entry:
Figure 109. ATN Organization window
Fields description
• Organization modifiable upon creation
The name of the organization, used to reference the entry within the AMHS directory.
• ATN facility name modifiable
The name of the ATN facility.
Window obtained when adding or editing a AMHS User entry:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
206 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 110. AMHS User window
• Common name modifiable
It is the name attribute to reference and access the entry within the the AMHS directory.
• ATN AMHS direct access modifiable
This indicates if the entry corresponds to an AMHS UA (when ticked) or not (i.e. a legacy AFTN terminal).
• ATN AF address modifiable
The AFTN-formatted address of the user.
• MHS OR address modifiable
The AMHS address of the user.
Refer to X.400 Pages described under AMHS UA parameters chapter.
5.4.1.2 AMHS Address conversion
Window obtained when selecting Address Conversion from the AMHS Directory popup menu.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
207 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 111. Address Conversion window
This window provides a filtered view of the AMHS directory contents, corresponding to the operational data
used by the AFTN/AMHS gateway component to convert addresses between AFTN and AMHS formats.
Such data is provided by the ATS Messaging Management Center (AMC), presently by means of files that
are loaded into the AMHS directory at each new AIRAC cycle (cf. next chapter AMHS AMC Management
for further details).
Pressing button Convert will provide an on-line facility to check conversion between AFTN and AMHS
addresses, as follows:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
208 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 112. AFTN AMHS address conversion window
Currently operational AIRAC cycle is indicated by root entry "ou=...." (e.g. cycle "0108").
Then, first entry "o=ICAO-MD-Registry" corresponds to a registry listing all AMHS Management Domains
(AMHS MD) entries. Each of the latters corresponds to a country (or more generally an ANSP) and
indicates how to identify and convert its corresponding addresses. Additionally, this registry may also
contain specific AMHS User entries corresponding to user addresses whose format does not conform to
standard addressing schemes.
Finally, remaining entries "ou=..." correspond to CAAS tables of country or ANSP having adopted the CAAS
addressing scheme. Each branch will contain a list of ATN Organization entries featuring a mapping
between ICAO locations and AMHS organizations.
Each node of the tree can be accessed with a right-click to View its contents (see below for details).
Window obtained when viewing an AMHS MD entry:
Figure 113. AMHS MD window
Fields description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
209 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Common name modifiable
The name of the country or ANSP associated to this entry.
• ATN global domain identifier modifiable
The AMHS management domain associated to the country or ANSP (only PRMD part is specific).
• ATN icao identifier modifiable
The ICAO identifier associated to the country or ANSP.
• ATN AMHS addressing scheme modifiable
The addressing scheme selected by the country or ANSP : XF (default) or CAAS (recommended).
• ATN AMHS naming context modifiable
In case of CAAS scheme, where to find corresponding CAAS table.
Windows obtained when viewing ATN Organization or AMHS User entries are detailed in previous chapter
AMHS Address Book .
5.4.1.3 AMHS AMC Management
Window obtained when selecting AMC Management from the AMHS Directory popup menu.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
210 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 114. AC management window
This window provides a filtered view of the AMHS directory contents, corresponding to the different data
sets obtained from the ATS Messaging Management Center (AMC), and presently loaded in the AMHS
Directory.
Root entry is always "o=European-Directory".
Then, each following entry "ou=..." corresponds to a given AIRAC cycle and contains its associated data
set.
Such data is provided by the AMC presently by means of CSV files made available through their dedicated
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
211 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
website. Such files must be downloaded by the AMSS Operator and then saved on the AMSS server in a
dedicated directory ("$OSIROOT/amc/csv").
Once a new set of AMC files is available on the AMS server, it can be loaded in the AMHS Directory by
right-clicking anywhere in the AMC Management window and selecting Load. Following window is then
displayed to indicate the corresponding new AIRAC cycle:
Figure 115. AMC management Load function
Press Ok to confirm and data loading will start (which may take a few dozen seconds to complete).
At any time, one of these cycles is used operationnally for address conversion (usually the latest or the one
before), which corresponds to the contents displayed in AMHS Address Conversion window. To set an
already loaded cycle as operational, right-click on its root entry and select Set as operational as follows:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
212 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 116. AMC management Set as Operational function
To delete an already loaded cycle, right-click on its root entry and select Delete
Contents of each AIRAC cycle can be browsed and accessed with a right-click to View its contents.
Windows obtained when viewing AMHS MD, ATN Organization or AMHS User entries are detailed in
previous chapters AMHS Address Book and AMHS Address Conversion.
5.4.2 AMHS Routes
5.4.2.1 AMHS routes list
List of details of all AMHS Routes configured.
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AMHS Routes → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
213 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 117. AMHS routes list
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Id
Column
AMHS Route numeric identifier
Name
Column
AMHS Route display name
Address
Column
AMHS Route address-matching criteria
Type
Column
Type of agent for main routing destination (MTA, UA)
Main
Column
Main MTA/UA destination for this route
Backup
Column
Backup MTA/UA destination for this route Route
Description
Column
Short description
Loopback
Pushbutton
Disable/Enable MTA loopback prevention
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) routes
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
item configured, one line per item.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
214 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
One of these details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Edit' window for the choosen route
• with one of the details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour ensure that this corresponds to the desired item), an option menu may be accessed by the mouse
righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Edit' window
• Delete deletes the selected item
5.4.2.2 AMHS routes edit
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AMHS Routes → Edit
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the (new) AMHS Route concerned.
Figure 118. AMHS routes edit window
Fields Description
• Name read-only
It is the common name attribute of the X.500 directory which contains the object name. In your case, this
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
215 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
attribute has a unique value. Up to 64 characters.
• Description modifiable
This attribute contains the text which describes the associated object. Up to 128 characters.
• Address modifiable
It is the AMHS address associated with the route. Refer to X.400 Pages described under AMHS UA P7
parameters above.
• Type modifiable
It is the type peer used in the routed peer definition, among: MTA, UA P7, UA P3.
• Main modifiable
It is the unique MTA/UA identifier of the peer used in the routed peer definition.
• Backup modifiable
It is the unique MTA/UA identifier of the route backup used in the definition of a routed peer.
• OK pushbutton
Validate route name entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
5.4.3 AMHS Distribution Lists
5.4.3.1 AMHS Distribution lists list
List of details of all AMHS distribution lists configured.
Window obtained via:
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AMHS Distribution Lists → List
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
216 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 119. AMHS Distribution lists list window
Fields description
(All column fields are read-only.)
Item
Type
Description
Select all
items
Icon
Select all entries in list
Unselect all
items
Icon
De-select all entriesin list
Name
Column
AMHS Distribution list name
Route
Column
Associated AMHS Route
DN
Column
Directory Distinguished Name
Senders
Column
Senders
Description
Column
Short description
New
Pushbutton
Configure (or consult existing) DL name
Print
Pushbutton
Print this list
Refresh
Pushbutton
Refresh this list
Close
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows displays details of each
item configured, one line per item.
One of these details lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or
double-clicked upon:
• double-clicking displays the 'Edit' window for the chosen indicator
• with one of the details lines selected (the selected line should have a background of different colour
ensure that this corresponds to the desired item), a context-sensitive option menu may be accessed by
the mouse righthand button allowing shortcuts to the following functions:
• Edit displays the 'Edit' window
• Delete deletes the selected item
5.4.3.2 AMHS Distribution lists edit
Window obtained via:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
217 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
menu item sequence:
AMSS → Routing → AMHS Distribution Lists → Edit
Prompts the operator to specify the name of the (new) AMHS Route concerned:
Figure 120. AMHS Distribution lists edit window (General tab)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
218 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 121. AMHS Distribution lists edit window (Members tab)
Fields description
• Name read-only
It is the common name attribute of the X.500 directory which contains the object name. In
your case, this attribute has a unique value. Up to 64 characters.
• Description modifiable
This attribute contains the text which describes the associated object. Up to 128
characters
General page
• List DN modifiable
This attribute defines the distinguished name of the directory entry associated with the
distribution list.
• Route address modifiable
It is the AMHS address associated with the route.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
219 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Authorized Sender modifiable
This attribute defines the authorized senders for the distribution list with an X.400
address.
Members page
• List modifiable
This attribute defines the distribution list members. Each member is identified by an
ORName (Originator/Recipient Name) is represented by a combination form of AMHS
address and a DN. Each form is preceded by the indication of its type (see the examples
below). Three formats are available:
• AMHS address
• DN
• AMHS address + DN
Example
• X400:/C=FR/ADMD=ATLAS/#X500:
• X400:/#X500:CN=user,OU=MXMS,O=ATOS,C=FR
• X400:/C=FR/ADMD=ATLAS/#X500:CN=user,OU=MXMS,O=ATOS,C=FR
• X400 modifiable
An AMHS Address.
• X500 modifiable
A DN (Distinguished Name) which is composed by one or several RDNs (Relative
Distinguished Names).
Two formats are available:
• standard:
The first RDN is the most significant and the RDNs are separated by the character ","
• MXMS
The first RDN is the least significant and the RDNs are prefixed by the character "/".
• Add pushbutton
Add the list member composed of the current X.400 and X.500 fields to the list.
• Modify pushbutton
Modify a list member.
• Delete pushbutton
Delete a list member.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
220 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Button
• OK pushbutton
Validate route name entered and send to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
221 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6. Messages Functions
6.1 AFTN Messages Functions
6.1.1 AFTN Message Creation
6.1.1.1 New Message Window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → Creation
• actuating 'Create new AFTN message' icon (number 9).
The window allows the operator to create and transmit his own messages.
Some of the message fields are pre-filled by Default:
• submission date-time group (modifiable)
• origin indicator (that of server centre, but modifiable)
• header line, generated automatically (not accessible to operator).
The operator may enter up to 21 addressee AFTN indicators, a supplementary information field, and a text
up to 1800 characters (overall maximum message length that is from 2100 to 65535 characters, depending
on server configuration).
He chooses the priority (SS/DD/FF/GG/KK) from an option menu.
The AFTN message created may be routed via AFTN circuit(s)CIDIN AX(s) or AMHS, depending on how its
addressee indicators have been configured.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
222 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 122. AFTN message creation window
Fields Description
• Send
Submit the completed message for analysis and routing with closure of window.
A confirmatory text appears in the status message line:
"Message sent to analysis: CRENNNNNN".
• Hold
Submit the completed message for analysis and routing with updated time stamp, and
keep the window opened.
A confirmatory text appears in the status message line:
"Message sent to analysis: CRENNNNNN".
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
223 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Address
Displays the AFTN Address Book window
This feature allows operator selection of addressee indicators
• Search
Displays Creation by existing AFTN message window, described later.
Used for recalling all the parameters of a previously processed message in order to
prepare a new message using some or all of these.
• Save
Displays 'Save message' window, prompting the operator to enter a file name for the
proforma which will contain all parameters and text of the current message.
• Proforma
Displays 'Proformas' window, listing the current choice of message proforma files.
The operator can select one of these in order to pre-fill parameters and text of the New
Message window.
• Template
Displays 'Templates' window, listing the current choice of message template files.
The operator can select one of these in order to pre-fill parameters and text of the AFTN
New Message window.
• Clear
Reinitializes all fields of the New Message window:
• addressee indicator fields cleared
• supplementary information field cleared
• existing message information (from Search button if used) cleared
• text window cleared
• origin line information reinitialized to default values
• priority restored to default
• To
Displays the list of addressee AFTN indicators, format of each list member:
• Address
Input field for 8-letter AFTN indicator list (maximum of 7 per line, and a maximum of 3
lines).
Selected by clicking with lefthand mouse button.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
224 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
To add more address line, key Enter.
To remove an addressee, select the line to enter focus, delete all characters with
Backspace or Delete key.
Addressees can be filled in automatically, by passing through the AFTN Address Book
.
(This display temporarily hides Origin Line and, if any, Existing Message information.)
• Origin line
Displays the 3 fields making up the AFTN message Origin Line:
• Date
Current Date Time Group (DTG) information
Format: DDHHMM
Default: current value of DTG.
• Originator
AFTN indicator of originator of message
8-letter name
Default: AFTN indicator of Centre position for this server.
• Supplement
Optional supplementary information to be output on the origin line, after the DTG and
origin indicator
Maximum 53 characters (AFTN message line must not exceed 69 characters).
In the case of SS messages, the first 5 characters are alarms (BEL, or hexadecimal
07H control characters)
Default: (blank).
(This display temporarily hides Addressee and, if any, Existing Message information.)
• Existing message information
Present only if the Search pushbutton was activated to provide the elements of the
message.
Displays the following information fields concerning the original message:
• Circuit number
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
225 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Circuit that handled transmission/reception of the message.
• Channel identifier
CI that handled transmission/reception of the message
• CSN
Channel sequence number of the message.
• Indicators
List of indicators to which message was successfully routed.
(This display temporarily hides Addressee and Origin Line information.)
• Priority
Option menu, choices: SS / DD / FF / GG / KK
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either
mouse button
Default: FF
• Text Window
By default, blank space for message composition by operator.
Characters typed must be those allowed by Annex 10 recommendations.
Lines are maximum 69 characters.
Maximum text size is 1800 characters.
Alternatively this window is filled with the text recalled by means of the Search Existing
Message or Proforma functions.
This text may, if desired, be modified to produce a new message.
• Text Window
Number of characters entered in the Text window.
Texts and other message parameters resulting from the above operations can be
submitted for transmission (Send pushbutton), or re-submitted in the case of retrieved
messages (Search and Proforma pushbuttons).
Retrieved messages can be submitted for transmission in the form in which they were
obtained, or have their texts, Origin Line, Addressee, Priority, etc., details modified before
being transmitted.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
226 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6.1.1.2 AFTN Address Book Window from 'New AFTN Message'
Window obtained by actuating Address pushbutton on 'New Message' window.
The window provides a shortcut for the specification of addressee AFTN indicators.
The indicators figuring in this window need to be prepared beforehand by means of the menu sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → AFTN Address book
Thus, during the preparation of a message, instead of typing in the addressee indicators himself, the
operator can call up this window, select a name in the list, and click on the 'Use' button.
A name in the list can represent either an AFTN indicator, or the name of a distribution list composed of a
number of AFTN indicators.
There are two types of lists:
• Local Lists: created, managed and usable only by the current user.
• Global Lists: created and managed by the administrator; Usable by all the users.
Beyond header items named "Local lists" and "Global lists", list items appear at 2 levels:
• first level items
stem from the "Local lists" or "Global lists" item
may be either of
• AFTN indicator name
• distribution list name
• second level items
stem from a first level item
this first level item must be a distribution list name
can only be an AFTN indicator name, not a distribution list name
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
227 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 123. AFTN address book window from 'New AFTN Message'
Field Description
• Insert
The name selected in the list (one selection only possible) is to be applied to the
Addressee field in the 'New Message' window.
Result:
• if the name directly represents an AFTN indicator, this indicator is placed in the
addressee list
• if the name represents a distribution list, the AFTN indicators that compose this list are
placed in the addressee list (maximum 21 indicators).
• the previous contents of the addressee list are kept.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
228 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Replace
The name selected in the list (one selection only possible) is to be applied to the
Addressee field in the 'New Message' window
Result:
• if the name directly represents an AFTN indicator, this indicator is placed in the
addressee list
• if the name represents a distribution list, the AFTN indicators that compose this list are
placed in the addressee list (maximum 21 indicators).
• the previous contents of the addressee list are overwritten
• Properties
Displays in a 'List' window descriptive information concerning the member selected in the
list.
• Delete
Removes the selected item from the list (plus any associated sub-items).
• Filter
Used to limit number of Address Book entries displayed on actuation of the Filter
pushbutton (next field).
Left blank, all entries are displayed.
If for example "XYZ" is entered here, only first-level entries beginning with the characters
"XYZ ..." are listed.
(The filter does not apply to the second-level entries.)
• Filter
Used to limit number of Address Book entries displayed.
Refer also to previous field ('Filter'), which specifies which entries are to be listed.
• Local lists / Global lists
Address Book names are listed in this space.
Open or close branches (e.g. distribution lists) by clicking mouse lefthand button on the
"expand" gadgets.
Select a name by clicking mouse lefthand button on the name.
For the selection to be taken into account, actuate the Use button.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
229 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Modifications to the list are not allowed here.
Refer to header menu function:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → AFTN Address book creation
• Close
End consultation of this window.
6.1.1.3 AFTN Address Book Window
Window obtained by operating header bar menu sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Messages → AFTN Address Book
The window shows a list of currently stored AFTN indicator names, and distribution list names, themselves
representing prepared lists of AFTN indicators.
These lists provide a shortcut for the specification of addressee AFTN indicators when the operator creates
messages using the New Message window (Address pushbutton).
There are two types of lists:
• Local Lists: created, managed and usable only by the current user.
• Global Lists: created and managed by the administrator; Usable by all the users.
Beyond header items named "Local lists" and "Global lists", list items appear at 2 levels:
• first level items:
• stem from the "Local lists" or "Global lists" item
• may be either of:
• AFTN indicator name
• distribution list name
• second level items:
• stem from a first level item
• this first level item must be a distribution list name
• can only be an AFTN indicator name, not a distribution list name
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
230 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 124. AFTN address book window
Fields
• New
For creation of a new member in the lists, either at first level or at second level.
To create a new indicator name or distribution list name at first level, the item named 'Local lists' (or
'Global lists', for administrator only) should be selected with the mouse lefthand button before actuating
this button.
To add a new indicator name (at second level) to an existent distribution list name (at first level), the
distribution list name should be selected.
Actuating New pushbutton at first level displays a List window.
Actuating New pushbutton at second level displays a Card window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
231 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Properties
Displays in a List or Card window descriptive information concerning a member elected in the list.
• Delete
Removes the selected item from the list (plus any associated sub-items).
• New Msg
Pass directly from this window to the New Message window.
One of the listed addressee items must have been selected.
The New Message window will be pre-filled with the indicator(s) selected.
• Filter
Used to limit number of Address Book entries displayed on actuation of the Filter pushbutton (next field).
Left blank, all entries are displayed.
If for example "XYZ" is entered here, only first-level entries beginning with the characters "XYZ ..." are
listed.
(The filter does not apply to the second-level entries.)
• Filter
Used to limit number of Address Book entries displayed.
Refer also to previous field ('Filter'), which specifies which entries are to be listed.
• Local lists / Global lists window
Address Book names are listed in this space.
Open or close branches (e.g. distribution lists) by clicking mouse lefthand button on the "expand"
gadgets.
Select a name by clicking mouse lefthand button on the name (Only one list item may be selected).
To add a name, actuate the New pushbutton.
• Close
End consultation of this window.
6.1.1.4 List (Address Book Entry) Window
Window obtained by actuating, from one of the 'Address Book' windows:
• New pushbutton, with focus on 'Local lists' item or 'Global lists' item (for administrator only)
• Properties pushbutton, with focus on a first-level item.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
232 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 125. List (Address Book Entry) window
Fields
• Name
If called via 'Properties' button with a first-level list member selected, contains reminder of the AFTN
indicator, AX name or distribution list name selected. If called via 'New' button, is a blank field, into which
the operator enters the new name.
• Description
Optional comment field containing a description of this list item.
• OK
Validate the new name or modifications specified.
• Cancel
Cancel operation, or close consultation.
6.1.1.5 Creation by an existing AFTN message
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
233 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Window obtained by actuating Search pushbutton on 'New Message' window.
Figure 126. Creation by an existing AFTN message window
Fields Description
• Day
Day the message sought was processed by AERMAC.
Default: current date.
• Month
Month the message sought was processed by AERMAC.
Default: current date.
• Channel identifier
CI by which message sought is identified.
• CSN
Channel Sequence Number by which message sought is identified.
• OK
Validate the search criteria parameters and request server to effect the search. If successful, the New
Message window fields are filled with details from the sought message.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
234 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6.1.1.6 Save message window
Window obtained by actuating Save pushbutton on 'New Message' window.
This is the method by which message Proformas are created.
Figure 127. Save message window
Fields description
• File Name
File name into which it is desired to store details of the message in the 'New Message' window as a
Proforma
Maximum 15 characters
• OK
Validate file name entered and store the Proforma on the local hard disk of the Supervisory Position PC.
(Different Supervisory PCs can have different sets of Proformas. Proformas are unknown to the server.)
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
6.1.1.7 Proformas window
Window obtained by actuating Proforma pushbutton on 'New Message' window.
This lists the message Proformas available.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
235 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 128. Proformas window
Fields description
• File list
ist of available Proforma file names.
Select one with mouse lefthand button.
• Open
Validate file name selected and read the contents of that Proforma into the fields of the 'New Message'
window.
• Delete
Validate file name selected and request deletion of that Proforma.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
236 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6.1.2 AFTN Message Search
6.1.2.1 Message retrieval window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → Search
• actuating ''Retrieve AFTN message(s)' icon (number 9).
This window is used to retrieve a message previously processed by the AFTN switch.
Details are obtained from the Log of the message, as well as the original text of the message.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
237 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 129. Message Retrieval window
Fields Description
Date
• Day
The message processing day.
Default: current day.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
238 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Month
The message processing month.
Default: current month.
AFTN criteria
Depending on the choice made in Search type (see below), fields in this part of the
window are accessible or non-accessible (greyed).
• Search type
• By CI-CSN (Input/Output)
• By CIs and time slot
• By message number
• By priority and time slot
• By address indicators and time slot
• By time slot
• By origin indicator and time slot
• By origin line
• By AE and MIN
• By string and time slot
• By string, time slot and CIs
• By string, time slot and AE.
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either
mouse button.
Message components
Search criteria imposed by setting fields in this part of the window are based on certain
fields that make up the AFTN message.
• Channel identifier
CI or CIs by which message sought is identified.
Maximum 5 different CIs.
May be real CIs or internal pseudo CIs (like CRE, OLD, DEL, ...).
• CSN
Channel Sequence Number by which message sought is identified.
• Priority
Option menu, choices: SS / DD / FF / GG / KK.
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either
mouse button.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
239 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
For limiting the search to messages of a particular priority.
• Address indicator
Addressee AFTN indicators figuring in the message sought.
Maximum 5 indicators.
• Origin time stamp
6-digit date-time group (DTG) entered if search is by Origin Line.
• Origin indicator
8-letter AFTN indicator entered if search is by Origin Line or by Origin indicator and time
interval.
• Text
String of 1 - 50 characters entered if search is by occurrence of a string within the
message.
Other criteria, not components of message:
• Time interval From
HH:MM from which search is to start, within date specified.
• Time interval To
HH:MM at which search is to end.
Default: current time.
• Message direction
3-radio button field, choices Incoming / Outgoing / Both.
Used only in conjunction with the 'time slot' and 'string and time slot' searches.
• Message number
Message number (0 - 99999) enterable by operator, if known.
Unique number attributed by AERMAC to each message (whether incoming or outgoing)
for the date specified. Refer to Message number.
Message numbers can be determined from message logs.
The first message of any day has number 0.
• Entry address
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
240 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
2 - 8 letter AE name (i.e. AX name local to a centre) entered if search is by AE and MIN
or by string, time slot and AE.
• MIN
Message identification number (0 - 999999) entered by operator in conjunction with an
AE, if search is by AE and MIN, for a message handled by the CIDIN network.
• Maximum number of messages per page
Default value set to 500.
• OK
Validate the search criteria parameters and request server to perform the search.
If successful, one of these two windows is displayed:
• List of retrieved message(s)
• Log of message.
Otherwise, the no-find message:
"No item for the given criteria"
• Last one
Repeat the criteria of the previously executed, successful search operation (if any).
• Clear
Reinitialize all search criteria.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
6.1.2.2 List of retrieved message(s) window
This window is displayed if the number of messages matching the criteria is greater than one.
This window lists the messages found, and the operator can select one or more of the items listed to
execute further commands.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
241 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 130. List of retrieved messages window
Fields Description
Item
Type
Description
Date
Column
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss the message reception/transmission date/time
Msg Id
Column
Internal message number
Err
Column
Error number
NDR
Column
Non Delivery Report: 2 digits for Non Delivery Reason followed by
Diagnosis code (in brackets)
I/O
Column
Input/Output indication
TI
Column
Message CI and CSN
FT
Column
Filling Time
Originator
Column
Message origin indicator
Head of the
text
Column
Head of message text
Pr
Column
Priority of message
Addressees
Column
Addressees of the Message
Search
summary
Text panel
Resume of search criteria, how many messages found, how many listed in
the window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
242 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Previous
Pushbutton
Return to previous page of retrieved messages
Next
Pushbutton
Go to next page of retrieved messages
Print
Pushbutton
Print log(s) of selected message(s)
Close
Pushbutton
Close the list
Under the 11 column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows display details of
each message found corresponding to the search criteria, one line per message
Selections may be made among these items:
• double-clicking on a line with the lefthand mouse button displays the Log for that message
• one message may be selected in the list by clicking once on the line with the lefthand mouse button
(selection being indicated by change of background colour)
• two or more messages may be selected together by one of these methods:
• "painting" a continuous message sequence by dragging lefthand mouse button over selected items
• clicking on the first member of a continuous message sequence with lefthand mouse button and on the
last member of the sequence with a combination of Shift key and lefthand mouse button
• clicking on selected messages, one at a time, with a combination of Control key and lefthand mouse
button; with this method the messages selected do not need to be in a continuous sequence
• any message not required in a selection can be de-selected with a combination of Control key and
lefthand mouse button.
Clicking on the righthand mouse button opens an option menu with the operations that can be effected on
the selection of message(s).:
• Create from
opens a New Message window pre-filled with parameters obtained this message (select one message
only)
• Print incoming text
output to printer complete texts of the messages selected, as these were received on their incoming
circuits
• Log of message
display on screen the logs of the messages selected; the windows will be displayed simultaneously.
• Edit incoming text
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
243 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
opens a 'Text of message' window containing all lines (header line included) of this message (select one
message only) as it was received on the incoming circuit.
6.1.2.3 Log of message window
Window obtained in various ways:
• on actuating the OK button of the Message Retrieval window, when only one message corresponds to
the search criteria
• on actuating the OK button of the List of retrieved message(s) window, when at least one message in the
list has been selected
• on selecting the Log of message menu item when at least one message has been selected in the List of
retrieved message(s) window.
• on actuating the Next or Previous button in a 'Log of message' window.
This window provides the operator with useful log information for interrogating the contents of some
message already handled by the system, how it was routed, whether this was successful, what errors if any
were detected. The operator can re-submit selected switchings of the message in question for transmission
(providing transmission for the switch in question was previously successful).
Fields description
Window title
Log of message: number DDMM NNNNNNN"
• DD day digits (01 - 31)
• MM month digits (01 - 12)
• NNNNNNN 7-digit unique message number within this traffic day.
INCOMING MESSAGES LOG
General page
Page obtained
• as default parameters page opened on requesting the 'Log of message' window.
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab
- Case of messages coming from AFTN:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
244 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 131. Log of Message window (messages coming from AFTN)
- Case of messages coming from AMHS:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
245 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 132. Log of Message window (messages coming from AMHS)
Fields Description
• TOR
Time of reception of the message (HHMMSS)
• Type
Whether normal message (NOR) or service message type 1, 2, 3, ... (S01, S02, S03, ...), CH (check)
message, etc.
• Message Number
Unique internal number of this message.
Refer to Message number
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
246 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• TI received
CI and CSN of the message as received (format CCCNNNNNN).
• TI expected
CI and CSN expected for this message
• TI assigned
CI and CSN assigned by the system
• Input circuit
Circuit number on which incoming message arrived (or CTR = Centre, if CTR created).
• Input channel
Channel number on which incoming message arrived (or CTR = Centre, if CTR created).
• Protocol
Network protocol in operation (AFTN, SITA, WMO, ...).
• Retransmission done
Number of transmission of this message that were successful
• Retransmission left
Number of transmission of this message still pending.
• Diverted circuit
YES / NO
The incoming message was diverted (contained "VVV").
• Include collective indicator read-only
YES / NO
A Collective Type 1 or 2 indicator figured among the addressees
• Message Length: Preamble
Number of characters in non-text part of message (Header, Address and Origin lines).
• Message Length: Text
Number of characters in text part of message only
• Message Length: Total
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
247 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Total number of characters in the message
• MTS Id
(Message coming from AMHS only) MTS Identifier of incoming X.400 object
• Address Line
Components of message address line (2-letter priority + maximum 21 indicators)
• Origin Line
Components of message origin line (6-digit DTG + origin indicator).
AMHS page
Page displayed by clicking on AMHS tab. This page is present only if the message is coming from the
AMHS.
Figure 133. AMHS page window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
248 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
MTS Id
MTS Id of the message coming from AMHS.
X.400 reference
Position reference of the incoming message in the X.400 archive file
Details Pushbutton
Display on screen of the AMHS attributes of the incoming object (message with IPM or IPN, Report,or
Probe)
Refer to description of 'Details' window in paragraph 'Log of AMHS message window'.
AMHS Pushbutton
Display the message associated AMHS Log.
E-Mail page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Email' tab. This page is present only if the message is
incoming from Email.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
249 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 134. E-Mail page window
Error page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Error' tab.
This page is only present in a Log, if a message error has led to rejection.
The window gives the error reference number plus other information about the error.
A common example is error 65, "unknown AFTN indicator".
Examples of error pages
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
250 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 135. Exemple 1 of Error Page window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
251 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 136. Exemple 2 of Error Page window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
252 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 137. Exemple 3 of Error Page window
Fields Description:
Error number
AFTN message error reference number.
Refer to list: Reject Diagnostics
Reject indication
Message error led to rejection.
Corrected TI
Where automatic correction applied, the new CI + CSN (format CCCNNNNNN).
Status
Summary status concerning routing, e.g.:"MSG NOT ROUTED" .
All pages
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
253 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Previous
Display log of "previous" message, i.e. one of:
• "previous" message in a List of retrieved messages
• "previous" message according to search criteria
Next
Display log of "next" message, i.e. one of:
• "next" message in a List of retrieved messages
• "next" message according to search criteria
Print
Print log of message
Close
Close the log display.
OUTGOING MESSAGES LOG
Switching page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on Switching tab
- Case of messages sent on AFTN:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
254 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 138. Switching Page window (case of messages sent on AFTN)
- Case of messages sent on AMHS:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
255 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 139. Switching Page window (case of messages sent on AMHS)
This page lists details of each message switch attempted, in the form of descriptors numbered 1 .. N.
The list is headed with an Incoming descriptor 0, via which the text content of the message as it arrived on
the incoming circuit can be examined.
The following operations can be performed on descriptors:
• double-clicking on a descriptor with the mouse lefthand button opens a 'Text of message' window
• selection of one of the descriptors with the mouse lefthand button or selection of more than one
descriptor:
• contiguous items:
• mouse lefthand button on first item
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
256 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Shift key + mouse lefthand button on last item
• set of non contiguous items:
• Control key + mouse lefthand button on each selected item
• de-selection of unwanted selected item:
• Control key + mouse lefthand button on item to de-select
followed by opening of an option menu with the righthand button,
followed by selection with either button of one of the items:
•
Text display on screen of full text of message switch selected
•
Print printout of full texts of message switches selected
•
Retrans request for a repeat of transmission of this message switch
•
Details (for messages transferred out to AMHS only) display on screen of the X.400 attributes of the
outgoing object (message with IPM or IPN, or Report). Refer to description of 'Details' window in
paragraph 'Log of AMHS message window'
•
AMHS for messages transferred out to AMHS only) display of related AMHS Message Log
The incoming circuit could be one of the internal circuits, like CRE, for the creation of messages by the
operator.
Descriptors 1 .. N display variable amounts of information, depending on the success of transmission,
whether the message was diverted, etc. (see below).
INCOMING DESCRIPTOR 0
OUTGOING DESCRIPTORS 1 .. N
One of these fields is present per required transmission.
A key provided on the lower part of this page lists all items that may be displayed in an
outgoing descriptor.
Each outgoing descriptor on the page has got some or all of the following fields:
• descriptor number
• time of delivery or of transmission abort (HHMMSS)
if transmission status (see below) is MS, actual delivery time,
if MO, the time of expiry, if MQ (still pending) four dots are shown (....)
• the route taken, one of:
• circuit number, if AFTN circuit routing
Note
in the case of a rejected message, circuit is 001 (RJO function).
• AX name, if CIDIN routing (also the local AE)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
257 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• transmission status:
• MS
message sent (successful transmission)
• MQ
message still on queue
• MO
old message, expired and de-queued
• MC
message cancelled (not recovered)
• MT
transmission of this message still in progress
• MI
message transmission aborted
• DL
message deleted (purged) by operator
• OV
message sent to overflow
• SY
message de-queued because of system saturation
• the AFTN indicator, or list of indicators, concerned in this switch
Note
in the case of a rejected message, indicator unknown, this field is blank
against each indicator name routed via X.400 (AMHS), a delivery status:
• X status unknown, no report received, thus normally delivery was OK
• N message not delivered (see Reason and Diagnostic in associated
Report)
• D message delivered (obtained only if a Delivery Report was requested)
• I this addressee indicator was not translatable to an O/R address
• T outgoing X.400 message aborted, due to transmission or conversion
error
• U O/R address of this addressee unknown
• O origin indicator of message not translatable to O/R address
• A this SS message was acknowledged by an IPN.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"VV" sign if the indicator is diverted
"FI" sign if the message was duplicated by an AFTN filter.
TI (CI + CSN) used in the transmission
(possible) 2-digit number showing how many times this switch repeated
the original TI concerned if there was repetition
position reference of this switched message in X.400 archive file (AMHS systems only).
X.400 information in the case of messages/objects outgoing to AMHS:
• Originator O/R address
• outgoing object type : IPM, IPN (RN), Report
• MTS Identifier
• position reference of original copy of this message on the X.400-out traffic archive
• TI of Subject Message if any (if this object is a Report, or an IPN response to SS
message)
• list of Recipient O/R addresses
Key for outgoing descriptors
Outgoing descriptor format is n hhmmss TTTNNNNNN OOO SS VV RRRNNNNNN
where:
• n : Switch descriptor number
• hhmmss : Time of delivery
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
258 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
•
•
•
•
•
TTTNNNNNN : Outgoing TI
OOO : Output circuit
SS : Transmission status
VV : Diversion flag
RRRNNNNNN : Repetition TI (if any)
6.1.3 AFTN Message Repetition
6.1.3.1 Message Repetition window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → Repetition
• actuating ''Repeat AFTN message(s)' icon (number 12).
This window is used to request repeat of transmission of one or a block of messages with a common CI.
This is necessary in cases of line problems on a particular channel where the remote centre detects failure
of reception of a series of messages owing to a break in the Channel Sequence Numbers.
With the line back in service, the local operator repeats the missing messages by specifying the CI and the
range of CSNs concerned.
Alternatively it may suffice to specify CI and a selection of CSNs (not necessarily contiguous) of messages
of interest. If a large sequence of CSNs is to be repeated, the operator is constrained by AERMAC to effect
the repeats in stages, e.g. 20 CSNs at a time, in order not to saturate the system.
The maximum number or range of CSNs that can be repeated in one operation is configurable by the
operator, using the function:
AMSS → Administration → AFTN Options → Options ("Threshold" panel)
Refer also to: System Configuration Options: Threshold.
(The upper bound for this maximum is usually 100, and can only be modified by changing a system
variable and regenerating the AERMAC software.)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
259 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 140. Message Repetition window
Fields description
• Day
For which day of traffic the CI-CSN range is to be repeated.
Default: current date.
• Month
Month corresponding to above traffic date.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
260 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: current date.
• Channel Identifier
The CI concerned.
• Type of CSN List
Radio button pair for indicating how the CSNs are to be specified:
• Non-contiguous selection of numbers
• Contiguous range of CSNs
Default: Contiguous
• Non-contiguous
• CSN
• Contiguous
• From
Starting CSN (maximum 6 digits) of a range of CSNs to be repeated.
• To
Final CSN (maximum 6 digits) of a range of CSNs to be repeated.
The number of CSNs repeated cannot exceed the threshold define in System Configuration Threshold
• CIDIN alternate
Whether routing using the alternative configuration for the AX involved is to be forced (YES/NO).
Default: NO
• OK
Validate parameters entered and request server to perform the repetitions.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
6.1.3.2 OLD, DEL ,SYS... Repetition window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Messages → Repetition OLD/DEL/SYS
This window is used to request repeat of transmission of messages that have been removed from a circuit
queue and transferred to one of the internal functions with pseudo CI OLD, DEL or SYS, because of an
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
261 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
expiry or purge.
Because messages ending up in OLD, DEL or SYS can arise from many sources, it is possible to limit the
repetitions to those transmissions originally pending for a specified circuit number.
Figure 141. OLD, DEL, SYS Repetition window
Fields description
• Day
For which day of traffic the CI-CSN range is to be repeated.
Default: current date.
• Month
Month corresponding to above traffic date.
Default: current date.
• Channel Identifier
Option menu,choice OLD / DEL / SYS.
Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse button.
• CSN range
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
262 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Radio button pair for limiting repetitions to those messages which came to OLD,DEL or SYS to those
originally pending on a specified circuit number:
• All circuits
the whole CSN range to be repeated, regardless of circuit number
• Single circuit
only those CSNs for messages that were queued to the specified circuit number (next field) to be
repeated.
Default: All circuits
• Circuit number filter
Circuit number related to the Single circuit radio button option (previous field).
• OK
Validate parameters entered and request server to effect the repetitions.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
6.1.4 AFTN Message Correction
6.1.4.1 Correction window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AFTN Message → Correction
• actuating 'Correct rejected message(s)' icon (number 10).
The window presents details and contents of the next erroneous message to be examined, the first in the
list if there is a queue of these. The operator can correct the text and re-submit the message for analysis
and routing (i.e. retransmit it), or delete or print the message. Internally, rejected messages are assigned an
RJO pseudo-CI and CSN, and when re-submitted an RJI psedo-CI.
When all such messages have been processed (this can be performed in parallel by several operators), the
message "No more ICAO messages" is displayed.
Fields description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
263 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 142. Correction window (Tab 1)
TAB 1
• Error
Error code number. Refer to Reject Diagnostic codes.
• Date
Date of message reception (DD/MM).
• Messagee
Error message 'corresponding to code number). Refer to Reject Diagnostic codes
E.g "RTG: Allunknown indicators"
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
264 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 143. Correction window (Tab 2)
TAB 2
• Circuit number
Circuit on which message entered ("CTR" if message created by operator).
• In CI
CI of message entry (e.g. BCA, CRE, ...).
• In CSN
CSN of message entry.
• Out CI
CI to which message switched (RJO).
• Out CSN
CSN associated with above pseudo-CI
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
265 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Text
• Text window
The text of the erroneous message, which can be corrected in situ by the operator.
• Retrans
After correction re-submit the message for analysis and routing.
A confirmatory text appears in the status message line:
"Message sent to analysis: RJINNNNNN".
The display advances to the next rejected message waiting on the queue (if any).
• Delete
Purge this message, which is not to be corrected and re-submitted.
The display advances to the next rejected message waiting on the queue (if any).
• Print
Print a hardcopy of the (entire) text of this message, which is not to be corrected and
re-submitted
The display advances to the next rejected message waiting on the queue (if any).
• Service
Displays a window proposing an appropriate SVC Service Message reply to the
erroneous message (e.g. requesting that the remote repeat the transmission). The
operator may use the text exactly as proposed, or modify this, then actuate a Send
button to transmit the Service Message.
• Cancel
Closes the Correction window. The erroneous message at the head of the list remains in
place in this case (but is of course accessible to another operator working on the
Rejected message queue).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
266 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6.2 CIDIN Messages Functions
6.2.1 CIDIN Message Repetition
6.2.1.1 AX Repetition window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → CIDIN Messages → Repetition
This window is used to request repeat of transmission of one or a block of messages with a common
destination AX
Figure 144. AX Repetition Window
Fields description
• Day
For which day of traffic the CI-CSN range is to be repeated.
Default: current date.
• Month
Month corresponding to above traffic date.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
267 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: current date.
• AX name
Input fields to specify the time intervalle in which the messages have been sent.
(From HH:MM to HH:MM).
Default: the last ten minutes
• CIDIN alternate
Whether routing using the alternative configuration for the AX involved is to be forced (YES/NO)
Default; NO
• OK
Validate parameters entered and request server to perform the repetitions.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
6.2.1.2 NAK Repetiton window
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → CIDIN Messages → Repetition NAK
This item is used to request repeat of transmission of messages which were transferred to the NAK internal
function after acknowledgement failure.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
268 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 145. NAK Repetition window
Fields description
• Day
For which day of traffic the AX-CSN range is to be repeated.
Default: current date.
• Month
Month corresponding to above traffic date.
Default: current date.
• Channel Idenditfier
Reminder of pseudo CI: NAK
• CSN range
Two input fields, maximum 4 digits, for start and end values of CSN range to be repeated.
• AX name
Input field, maximum 8 letters, for addressee AX associated with the CSN range.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
269 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• CIDIN alternate
Whether routing using the alternative configuration for the AX involved is to be forced (YES/NO)
Default; NO
• OK
Validate parameters entered and request server to effect the repetitions.
• Cancel
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
270 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
6.3 AMHS Messages Functions
6.3.1 AMHS Message Search
6.3.1.1 AMHS Message retrieval function
Window obtained via:
• menu item sequence:
AMSS → Messages → AMHS Message → Search
This window is used to retrieve a message previously processed by the server. It allows operators to
retrieve messages passing multiples filters like: date, message ID, priority or size. Details are obtained from
the Log of the message, as well as the original text of the message.
Figure 146. AMHS Message retrieval window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
271 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields description
Time interval
From
• Day
Start day of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• Month
Start month of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• Year
Start year of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• h
Start hour of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• min
Start minutes of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
Default: yesterday's date.
To
• Day
End day of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• Month
End month of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• Year
End year of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• h
End hour of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
• min
End minutes of period in which messages sought were processed by the server.
Default: current date.
AMHS criteria
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
272 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Criteria items not filled in will be ignored.
Input/Output
Input radio button
Figure 147. AMHS Input radio button window
• Message Status
Option menu, choices: None (blank) / Submitted / Deferred / Input / Rerouted / DL
expansion / Report. Option menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in
list selected by either mouse button. For limiting the search to messages of a particular
message status.
• Content Id
P3 identifier of the message
• Originator
X400 P1/P3 address of the originator
• Recipient
X400 P1/P3 address of one of the addressees.
• Incoming partner
Option menu, choices: None (blank) / UA / MTA Option menu opened by means of
lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected byceither mouse button. For limiting the
search to messages of a particular incoming UA or MTA.
• Incoming Name / Identifier
Select Name or Identifier and fill it with the Incoming MTA/UA Name or Identifier The
Name or Identifier corresponds to the one in the MTA or UA Lists.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
273 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: Name
Output radio button
Figure 148. AMHS Output radio button window
• Message Status
Option menu, choices: None (blank) / DL expansion / Delivered / Transferred out. Option
menu opened by means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse
button. For limiting the search to messages of a particular message status.
• Outgoing partner
Option menu, choices: None (blank) / UA / MTA Option menu opened by means of
lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse button. For limiting the
search to messages of a particular outgoing UA or MTA
• Outgoing Name / Identifier
Select Name or Identifier and fill it with the Outgoing MTA/UA Name or Identifier The
Name or Identifier corresponds to the one in the MTA or UA Lists.
Default: Name
Both radio button
Figure 149. AMHS Both Radio button window
Filter
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
274 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 150. AMHS Filter Radio button window
• MTS Id
P1 Identifier of the message.
• Priority
Option menu, choices:cNone (blank) / Low / Normal / Urgent. Option menu opened by
means of lefthand mouse button, choice in list selected by either mouse button. For
limiting the search to messages of a particular priority
• Size min/max
Minimal/maximal size of the P1/P3 content (i.e.
content).
total size of P1 envelope and P2
• Text String
A text string contained in the message.
• Max number of Messages
Maximal number of messages found that will be displayed for the selected search criteria
Default: 500
• Basic/Advanced
Displays advanced search criteria or switch back to basic criteria.
• OK
Validate the search criteria parameters and request server to perform the search.
If successful, one of these two windows is displayed:
• List of retrieved AMHS message(s)
• Log of AMHS message.
Otherwise, the no-find message:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
275 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• "No item for the given criteria".
• Last one
Repeat the criteria of the previously executed, successful search operation (if any).
• Clear
Reinitialize all search criteria
• Cancel
Cancel operation
6.3.1.2 List of retrieved AMHS messages(s) window
Window obtained on actuating the OK button of the AMHS Message Retrieval window, when a number of
messages correspond to the search criteria. This window lists the messages found, and the operator can
select with the mouse one or more of the items listed to execute further commands.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
276 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 151. List of retrieved AMHS messagess window
Fields description
Item
Type
Description
Date
Column
DDMMYY hh:mm message processed
Msg Id
Column
P1 Identifier of the message
Status
Column
Message status
Search
summary
Text window Resume of search criteria, how many messages found, how many listed in
the window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
277 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Close
Type
Description
Pushbutton
Close the list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows display details of each
message found corresponding to the search criteria, one line per message. Selections may be made
among these items:
• double-clicking on a line with the lefthand mouse button displays the Log for that message
• one message may be selected in the list by clicking once on the line with the lefthand mouse button
(selection being indicated by change of background colour)
• two or more messages may be selected together by one of these methods:
• "painting" a continuous message sequence by dragging lefthand mouse button over selected items
• clicking on the first member of a continuous message sequence with lefthand mouse button and on the
last member of the sequence with a combination of Shift key and lefthand mouse button
• clicking on selected messages, one at a time, with a combination of Control key and lefthand mouse
button; with this method the messages selected do not need to be in a continuous sequence
• any message not required in a selection can be de-selected with a combination of Control key and
lefthand mouse button.
Clicking now on the righthand mouse button opens an option menu with the operations that can be effected
on the message selection made :
• Log
display on screen the logs of the messages selected; the windows will be displayed simultaneously.
• Details
opens a 'Text of message' window containing all lines (header line included) of this message (select one
message only) as it was received on the incoming circuit.
Refer to description in paragraph 'Log of AMHS message window'.
6.3.1.3 Log of AMHS message window
Window obtained in various ways:
• on actuating the OK button of the AMHS Message Retrieval window, when only one message
corresponds to the search criteria
• on actuating the OK button of the List of AMHS retrieved message(s) window, when at least one
message in the list has been selected.
• on selecting the Log of message menu item when at least one message has been selected in the List of
retrieved message(s) window.
• on actuating the Next or Previous button in a 'Log of message' window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
278 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This window provides the operator with useful log information for interrogating the contents of some
message already handled by the system, how it was routed, whether this was successful, what errors if any
were detected.
Fields description
Window title read-only
"AMHS Log: msgId"
where msgId is unique identifier of the message.
General page
Page obained:
• as default parameters page opened on requesting the 'Log of AMHS message' window.
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'General' tab.
Figure 152. AMHS Log General Page window
Some of the following fields are displayed only if they apply to the type of object concerned
(Message, Report...).
• Arrival Date
Message arrival date-time (DDMMYY hh:mm:ss).
• Message Id
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
279 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P1 Message Identifier.
• Subject Message Id
P1 Message Identifier of the subject message (Report only).
• Content Id
P3 Message Identifier.
• Priority
Low/Normal/Urgent
• Size
P1/P3 Content size.
• Originator
X400 P1/P3 Originator address
• Outgoing/Incoming MTA
If the status is input, re-rerouted or transferred, the associated outgoing/incoming MTA
address
• Outgoing UA
If the status is delivered, the associated outgoing UA number.
• Deferred Date
If the status is deferred, the associated deferred date.
• Status
Current message status (submitted, deferred, input, re-routed, dl expansion, delivered,
transferred, not delivered, report).("Input" signifies "input to MTA".).
• Recipient List
List of the recipients of the message (input status) :
• X.400 P1/P3 address of the destination
• Type of destination: MTA, UA, DL, Not Responsible (NR), Routing Failure (RF),
Report = DR/NDR
• Id of the destination (if MTA/UA) or DL number or Error code
Switching page
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Switching' tab.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
280 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 153. AMHS Log Switching Page window
This page lists details of each message switch attempted, in the form of descriptors
numbered 1 .. N. The list is headed with an Incoming descriptor 0, via which the content of
the message as it arrived into the server can be examined. Descriptors 1 .. N display
variable amounts of information, depending on the success of transmission, whether the
message was routed, etc. (see below).
• INCOMING DESCRIPTOR
Format invariable
• OUTGOING DESCRIPTOR 1..N
One of these fields is present per switch required.
A maximum amount of information available is always shown.
Each outgoing descriptor on the page has some or all of the following fields:
• descriptor number
• date of delivery or of transmission abort (DDMMYY hh:mm:ss)
• if Delivered or Transferred, the corresponding Outgoing MTA/UA
• Switch State:
• Submitted
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
281 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Deferred
Re-routed
DL (Distribution List) Expansion
Delivered (UA)
Transferred (MTA)
Not delivered
Report (Delivery Report /Non-Delivery Report)
• Key for outgoing descriptors
Key displayed on the lower part of window, explaining symbols that can figure in a
descriptor, in order of their appearance. (See preceding paragraph for descriptions of
these).
Text of key:
• OUTGOING DESCRIPTOR FORMAT:
• Switch descriptor
• Date of delivery
• Outgoing Mta/Ua
• Switch state
All pages
• Previous
Display log of "previous" message, i.e. one of:
• "previous" message in a List of retrieved messages
• "previous" message according to search criteria
• Next
Display log of "next" message, i.e. one of:
• "next" message in a List of retrieved messages
• "next" message according to search criteria
• Print
Print log of message
• Details
Open a 'Text of message' window containing all lines (header line included) of this
message as it was received on the incoming circuit.
Refer to description below.
• AFTN
Display the associated AFTN Log if the message passed through the AFTN/AMHS
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
282 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
gateway
• Close
Close the log display.
X.400 attributes displayed by the "Details" option
Note
The objects for which attributes are presented via Details button or dropdown menu can be one
of:
• P1 Message containing IPM
• P1 Message containing IPN (RN)
• P1 Probe (incoming only)
• P1 Report
All "time" attributes appearing in the following are in UTC format - YYMMDDHHMMSS+00:00
Example for a P1 Message containing an IPM addressed to 2 recipients :
1st part of scroll window :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
283 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 154. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 1)
2nd part of scroll window :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
284 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 155. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 2)
3rd part of scroll window :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
285 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 156. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 3)
4th part of scroll window :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
286 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 157. Exemple 1 of AMHS information message window (part 4)
Explanations of some of the X.400 attributes:
P1 Message attributes:
Expansion prohibited
- DL expansion not allowed
Alternate recipient allowed
Content correlator
- optional identifier for content (not used)
Content identifier
- unique identifier of message content
Content type
- type P2 (1984) or P22 (1988)
Conversion loss prohibited
lose characters
- do not allow text conversions that
Conversion prohibited
- do not allow text conversions
Mts identifier
- unique message identifier
Originator
- O/R name of message originator
Recipient descriptors
Original EITS
- list of descriptors of message recipients
- encoded information types employed in this message (IA5,
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
287 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
General Text, etc.)
External trace info
- list of Trace Information entries added by each remote domain
MTA through which this message passes
Internal trace info
- list of Trace Information entries added by each local domain
MTA through which this message passes
Content
- the IPM or IPN content
Disclosure allowed
- disclosure of recipients allowed
Latest delivery time
- (not normally used)
Priority
- X.400 priority - normal, urgent, non-urgent
DL Expansion History
- expansions that have taken place on DL recipient names
P1 Probe attributes
(like P1 Message, but with this attribute replacing Content:)
Content Length
- size in bytes of content of "described message"
O/R Address attributes - those usually encountered in AMHS:
Country
- "XX"
ADMD name
- "ICAO"
PRMD name
- ICAO country name
Organization
- ICAO location letters or "AFTN"
Organizational unit 1
- ICAO location letters or AFTN indicator
Common name
- AFTN indicator
MTS Identifier attributes:
Country
- "XX" for AMHS
ADMD name
- "ICAO" for AMHS
PRMD identifier
- ICAO country name
Local identifier
- character string making message id unique
Recipient Descriptor attributes:
Recipient
- O/R address of recipient
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
288 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Recipient number
- index number of recipient in list
MTA responsibility
- MTA to route this recipient
MTA report request
- MTA request for NDR, DR or no report
Originator report request - message originator request for NDR, DR or no report
Forwarding prohibited - indicator sometimes set, but not used
Bureau fax delivery
- indicator sometimes set, but not used
Forwarding addr requested
- indicator sometimes set, but not used
EITS (Encoded Information Types) attributes:
Built in EIT
- numeric code indicating texts are IA5, Teletex, General Text, etc
External Trace Information attributes:
Country
- "XX" for AMHS
ADMD name
- "ICAO" for AMHS
PRMD identifier
- ICAO country name
Action
- usually 0, "routed"
Arrival time
Converted EITS
Deferred time
Internal Trace Information attributes:
(like External Trace, but with this attribute in addition:)
MTA name
IPM Content attributes:
This IPM
- unique identifier of this IPM
Originator
- O/R Descriptor of IPM originator
Auto forwarded
- indicator sometimes set, but not used
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
289 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Expiry time
Importance
- (not used)
Sensitivity
- (not used)
Subject
- subject of IPM, generally not used (but contains "AFTN service
information" if it was not possible to generate an IPN or Report)
Primary recipients
- list of Recipient Specifiers for the main recipients of IPM
Copy recipients
- Recipient Specifier list (not normally used)
Blind copy recipients - Recipient Specifier list (not normally used)
Body part
- text part of IPM
Body part type IA5
- text part of IPM (IA5 text)
Body part type general text
IPN Content attributes:
Subject IPM
- IPM identifier of the Subject IPM referred to
IPN Originator
- O/R Descriptor of originator of this IPN
IPM Preferred Recipient - O/R Descriptor of the Recipient specified by the IPM
Receipt time
Acknowledgement Mode - normally set at 0
IPM Identifier attributes:
User
- O/R address of the originator
User relative identifier
- character string ensuring this identifier unique
O/R Descriptor attributes:
(usually only the following attribute is present:)
Formal name
- O/R Name
Recipient Specifier attributes:
Recipient
- O/R Descriptor
Return requested
- IPM return request (not used)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
290 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Notification request - request for receipt notification (used by SS messages)
Body (or body part) attributes:
IA5 Text
- text of message, in IA5 characters
IA5 Repertoire
- indication of IA5 character repertoire
General text
- text of message, in General Text characters
General text char set registration
- identifier of the General Text character set used
Distribution List Expansion History attributes:
(list of entries, members of the DL:)
DLExp Hist name
- the O/R Name generated from the DL expansion
Expansion time
- date-time at which the expansion occurred
P1 Report attributes:
Mts identifier
Report destination
- Report Id (MTS Id for this report)
- O/R address of recipient of this report
External trace info
- list of Trace Information entries added by each remote domain
MTA through which this report passes
Internal trace info
- list of Trace Information entries added by each local domain MTA
through which this report passes
Subject MTS identifier - MTS Id of Subject Message referred to
Content correlator
- attribute as present in Subject Message
Content identifier
- attribute as present in Subject Message
Content type
- attribute as present in Subject Message
Original EITS
- attribute as present in Subject Message
Subject external trace - attribute as present in Subject Message
(list of:)
Per recipient
- per recipient report entry
Per recipient DR
- per recipient delivery report entry
Per recipient NDR
- per recipient non-delivery report entry
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
291 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Orig and DL Expansion History expansions
Content
the original DL recipient name and subsequent
- subject IPM if returned (not normally used)
Per Recipient Report attributes:
Actual recipient name - O/R address that actually received the message
Intended recipient number - index number of recipient in list
Original intended recip - O/R address originally intended to receive the message
Originator report request - report request type specified by message originator
Arrival time
Converted EITS
Supplementary info
(per-recipient delivery reports only:)
Delivery point
- numeric identifier of UA to which message delivered
Delivery time
(per-recipient non-delivery reports only:)
Non delivery reason - numeric non-delivery reason code
Non delivery diagnostic - numeric non-delivery diagnostic code
Non-Delivery Reason and Diagnostic codes
Non-Delivery Reason codes:
00 transfer-failure
01 unable-to-tranfer
02 conversion-not-performed
03 physical-rendition-not-performed
04 phyical-delivery-not-performed
05 restricted-delivery
06 directory-operation-unsuccessfull
Non-Delivery Diagnostic codes:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
292 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
00
unrecognized-O/R-name
01
ambiguous-O/R-name
02
mts-congestion
03
loop-detected
04
recipient-unavailable
05
maximum-time-expired
06
encoded-information-types-unsupported
07
content-too-long
08
conversion-impractical
09
implicit-conversion-prohibited
10
implicit-conversion-not-subsribed
11
invalid-arguments
12
content-syntax-error
13
size-constraint-violation
14
protocol-violation
15
content-type-not-supported
16
too-many-recipients
17
no-bilateral-agreement
18
unsupported-critical-function
19
conversion-with-loss-prohibited
20
line-too-long
21
page-split
22
pictorial-symbol-loss
23
punctuation-symbol-loss
24
alphabetic-character-loss
25
multiple-information-loss
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
293 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
7. Reporting Functions
7.1 Alarms Functions
7.1.1 Live Alarms Window
Available by clicking on Alarm Icon.
•
Color of this icon is used to show the highest alarm severity defined in Section 7.1.3.1, “Alarm Level
Configuration Window”.
This icon is blinking if at least one alarm is unacknowledged.
General Alarms Window
Figure 158. General Alarms Window
Fields
Item
Type
Description
Clear
Icon
Clear all alarms acknowledged and unacknowledgeable
AFTN alarms
Icon
Filter show only AFTN alarms
AMHS alarms
Icon
Filter show only AMHS alarms
• Date Time
Represents when the alarm occurs
• Protocol
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
294 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Represents the protocol (AFTN or AMHS)
• Identifier
Represents the alarm identifier number
• Message
Represents the alarm message
• Ack
Represents the alarm acknowledge state:
If is empty is an alarm unacknowledgeable.
If contains is an alarm acknowledgeable but not acknowledged
If contains is an alarm acknowledgeable and acknowledged (In this case you can see with tooltiptext in
this icon “by who and when” the alarm has been acknowledged)
Popup Menu
Item
Type
Description
Acknowledge
pushbutton
Acknowledge the alarm
Clear
pushbutton
Clear alarm
7.1.2 Alarms search window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Alarms → Search
This prompts the operator to specify the criterion for the alarms search, i.e. by time interval, by alarm
number, by protocol, by acknowledged or not acknowledged and not acknowledgeable, the day, month,
year and time interval concerned in the case of the interval search, or the day, month, year and alarm code
number in the case of alarm type.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
295 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 159. Alarms search window
Validation is followed by display of the same window, if one or more alarms corresponding to the search
criteria are found.
Error message if no corresponding alarms found:
"No data to display".
Figure 160. Alarms search window Error message
Fields
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
296 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Date
Day
Day (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current day.
Month
Month (numeric) corresponding to the month of traffic searched.
Default: Current month.
Year
Year (numeric) corresponding to the year of traffic searched.
Default: Current year.
• Time interval
• Alarm Attributes
• Buttons
Refresh pushbutton
Request the server search for alarms issued corresponding to the criteria. Display in the same window
if alarms are found.
Fields
Date
• Day
Day (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• Month
Month (numeric) corresponding to the month of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• Year
Year (numeric) corresponding to the year of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
Time interval
• Time interval From
Starting time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Time interval To
End time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
297 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
Alarm Attributes
• Protocol
Corresponding to the type of protocol searched (AFTN,AMHS or Both)
• Alarm Number
Alarm type code number (maximum 3 digits).
• Acknowledged
Checkbox, if selected search in alarm acknowledged and others options selected.
• User name
If Acknowledged is selected allows to search by user name. Do not fill this field if you need search for
all users.
• Not Acknowledged
Checkbox, if selected search in alarm not acknowledged and others options selected.
• Not Acknowledgeable
Checkbox, if selected search in alarm not acknowledgeable and others options selected.
• Refresh pushbutton
Request the server search for alarms issued corresponding to the criteria. Display in the same
window if alarms are found.
• Print pushbutton
Alarms list to be output on the Printer
• Close pushbutton
Close window.
7.1.3 Alarms Configuration
7.1.3.1 Alarm Level Configuration Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Alarms → Levels Configuration
In this window are configured display colours for A2M alarm warning icons, and whether alarm arrivals
should be accompanied by BEEPs.
Different colours and beepings may be attributed to the different:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
298 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• severity levels of alarms (critical / normal / information)
• supervisory position types (SUP).
Figure 161. Alarm Level Configuration Window
Fields
Information level tab
• SUP Color
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
colours, for this alarm level, of:
Red / Blue / Green / Cyan / Magenta / Yellow / Pink / Orange
• SUP Beep
Radio button pair with options YES or NO for the beep accompanying arrival of alarms at this level.
Default: NO.
Normal level tab
• SUP Color
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
colours, for this alarm level, of:
Red / Blue / Green / Cyan / Magenta / Yellow / Pink / Orange
• SUP Beep
Radio button pair with options YES or NO for the beep accompanying arrival of alarms at this level.
Default: NO.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
299 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Critical level tab
• SUP Color
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
colours, for this alarm level, of:
Red / Blue / Green / Cyan / Magenta / Yellow / Pink / Orange
• SUP Beep
Radio button pair with options YES or NO for the beep accompanying arrival of alarms at this level.
Default: NO.
• OK pushbutton
Validate any modifications specified, and transmit these to the server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation, or close consultation.
7.1.3.2 AFTN Alarms Configuration
7.1.3.2.1 AFTN Alarm List Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Alarms → AFTN Configuration
Scroll list of currently configured AERMAC alarms, one line per alarm, containing alarm code number and
wording of the alarm. A line representing an alarm may be selected (left mouse button) in order to display
an Alarm Details window showing the alarm parameters.
Refer to Appendix A, List of AFTN-related Alarms for the complete list of AFTN-related alarms.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
300 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 162. Alarms Configuration window
Fields
• Alarm list
Scroll list containing list of system alarms:
• Code number of alarm
• Wording of alarm
(Context-dependent fields in the wording are represented by symbols enclosed between < ... >
characters.)
Examples:
002 <fep name> <fep number> LX25 <X25 line> SATURATED: CONFIGURATION ERROR
130 CIRCUIT <circuit number> : <number queued>
140 CIRCUIT <circuit number> : TOO OLD <CI> <CSN>
Select an entry by clicking mouse lefthand button on the line concerned.
(Only one list item may be selected.)
• Modify pushbutton
With one of the alarm entries in above list selected, activation of Modify displays the Alarm Details
window for that alarm.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
301 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.1.3.2.2 AFTN Alarm Details Window
Window obtained by operating the Modify button with one of the items selected in the Alarm List window.
This presents the current values of configuration parameters for the alarm selected.
Figure 163. AFTN Alarm Details Window
Fields
• Alarm number
Alarm identification number
• Alarm status
Selection between:
VALID - alarm switched ON
NOT VALID - alarm switched OFF.
• Alarm severity
Selection between:
CRITICAL - highest importance (usually associated with red warning colour)
NORMAL - medium importance
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
302 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
INFORMATION - non-urgent, for operator information.
• Alarm output on IT printer
Selection between: YES / NO. (Must be set to NO for Alarms from 240 to 244)
• Alarm output on IT SUP
Selection between: YES / NO. (Must be set to NO for Alarms from 240 to 244)
• Alarm beep on printer
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm acknowledgeable
Selection between: YES / NO.
• OK pushbutton
Request the server make the modifications indicated to parameters for this alarm.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.1.3.3 AMHS Alarms Configuration
7.1.3.3.1 AMHS Alarm List Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Alarms → AMHS Configuration
Scroll list of currently configured AMHS alarms, one line per alarm, containing alarm code number and
wording of the alarm. A line representing an alarm may be selected (left mouse button) in order to display
an Alarm Details window showing the alarm parameters.
Refer to Appendix B, List of AMHS Alarms for the complete list of AMHS alarms.
Fields
• Alarm list
Scroll list containing list of system alarms:
• Code number of alarm
• Wording of alarm
(Context-dependent fields in the wording are represented by symbols enclosed between < ... >
characters.)
Select an entry by clicking mouse lefthand button on the line concerned.
(Only one list item may be selected.)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
303 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Modify pushbutton
With one of the alarm entries in above list selected, activation of Modify displays the AMHS Alarm Details
window for that alarm.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.1.3.3.2 AMHS Alarm Details Window
Window obtained by operating the Modify button with one of the items selected in the Alarm List window.
This presents the current values of configuration parameters for the alarm selected.
Fields
• Alarm number
Alarm identification number
• Alarm status
Selection between:
VALID - alarm switched ON
NOT VALID - alarm switched OFF.
• Alarm severity
Selection between:
CRITICAL - highest importance (usually associated with red warning colour)
NORMAL - medium importance
INFORMATION - non-urgent, for operator information.
• Alarm output on IT printer
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm output on IT SUP
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm beep on printer
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm acknowledgeable
Selection between: YES / NO.
• OK pushbutton
Request the server make the modifications indicated to parameters for this alarm.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
304 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.1.3.4 SNMP Alarms Configuration
7.1.3.4.1 SNMP Alarm List Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Alarms → SNMP Configuration
Scroll list of currently configured SNMP alarms, one line per alarm, containing alarm code number and
wording of the alarm. A line representing an alarm may be selected (left mouse button) in order to display
an Alarm Details window showing the alarm parameters.
Refer to Appendix C, List of SNMP-related Alarms for the complete list of SNMP alarms.
Fields
• Alarm list
Scroll list containing list of system alarms:
• Code number of alarm
• Wording of alarm
(In the wording variable from the MIBs are enclosed between ${ } characters.)
Select an entry by clicking mouse lefthand button on the line concerned.
(Only one list item may be selected.)
• Modify pushbutton
With one of the alarm entries in above list selected, activation of Modify displays the SNMP Alarm Details
window for that alarm.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.1.3.4.2 SNMP Alarm Details Window
Window obtained by operating the Modify button with one of the items selected in the Alarm List window.
This presents the current values of configuration parameters for the alarm selected.
Fields
• Alarm number
Alarm identification number
• Alarm status
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
305 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Selection between:
VALID - alarm switched ON
NOT VALID - alarm switched OFF.
• Alarm severity
Selection between:
CRITICAL - highest importance (usually associated with red warning colour)
NORMAL - medium importance
INFORMATION - non-urgent, for operator information.
• Alarm output on IT printer
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm output on IT SUP
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm beep on printer
Selection between: YES / NO.
• Alarm acknowledgeable
Selection between: YES / NO.
• OK pushbutton
Request the server make the modifications indicated to parameters for this alarm.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
306 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
7.2 Commands Functions
7.2.1 AFTN Commands Functions
7.2.1.1 AFTN A2M Commands Reporting Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Commands → AFTN Search
This prompts the operator to specify the day, month and time interval for which supervisory commands are
to be retrieved.
Validation is followed by display of the Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands window, if one or more command
records are found.
Figure 164. AFTN A2M Commands Reporting Window
Fields
Date
• Day
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
307 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Day (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• Month
Month (numeric) corresponding to the month of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
Criteria
• Search type (at present one option)
By time slot.
• Time interval From
Starting time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Time interval To
End time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Output selection
Radio button trio for selection between:
• Screen - Supervisory command list information to be output to the Supervisory Screen
• Printer - Supervisory command list information to be output on the Operator Printer assigned to the
"RPT" function
• OK pushbutton
Request the server search for operator commands effected in the interval specified. Display of
Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands window if alarms are found.
• Last one pushbutton
Re-use the criteria specified the last time this function was called (useful for repeating a search in an
identical manner).
• Clear pushbutton
Restore default values for the search criteria in this window (current date, last 10 minute interval,
etc.).
• Cancel pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
308 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cancel operation.
7.2.1.2 Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands Window
Window obtained when server returns records of commands issued within the period specified in the AFTN
A2M Commands Reporting retrieval function described above.
The window lists essential details such as the time, the nature of the command, values of parameters
before and after, and which Supervisory Position executed the command.
Figure 165. Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands Window
Fields
• Commands list
Scroll list of operator command records:
• Time of issuing of command (format: HHMM)
• Supervisory Position channel number
• Command type (e.g. Modification of channel status)
• Object concerned (e.g. channel 200)
If creation:
• New parameter values
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
309 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
If modification:
• Previous and new parameter values.
• Next pushbutton
Advance to next command in the list.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
7.2.2 AMHS Commands Functions
7.2.2.1 AMHS A2M Commands Reporting Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Commands → AMHS Search
This prompts the operator to specify the day, month, year and time interval for which supervisory
commands are to be retrieved.
Validation is followed by display of the Retrieved AMHS A2M Commands window, if one or more command
records are found.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
310 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 166. AMHS A2M Commands Reporting Window
Fields
Date
• Day
Day (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• Month
Month (numeric) corresponding to the month of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• Year
Year (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
311 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Criteria
• Search type (at present one option)
>By time slot.
• Time interval From
Starting time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Time interval To
End time (HH:MM) of interval in which to search.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Output selection
Radio button trio for selection between:
• Screen - Supervisory command list information to be output to the Supervisory Screen
• Printer - Supervisory command list information to be output on the Operator Printer assigned to the
"RPT" function
• OK pushbutton
Request the server search for operator commands effected in the interval specified. Display of
Retrieved AFTN A2M Commands window if alarms are found.
• Last one pushbutton
Re-use the criteria specified the last time this function was called (useful for repeating a search in an
identical manner).
• Clear pushbutton
Restore default values for the search criteria in this window (current date, last 10 minute interval,
etc.).
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
7.2.2.2 Retrieved AMHS A2M Commands Window
Window obtained when server returns records of commands issued within the period specified in the AMHS
A2M Commands Reporting retrieval function described above.
The window lists essential details such as the time, the nature of the command, values of parameters
before and after, and which Supervisory Position executed the command.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
312 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 167. Retrieved AMHS A2M Commands Window
Fields
• Commands list
Scroll list of operator command records:
Time of issuing of command (format: HHMM)
Supervisory Position channel number
Command type (e.g. Modification of channel status)
Object concerned (e.g. channel 200)
If creation:
• New parameter values
If modification:
• Previous and new parameter values.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
313 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Next pushbutton
Advance to next command in the list.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
314 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
7.3 Statistics Functions
7.3.1 AFTN Statistics Functions
7.3.1.1 AFTN Statistics List Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AFTN Statistics → Summary
The window presents a list of the days of traffic for which message statistics are available.
Figure 168. AFTN Statistics List Window
Each day can be separately opened for details of the message statistics that day, broken down by hour of
the day, direction and priority.
Fields
• File name
List of file names identifying each day of traffic, in the form "dayDDMM".
• Open pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
315 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Select one of the file names in the list referred to above, and open a Statistics information window with
details of the statistics of that traffic day.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of the list of traffic days.
7.3.1.2 AFTN Statistics Information Window
Window obtained by actuating the Open pushbutton on the Statistics list window, one of the traffic days
having been selected.
The window presents the details of the statistics for the day of traffic selected.
Figure 169. AFTN Statistics Information Window
Fields
• Statistics
All message counts for the day of traffic concerned, broken down by:
• Direction of traffic (IN or OUT)
• Hour time slice of that day (00:00 - 01:00, 01:00 - 02:00, etc.)
• Message priority (SS, DD, FF, GG, KK).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
316 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Previous pushbutton
Display statistics for previous day.
• Next pushbutton
Display statistics for next day.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of the statistics.
7.3.1.3 AFTN Statistics options
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AFTN Statistics → Options
Refer to Section 9.1, “AFTN Options Window” for the description of the options.
7.3.1.4 AFTN Statistics Reporting Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AFTN Statistics → Search
This prompts the operator to specify for what time interval message statistical counts are required, and
where to place the results.
Refer to Section 7.3.1.5, “AFTN Hourly Statistics Report” for the content and format of statistical
information.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
317 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 170. AFTN Statistics Reporting Window
Fields
Type
• Statistics selection
Radio button pair for selection between:
• AFTN statistics
• CIDIN statistics (optional)
Radio button pair for selection between:
• Statistics from all circuits (AFTN only)
• Statistics from a single circuit (AFTN only).
• Circuit
User circuit number (maximum 3 digits),
if "Single circuit" selected.
Criteria
• Search type
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
318 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Selection between:
• Hourly - to obtain statistics of a specified completed hour of the current day
• Daily - to obtain statistics for a specified traffic day
• Monthly - to obtain statistics for a specified month of traffic
• Day slice - to obtain statistics over a specified traffic day range within a month.
• Month
Month (numeric) to be specified for the "Daily" and "Monthly" options.
Default: Current month.
• Day
Hour (numeric) to be specified for the "Hourly" option.
Default: Previous hour.
• Hour
Day (numeric) corresponding to the day of traffic searched.
Default: Current date.
• From
Starting day (DD) to be specified for the "Day slice" option.
Default: First of the month (01).
• To
Final day (DD) to be specified for the "Day slice" option.
Default: Today's day.
Destination
• Output selection
Radio button trio for selection between:
• HSP- statistics information to be output to High Speed Printer (default system printer)
• STA- statistics information to be output on the Operator Printer assigned to the "STA" function
• Export File - statistics information to be output to a specific file on server:
• AFTN Hourly Statistics: $DATA/traffic/h_stat/<MMDDHH>ST.txt
• CIDIN Hourly Statistics: $DATA/traffic/h_stat/<MMDDHH>CIDST.txt
• AFTN Daily Statistics: $DATA/traffic/days/<DDMM>/ST.txt
• CIDIN Daily Statistics: $DATA/traffic/days/<DDMM>/CIDST.txt
• AFTN Monthly Statistics: $DATA/traffic/months/MO<MM>/ST.txt
• CIDIN Monthly Statistics: $DATA/traffic/months/MO<MM>/CIDST.txt
• AFTN Day Slice Statistics: $DATA/traffic/months/MO<MM>/<DD>_<DD>ST.txt
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
319 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• CIDIN Day Slice Statistics: $DATA/traffic/months/MO<MM>/<DD>_<DD>CIDST.txt
• OK pushbutton
Request the server search for the statistics as specified.
• Last one pushbutton
Re-use the criteria specified the last time this function was called.
• Clear pushbutton
Restore default values for the search criteria in this window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
7.3.1.5 AFTN Hourly Statistics Report
The AFTN Hourly Statistics report can be produced:
• automatically, if the corresponding Automatic option was requested by the A2M operator (cf. Section 9.1,
“AFTN Options Window”),
• manually at any time by the A2M operator (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics Reporting Window”).
The report can be:
• printed on HSP/STA printer (always the case for the automatic option),
• output in an ASCII file on the server, in a spreadsheet-like format (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics
Reporting Window” for details on the location of the file).
Printer and spreadsheet versions feature the same contents, except for a summary part only included in the
former.
Printer version (sample)
====================================
HOURLY STATISTICS : 07 JUN 15 10-11
====================================
SUMMARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DIR
NB_MSG
NB_SVC
NB_CH
NB_CHAR
R
0
0
0
0
T
0
0
0
0
CHANNEL GENERAL STATISTICS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CHA CI CIR
NB_MSG
NB_SVC
NB_CH
AVG_LTH
MAX_LTH
NB_CHAR %OPR
80 IAI 80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
80 IAO 80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
320 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
100 LAI 100
100 LAO 100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
0%
101 LBI 101
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
101 LBO 101
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
...
CHANNEL DETAILED STATISTICS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CHA CI
SS
DD
FF
GG
KK
REJ
DIV
DUP
REP
80 IAI
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80 IAO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100 LAI
0
100 LAO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
101 LBI
0
0
101 LBO
0
0
...
....
08-06-15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
09:35
....
Definition of fields:
CHA / CIR
Channel number / Circuit number
CI
Channel Identifier (input or output)
NB_MSG
Number of messages received or transmitted (excluding Channel Check messages and Last Received
, Last Sent messages)
NB_CH / NB_SVC
Number of CHeck messages / SVC LR LS messages received or transmitted
AVG_LTH / MAX_LTH
Average / maximum message length (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
NB_CHAR
Number of characters received or transmitted (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
%OPR
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
321 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Percentage of time during which channel was in service
SS/DD/FF/GG/KK
Number of SS/DD/FF/GG/KK priority messages received or transmitted
REJ
Number of messages rejected
DIV
Number of messages received with VVV or diverted (for outgoing messages).
DUP
Number of duplicated messages transmitted
REP
Number of request for repeats received, or repeated messages
Spreadssheet version (sample)
HOURLY STATISTICS
07 JUN 15
10-11
CHANNEL GENERAL STATISTICS
CHA|CI|CIR|DIR|NB_MSG|NB_SVC|NB_CH|AVG_LTH|MAX_LTH|NB_CHAR|%OPR
80|IAI| 80||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
80|IAO| 80||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
100|LAI|100||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
100|LAO|100||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
101|LBI|101||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
101|LBO|101||0|0|0|0|0|0|100%
...
CHANNEL DETAILED STATISTICS
CHA|CI|SS|DD|FF|GG|KK|REJ|DIV|DUP|REP
80|IAI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
80|IAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
100|LAI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
100|LAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
101|LBI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
101|LBO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
...
Definition of fields:
Same as for printer version
7.3.1.6 AFTN Daily Statistics Report
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
322 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The AFTN Daily Statistics report can be produced the same way as the hourly report.
Printer version (sample)
==============================
DAILY STATISTICS :
08 APR 15
==============================
SUMMARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DIR
NB_MSG
NB_SVC
NB_CH
NB_CHAR
R
0
0
0
0
T
0
0
0
0
HOURLY DISTRIBUTION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------HOUR
00
01
02
03
04
05
NB_REC
0 *
0
0
0
0
0
NB_TRANS
HOUR
NB_REC
NB_TRANS
HOUR
NB_REC
NB_TRANS
HOUR
NB_REC
NB_TRANS
0 *
0
0
0
0
0
06
0
07
0
08
0
09
0
10
0
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
17
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
0
19
0
20
0
21
0
22
0
23
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SWITCHING DISTRIBUTION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NB_TRANS
NB_MSG
0
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5..10
0
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
323 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
others
0
PEAK HOUR DISTRIBUTION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CHA CI CIR
PKH
NB_MSG
NB_CHAR
80 IAI
80
00
0
0
80 IAO
80
00
0
0
100 LAI
100 LAO
100
100
00
00
0
0
0
0
101 LBI
101 LBO
...
101
101
00
00
0
0
0
0
CHANNEL GENERAL STATISTICS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CHA CI CIR
NB_MSG
NB_SVC
NB_CH
AVG_LTH
MAX_LTH
NB_CHAR
OPR
80 IAI
80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
80 IAO
80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
100 LAI
100 LAO
100
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
0%
101 LBI 101
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
101 LBO 101
0
0
0
0
0
0
0%
...
CHANNEL DETAILED STATISTICS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CHA CI
SS
DD
FF
GG
KK
REJ
DIV
DUP
REP
80 IAI
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80 IAO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100 LAI
0
100 LAO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
101 LBI
0
0
101 LBO
0
0
...
....
08-06-15
09:58
....
CHA / CIR
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
324 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Channel number / Circuit number
CI
Channel Identifier (input or output)
PKH
Peak hour
NB_MSG
Number of messages received or transmitted (excluding Channel Check messages and Last Received
, Last Sent messages)
NB_CH / NB_SVC
Number of CHeck messages / SVC LR LS messages received or transmitted
AVG_LTH / MAX_LTH
Average / maximum message length (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
NB_CHAR
Number of characters received or transmitted (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
%OPR
Percentage of time during which channel was in service
SS/DD/FF/GG/KK
Number of SS/DD/FF/GG/KK priority messages received or transmitted
REJ
Number of messages rejected
DIV
Number of messages received with VVV or diverted (for outgoing messages).
DUP
Number of duplicated messages transmitted
REP
Number of request for repeats received, or repeated messages
Spreadsheet version (sample)
DAILY STATISTICS
08 APR 15
PEAK HOUR DISTRIBUTION
CHA|CI|CIR|PKH|NB_MSG|NB_CHAR
80|IAI| 80|00|0|0
80|IAO| 80|00|0|0
100|LAI|100|00|0|0
100|LAO|100|00|0|0
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
325 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
101|LBI|101|00|0|0
101|LBO|101|00|0|0
...
CHANNEL GENERAL STATISTICS
CHA|CI|CIR|NB_MSG|NB_SVC|NB_CH|AVG_LTH|MAX_LTH|NB_CHAR|%OPR
80|IAI| 80|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
80|IAO| 80|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
100|LAI|100|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
100|LAO|100|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
101|LBI|101|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
101|LBO|101|0|0|0|0|0|0|0%
...
CHANNEL DETAILED STATISTICS
CHA|CI|SS|DD|FF|GG|KK|REJ|DIV|DUP|REP
80|IAI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
80|IAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
100|LAI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
100|LAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
101|LBI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
101|LBO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
...
Definition of fields:
Same as for printer version
7.3.1.7 AFTN Monthly Statistics Report
The AFTN Monthly Statistics report can be requested only by the A2M operator (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN
Statistics Reporting Window”):
The report can be:
• printed on HSP/STA printer,
• output in an ASCII file on the server, in a spreadsheet-like format (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics
Reporting Window” for details on the location of the file).
Printer and spreadsheet versions feature the same contents
Printer version (sample)
===========================
MONTHLY STATISTICS : APR 15
===========================
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
326 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
CHANNELS STATISTICS
------------------CHA CI
NOMSG
BDDR
%OPR
80 IAI
0
0 %
80 IAO
100 LAI
100
0
100 LAO
NOCH
NOCHAR
AVGLTH
MAXLTH
%USE
0
0
0
0
0
0 %
0
0
0
0
0
0 %
0 82120
100 %
0
0
101 LBI
0
0
0
0 %
101 LBO
0 68002
...
CIRC|Traffic|Nbmes|SS
|AVL |NBCHAR
80|
R|
0|
0|
0
80|
T|
0|
0|
0
0
0
0
0
0 %
0
0
0
0 %
|FF
44039139
|GG
|KK
0
|REJ
TI_ER
0
100 %
0
0
|DD
54252309
NOREJ
0
749
0
0
100 %
|DIV
|DUP
|REP
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|82120|
0|
0|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|
0|
101|
R|
0|
0|
0|
0
101|
T|68002|
0|
647| 44039139
...
....
08-06-15
09:58
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|68002|
0|
0|
|
0|
0|
0|
100|
R|82120|
660| 54252309
100|
T|
0|
0|
0
....
CHA / CIRC
Channel number / Circuit number
CI / Traffic
Channel Identifier (input or output) / R = Received, T = Transmitted
NOMSG/Nbmes
Number of messages received or transmitted (excluding Channel Check messages and Last Received
, Last Sent messages).
NOCHAR/NBCHAR
Number of characters received or transmitted (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
327 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
AVGLTH/AVL
Average message length (excluding CH messages and SVC LR LS messages)
MAXLTH
Maximum length of messages
%USE
Channel usage (%)
NOCH
Number of CH messages
NOREJ/REJ
Number of messages rejected
SS/DD/FF/GG/KK
Number of SS/DD/FF/GG/KK priority messages received or transmitted
DIV
Number of messages received with VVV or diverted (for outgoing messages).
DUP
Number of duplicated messages transmitted
REP
Number of request for repeats received, or repeated messages
TI_ER
Number of Ti (CI/CSN) errors detected on channel
BDDR
Duration of failures
%OPR
Channel operation (%).
Spreadsheet version (sample)
MONTHLY STATISTICS
APR 15
CHANNELS STATISTICS
------------------CHA CI
NOMSG
BDDR
%OPR
NOCH
NOCHAR
AVGLTH
MAXLTH
%USE
NOREJ
TI_ER
80|IAI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|100
80|IAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
100|LAI|0|82120|0|54252309|660|749|100|0|82112|0|100
100|LAO|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
328 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
101|LBI|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|100
101|LBO|0|68002|0|44039139|647|758|100
...
Definition of fields:
Same as for printer version
7.3.2 CIDIN Statistics Functions
7.3.2.1 CIDIN Hourly Statistics report
The CIDIN Hourly Statistics report can be produced:
• automatically, if the corresponding Automatic option was requested by the A2M operator (cf. Section 9.1,
“AFTN Options Window”)
• manually at any time by the A2M operator (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics Reporting Window”).
The report can be:
• printed on HSP/STA printer (always the case for the automatic option),
• output in an ASCII file on the server, in a spreadsheet-like format (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics
Reporting Window” for details on the location of the file).
Printer and spreadsheet versions feature the same contents.
Printer version (sample)
CIDIN HOURLY STATISTICS 01 JAN 00 00-01
=========================================
SUMMARY :
--------transmitted messages
average length
received messages
average length
unacknowledged
:
:
:
:
:
0000018
0001028
0000006
0000283
0000000
AE STATISTICS :
--------------APPLICATION OOA
transmitted messages : 0000018
received messages
: 0000006
APPLICATION OOM
transmitted messages : 0000000
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
329 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
received messages
: 0000000
AX STATISTICS:
-------------AX
avail.
|
transm.
|
|
|
average
|
received |
average
| unacknow |
messages |
length
|
messages |
length
| ledged
0000018
0001028
|
0000006
0000283
|
|
rate
LPPTA
100.00 %
|
|
0000000 |
PVC STATISTICS:
-------------PVC 001
GATEWAY B
prio 1 | prio 2 | prio 3 | prio 4 | prio 5 | prio 6 | prio 7 | prio
8
transm:000005 | 000002 | 000000 | 000000 | 000016 | 000000 | 000070 |
000000
receiv:000018 | 000000 | 000000 | 000002 | 000009 | 000000 | 000000 |
000000
transmitted packets : 0000093
incorrect packets
: 0000000
received packets : 0000029
discarded packets : 0000000
Valid rate
: 100.00 %
Operational rate
: 100.00 %
Total availability rate : 100.00 %
SVC STATISTICS :
---------------...
....
01-01-00
17:50
....
Definition of fields:
Transmitted/received messages
number of messages transmitted/received to/from local AE, remote AX or over X.25 Virtual Circuit
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
330 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Average length
average length of transmitted/received messages
Unacknowledged
number of transmitted messages not being properly acknowledged by remote AX (hence removed from
queue)
Availability rate (optional):
percentage of time during which remote AX was reachable
Transmitted/received packets
number of transmitted/received CIDIN packets on a given X.25 Virtual Circuit (PVC or SVC)
Incorrect/discarded packets:
number of received CIDIN packets featuring an incorrect format or that could not be routed
Valid rate (optional)
percentage of time during which X.25 Virtual Circuit was logically validated by operator
Operational rate (optional)
percentage of time during which X.25 Virtual Circuit was operational, considering only times when latter
was validated
Total availability rate (optional)
percentage of time during which X.25 Virtual Circuit was operational, whether latter was validated or not
Spreadsheet version (sample)
CIDIN HOURLY STATISTICS 01 JAN 00 00-01
SUMMARY
transmitted messages|average length|received messages|average
length|unacknowledged
18|1028|6|283|0
AE STATISTICS
Application|transmitted messages|received messages
OOA|18|6
OOM|0|0
AX STATISTICS
AX|transm. mess.|average length|received mess.|average
length|unacknowledged|availability rate
LPPTA|18|1028|6|283|0|0.00
PVC STATISTICS
PVC|GATEWAY|R/T|Tot. packets|prio 1|prio 2|prio 3|prio 4|prio 5|prio 6|prio
7|prio 8|Incorrect packets|Discarded packets|validity rate|operational
rate|total availability rate
1|B|T|93|5|2|0|0|16|0|70|0
1|B|R|29|18|0|0|2|9|0|0|0|0|0|0.00|0.00|0.00
SVC STATISTICS
...
Definition of fields:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
331 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Same as for printer version
7.3.2.2 CIDIN Daily Statistics Report
The CIDIN Daily Statistics report can be produced the same way as the hourly report.
Printer version (sample)
CIDIN DAILY STATISTICS : 0101
=============================
SUMMARY :
--------transmitted messages
average length
received messages
average length
unacknowledged
:
:
:
:
:
0000018
0001028
0000006
0000283
0000000
AE STATISTICS :
--------------APPLICATION OOA
transmitted messages : 0000018
received messages
: 0000006
APPLICATION OOM
transmitted messages : 0000000
received messages
: 0000000
AX STATISTICS:
-------------AX
avail.
|
transm.
|
|
|
average
|
received |
average
| unacknow |
messages |
length
|
messages |
length
| ledged
0000018
0001028
|
0000006
0000283
|
|
rate
LPPTA
100.00 %
|
|
0000000 |
PVC STATISTICS:
-------------PVC 001
GATEWAY B
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
332 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
prio 1 | prio 2 | prio 3 | prio 4 | prio 5 | prio 6 | prio 7 | prio
8
transm:000005 | 000002 | 000000 | 000000 | 000016 | 000000 | 000070 |
000000
receiv:000018 | 000000 | 000000 | 000002 | 000009 | 000000 | 000000 |
000000
transmitted packets : 0000093 received packets : 0000029
incorrect packets
: 0000000 discarded packets : 0000000
peak hour (emission) :
16
nb of packets
: 0000093
peak hour (reception) :
16
nb of packets
: 0000029
average nb of packets transmitted per hour : 0000005
average nb of packets received per hour
: 0000001
occupancy (percentage)
:
000
Valid rate
: 100.00 %
Operational rate
: 100.00 %
Total availability rate : 100.00 %
SVC STATISTICS :
---------------...
....
02-01-00
17:51
....
Definition of fields:
Same as for hourly statistics except for following additional items regarding X.25 Virtual Circuits :
Peak hour (emission/reception):
peak hour in terms of transmitted/received CIDIN packets (corresponding number of packets is
indicated)
Average nb of packets per hour (transmitted/received)
average number of transmitted/received CIDIN packets per hour
Occupancy
ratio (%) between number of transmitted/received characters and reference baud rate of 9600 bps
Spreadsheet version (sample)
CIDIN DAILY STATISTICS : 0101
SUMMARY
transmitted messages|average length|received messages|average
length|unacknowledged
18|1028|6|283|0
AE STATISTICS
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
333 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Application|transmitted messages|received messages
OOA|18|6
OOM|0|0
AX STATISTICS
AX|transm. mess.|average length|received mess.|average
length|unacknowledged|availability rate
LPPTA|18|1028|6|283|0|0.00
PVC STATISTICS
PVC|GATEWAY|R/T|Tot. packets|prio 1|prio 2|prio 3|prio 4|prio 5|prio 6|prio
7|prio 8|Incorrect packets|Discarded packets|Peak hour|Nb of
packets|Average nb of packets/hour|Occupancy|validity rate|operational
rate|total availability rate
1|B|T|93|5|2|0|0|16|0|70|0|16|93|5|0
1|B|R|29|18|0|0|2|9|0|0|0|0|0|16|29|1|0|0.00|0.00|0.00
SVC STATISTICS
...
Definition of fields:
Same as for printer version
7.3.2.3 CIDIN Monthly Statistics Report
The CIDIN Monthly Statistics report can be requested only manually by the A2M operator (cf.
Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics Reporting Window”).
The report can be:
• printed on HSP/STA printer,
• output in an ASCII file on the server, in a spreadsheet-like format (cf. Section 7.3.1.4, “AFTN Statistics
Reporting Window” for details on the location of the file).
Printer and spreadsheet versions feature the same contents.
Printer version (sample)
CIDIN MONTHLY STATISTICS : 01
=============================
SUMMARY :
--------transmitted messages : 0000023
received messages
: 0000006
unacknowledged
: 0000006
AE STATISTICS :
--------------APPLICATION OOA
transmitted messages : 0000023
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
334 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
received messages
: 0000006
APPLICATION OOM
transmitted messages : 0000000
received messages
: 0000000
AX STATISTICS:
-------------AX
avail.
|
transm.
|
|
|
average
|
received |
average
| unacknow |
messages |
length
|
messages |
length
| ledged
0000018
0001028
|
0000006
0000283
|
|
rate
LPPTA
0.00 %
|
|
0000000 |
PVC STATISTICS:
-------------PVC 001
GATEWAY B
prio 1 | prio 2 | prio 3 | prio 4 | prio 5 | prio 6 | prio 7 | prio
8
transm:000005 | 000002 | 000000 | 000000 | 000016 | 000000 | 000070 |
000000
receiv:000018 | 000000 | 000000 | 000002 | 000009 | 000000 | 000000 |
000000
transmitted packets : 0000093
incorrect packets
: 0000000
received packets : 0000029
discarded packets : 0000000
Valid rate
: 100.00 %
Operational rate
: 100.00 %
Total availability rate : 100.00 %
SVC STATISTICS :
---------------...
....
04-01-00
17:51
....
Definition of fields:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
335 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Same as for hourly statistics
Spreadsheet version (sample)
CIDIN MONTHLY STATISTICS : 01
SUMMARY
transmitted messages|received messages|unacknowledged
23|6|6
AE STATISTICS
Application|transmitted messages|received messages
OOA|23|6
OOM|0|0
AX STATISTICS
AX|transm. mess.|average length|received mess.|average
length|unacknowledged|availability rate
LPPTA|18|1028|6|283|0|0.00
PVC STATISTICS
PVC|GATEWAY|R/T|Tot. packets|prio 1|prio 2|prio 3|prio 4|prio 5|prio 6|prio
7|prio 8|Incorrect packets|Discarded packets|validity rate|operational
rate|total availability rate
1|B|T|93|5|2|0|0|16|0|70|0
1|B|R|29|18|0|0|2|9|0|0|0|0|0|0.00|0.00|0.00
SVC STATISTICS
...
Definition of fields:
Same as for printer version
7.3.3 AMHS Statistics Functions
7.3.3.1 AMHS Statistics Window
This window is displayed by using the menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AMHS Statistics → Summary
Figure 171. AMHS Statistics Functions
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
336 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields
• Day Month Year
Date in format DD MM YYYY
Default: Current day.
• Ok pushbutton
Open the statisics information for the selected date.
• Clear pushbutton
Reset fields to default values.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of the list of traffic days.
7.3.3.2 AMHS Statistics Information Window
Window obtained by actuating the Ok pushbutton on the Statistics window.
The window presents the details of the statistics for the day of traffic selected.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
337 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 172. AMHS Statistics Information Window
Fields
• Statistics
All message counts for the day of traffic concerned, broken down by:
• Direction of traffic (IN or OUT)
• Hour time slice of that day (00:00 - 01:00, 01:00 - 02:00, etc.)
• Message priority (Low, Normal, Urgent, Report).
• Previous pushbutton
Display statistics for previous day.
• Next pushbutton
Display statistics for next day.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of the statistics.
7.3.3.3 AMHS Statistics Reporting Windows
This window is displayed by using the menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AMHS Statistics → Search
This prompts the operator to specify for what time interval message statistical counts are required, and
where to place the results.
Refer to Section 7.3.3.5, “AMHS Statistics Reports” for the content and format of statistical information.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
338 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 173. AMHS Statistics Reporting Windows
Fields
Type
• Statistics selection
ComboBox for selection between:
• All/Single
• MTA/UA
• Id
MTA/UA name, if Single is selected.
Criteria
Depending on the Search type criterion selected, the operator can request statistics for a specified
interval of hours/days/months/minutes and per time slice.
• Period
Time interval in minutes (numeric) for the output of statistics per time slice.
Default: 30
• Day From/To
Day interval (numeric) to be specified for the applicable search type criteria.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
339 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: Current day
• Month From/To
Month interval (numeric) to be specified for the applicable search type criteria.
Default: Current month
• Year From/To
Year interval (numeric) to be specified for the applicable search type criteria.
Default: Current year
• Hour From/To
Hour interval (numeric) to be specified for the applicable search type criteria.
Default: Previous hour
• Minute From/To
Minute interval (numeric) to be specified for the applicable search type criteria.
Default: 00/59
Destination
• Radio button for selection between:
• Printer - statistics information to be output to a printer defined on operator’s position
• Export File - statistics information to be output to a file on operator’s position
• Configure pushbutton
Allows to select/deselect statistics to be included in the output report.
• Ok pushbutton
Request the server search for the statistics as specified.
• Last one pushbutton
Re-use the criteria specified the last time this function was called.
• Clear pushbutton
Restore default values for the search criteria in this window.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
7.3.3.4 AMHS Statistics options
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
340 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This window is displayed by using the menu sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → AMHS Statistics → Options
This prompts the operator to specify which statistics shall be automatically printed out. Refer to
Section 7.3.3.5, “AMHS Statistics Reports” for the content and format of AMHS statistical information.
Figure 174. AMHS Statistics options
Fields
• MTA/UA Statistics
Checkboxes indicating if corresponding statistics shall be included in the automatically printed
reports.
Default: Unchecked
• Hourly/Daily/Monthly automatic
Checkboxes indicating if corresponding statistics reports shall be automatically printed out.
Default: Unchecked
• Printing hour
Numeric field indicating the hour (00-23) at which daily/monthly statistics reports shall be printed out
(if enabled).
Default: 01
• Printing day
Numeric field indicating the day (01-31) on which monthly statistics reports shall be printed out (if
enabled).
Default: 01
• Configure MTA
Select set of MTA-related statistics to be featured in the printed reports.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
341 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Configure UA
Select set of UA-related statistics to be featured in the printed reports.
• Ok pushbutton
Request the server search for the statistics as specified.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
7.3.3.5 AMHS Statistics Reports
The AMHS Statistics reports can be requested only manually by the A2M operator (cf. Section 7.3.3.3,
“AMHS Statistics Reporting Windows”).
Reports can be requested for hour, day, month, minute and time-slice of 30mn.
Reports feature statistics fields than can be selected/deselected manually by the A2M operator, among:
• number of deferred messages (nb_deferred_msg)
• number of recipients processed (nb_dest_tr_msg)
• average response time (av_response_time)
• minimum response time (min_response_time)
• maximum response time (max_response_time)
• total size of transmitted messages (size_tr_msg)
• minimum size of received messages (min_size_rec_msg)
• number of received non-delivery reports (nb_rec_ndr)
• number of received delivery reports (nb_rec_dr)
• number of redirected messages (nb_redirected_msg)
• number of transmitted delivery reports (nb_tr_dr)
• average transfer time (av_transfer_time)
• maximum size of received messages (max_size_rec_msg)
• average size of received messages (av_size_rec_msg)
• number of received non-urgent messages (nb_rec_msg_nu)
• number of received urgent messages (nb_rec_msg_u)
• number of received normal messages (nb_rec_msg_n)
• number of received messages (nb_rec_msg)
• average number of destination addresses per message (av_nb_dest_per_msg)
• maximum size of transmitted messages (max_size_tr_msg)
• average size of transmitted messages (av_size_tr_msg)
• number of transmitted non-urgent messages (nb_tr_msg_nu)
• number of transmitted urgent messages (nb_tr_msg_u)
• number of transmitted normal messages (nb_tr_msg_n)
• umber of transmitted messages (nb_tr_msg)
The report can be:
• printed on a printer configured on the operator position,
• output in an ASCII file on the server, in a spreadsheet-like format.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
342 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Printer version (sample)
GATEAFTN
key_day| nb_deferred_msg| nb_dest_tr_msg| av_response_time|
min_response_time| max_response_time| size_tr_msg| min_size_rec_msg|
nb_rec_ndr| nb_rec_dr| nb_redirected_msg| nb_tr_dr| av_transfer_time|
max_size_rec_msg| av_size_rec_msg| nb_rec_msg_nu| nb
_rec_msg_u| nb_rec_msg_n| nb_rec_msg|av_nb_dest_per_msg| max_size_tr_msg|
av_size_tr_msg| nb_tr_msg_nu| nb_tr_msg_u| nb_tr
_msg_n| nb_tr_msg|
2009/10/05| 0| 13| 0| 0| 0| 1014735| 398| 7| 1| 0| 0| 28| 675| 539| 2| 3|
10| 23| 1| 960331| 78056| 0| 2| 11| 13|
...
Spreadsheet version (sample)
GATEAFTN
day;number of deferred messages;number of recipients processed;average
response time;minimum response time;maximum response time;total size of
transmitted messages;minimum size of received messages;number of received
non-delivery reports;number of received delivery reports;number of
redirected messages;number of transmitted delivery reports;average transfer
time;maximum size of received messages;average size of received
messages;number of received non-urgent messages;number of received urgent
messages;number of received normal messages;number of received
messages;average number of destination addresses per message;maximum size
of transmitted messages;average size of transmitted messages;number of
transmitted non-urgent messages;number of transmitted urgent
messages;number of transmitted normal messages;number of transmitted
messages
2009/10/05;0;13;0;0;0;1014735;398;7;1;0;0;28;675;539;2;3;10;23;1;960331;
78056;0;2;11;13
...
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
343 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
7.4 Printers Functions
7.4.1 Printer function window
List of the available Printer 'elements' or 'functions' and the Operation circuit numbers currently handling the
functions.
Window obtained via menu item sequence:
AMSS → Reporting → Printers → AFTN Configuration
The list is in the form of 2 columns headed 'Identifier' and 'Circuit', with a row for each printer function.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
344 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 175. Printer function window
Fields description
• Identifier
Printer function identifiers:
• JNL automatic LOG
• STA hourly and daily statistics.
• RDP printer-directed search
• HCI input hardcopy
• HCO output hardcopy
• BUF prints from notepad and message create editors
• RPT prints of repeated messages
• ALX operational alarms
• ALT technical alarms
• ALC CIDIN alarms
• ALM CIDIN operator service message alarms
• EDS CIDIN service messages
• ECI CIDIN editing
• ALA access unit (X.400) alarms
• AL1 FEP 1 alarms
• AL2 FEP 2 alarms
• AL3 FEP 3 alarms
• Circuit
2 - digit Operation Circuit number, currently used for this printer function. The circuit number may be
modified to another number in the Operation circuit range, but a corresponding Operation channel
number must have been configured first, as being associated with this circuit. A circuit number can be
selected by mouse lefthand button, or by the TAB key, and another number typed in, in its place. This
may be done for several of the numbers. No modification will be taken into account, however, until the
OK button is actuated. An operation circuit cannot be attributed to a printer function if it is already
performing a channel monitoring function. The latter must be disabled first. Modifications of printer
function circuits allow the grouping of related printout on one Operator Printer, and the separation of
printout destined for different personnel on to different printers (e.g. statistics and operational alarms to
Operations Room printer and technical and FEP alarms etc. to the Technicians Room printer).
Default: At installation, and before the operator has configured anything, all printer functions are assigned
to the first available operation circuit (e.g. number 40).
• OK pushbutton
Validate modified circuit number(s) and send to server.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel operation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
345 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8. Monitoring Functions
8.1 Global Monitoring Functions
8.1.1 Global Monitoring window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → Global Monitoring → Synoptics
The window presents graphically:
• Users Network StatusCIDIN Network Status and AMHS Network status
• Three visual mode: Summary & details & Map
• Error reporting form (Display all problems reported)
The Users window is divided in two parts:
• National represents all channels of the internal network
• International represents all channels of the external network (with others countries)
The Users window presents graphically:
• the locations (To configure the locations: see Channels parameters Miscellaneous-> Location)
• the physical elements status such as ports... (in Details view, right side)
• a symbol for each channel configured including:
• channel number
• color coding to indicate state:
•
connected
•
out of service
•
currently disconnected (only for switched connexions)
• if Incoming traffic supported:
• left-hand icon
•
open
•
closed
•
in test mode
• incoming CI on the left
• if Outgoing traffic supported:
• right-hand icon:
•
open
•
closed
•
in test mode
• outgoing CI on the right
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
346 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The CIDIN window is divided in two parts:
• Adjacent represents all direct links.
• Remote represents all indirect links.
The CIDIN window presents graphically:
• the locations (To configure the locations: see Ax parameters ->Ax edit/creation -> Location)
• the physical elements status such as ports...
• a symbol for each AX configured including:
• color coding to indicate state:
•
reachable
•
unreachable
• if Enquiry is in course:
•
The AMHS window is divided in two parts:
• UA represents the links with the User Agents.
• MTA represents the links with the Message Transfer Agents.
The AMHS window presents graphically:
• the locations (To configure the locations: see UA or MTA parameters -> Location)
• the physical elements status such as ports... (in Details view, right side)
• a symbol for each connection configured including:
• color coding to indicate state
•
connected
•
out of service
•
currently disconnected
• left-hand icon:
•
open
•
close
Global Monitoring Details view:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
347 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 176. Global Monitoring Details window
Global Monitoring International Map view:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
348 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 177. Global Monitoring International Map window
Two views are available in map view International or National. The icon allows to switch in International
view and in National view.
International view represents all locations available in: International AFTN UsersAdjacent and Remote
CIDIN AxAMHS MTA.
National view represents all locations available in: National Users, AMHS UA.
The map view displays an image (Supported file format: jpg, gif, png).
To configure the images see in Configuration -> Server Parameters -> International/National map path.
In the right side a table displays all locations available for International or National view following the view.
Table locations available
The first column allows to add or remove the location on map.
Add location (Put the location at position 0,0 and check the third column)
Remove location
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
349 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The second column represents the location name.
The third column allows to modify position of the selected location. (If checked the color of location changed
and it’s possible to move it with the mouse)
When all locations (National and International) are correctly positioned, click on
to save the location
position.
Fields
• Legend pushbutton
Show the legend window
• Refresh/Stop pushbutton
Refresh the window periodically (or halt the refreshments).
The refresh interval is specified in the Preferences window.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
8.1.2 AFTN System Summary Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
Monitoring → Global Monitoring → AFTN Summary
The window summarizes, within 4 sub-windows:
• list of circuit numbers that are diverted
• list of circuit numbers where automatic log print has been activated
• list of circuit numbers in overflow mode
• list of AFTN indicators currently diverted.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
350 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 178. System Summary window
Fields
• Refresh/Stop pushbutton
Refresh the window periodically (or halt the refreshments).
The refresh interval is specified in the Preferences window.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
8.1.3 System Monitoring Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
Monitoring → Global Monitoring → System Monitoring
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
351 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The System monitoring view correspond to a hierarchical tree where system components are grouped by
location.
The tree is browsable, the operator can check the status of any component's ressources
Any component or component's ressource having an incorrect status is being highlighted (in red) with
hierarchical propagation up the tree.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
352 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
We will find below a description of the status retrieved from the different kind of equipments (Switch,
Server, Perle ...).
Fields
Previous
Allow to go the previous entry in error
Next
Allow to go the next entry in error
Refresh
Allow to refresh the entry. Not automatically refresh.
Close
Close the window.
Menu Button
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
353 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on a branch, it expand or collapse the branch.
Clicking the mouse righthand button on a branch of the tree opens an option menu as follows:
• Expand All
• Collapse All
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Expand All
Opens all the branchs of the tree under the branch clicked.
Collapse All
Close all the branchs of the tree under the branch clicked.
8.1.3.1 Switch Monitoring
8.1.3.1.1 Chassis
Status information on the Power supply and the fans of the switch.
These fields are in the MIB named CISCO-STACK-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
PSU 1 type
chassisPs1Type
Type of the power supply number 1
PSU 1 status
chassisPs1Status
Status of the power supply number 1.If the status is not ok the
value of PSU error gives more detailled information about the
power supply's failure condition(s).
PSU 1 error
chassisPs1TestResult
Test result for power supply number 1.A zero indicates that the
power supply passed all tests.Bits set in the result indicate error
conditions.
Fan status
chassisFanStatus
Status of the chassis fan.If the status is not ok the value of Fan
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
354 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
error gives more detailled information about the fan's failure
condition(s).
Fan error
chassisFanTestResult
Test result for the chassis fan.A zero indicates that the fan
passed all tests.Bits set in the result indicate error conditions.
8.1.3.1.2 CPU
Information on CPU of the switch.
These fields are in the MIB named CISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Physical
entity
cpmCPUTotalPhysical
Index
Index of CPU or group of CPU for which the CPU statistics in
this entry are maintained
Last 1 min
CPU busy %
cpmCPUtotal1minRev
The overall CPU busy percentage in the 1 minute period.
Last 5 min
CPU busy %
cpmCPUTotal5minRev The overall CPU busy percentage in the 5 minutes period.
8.1.3.1.3 Network Interfaces
Information on the network interface of the switch.
These fields are in the MIB named IF-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.13, “Network interface” for description of the fields.
8.1.3.2 Server Monitoring
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
355 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.1.3.2.1 Health Overall
Status on the health of the server (temperature, fan, PSU).
These fields are in the MIB named CPQHLTH-MIB.
Item
Overall
Name in the MIB
cpqHeThermalCondition
Description
This value specifies the overall condition of the system's
thermal environement.
Temperature cpqHeThermalTempStatus
The status of the sytem's temperature sensors.(value:
1=other, 2=ok, 3=degraded, 4=failed)
System fan
The status of the fan(s) in the system.(value 1=other, 2=Ok,
3=degraded, 4=failed).
cpqHeThermalSystemFan
Status
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
356 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
CPU fan
cpqHeThermalCpuFanStatus The status of the processor fan(s) in the system.(value
1=other, 2=Ok, 3=degraded, 4=failed)
PSU overall
cpqHeFltToPwrSupply
Condition
PSU status
cpqHeFltToPwrSupplyStatus This value specifies the status of the fault tolerant power
supply.
This value specifies the overall condition of the fault tolerant
power sub-system.
8.1.3.2.2 Power supply
Status on the power supply of the server.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQHLTH-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Chassis
cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
Chassis
The system chassis number.
Bay
cpqHeFltToPowerSupplyBay The bay number to index within this chassis
Presence
cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
Present
Indicates whether the power supply is present in the
chassis.
Redundancy cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
Redundant
The redundancy state of the power supply.(value, 1=other,
2=notRedundant, 3=Redundant)
Condition
cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
Condition
The condition of the power supply.(value 1=other,2=ok,
3=degraded, 4=failed)
Status
cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
Status
The status of the power supply.
Used
capacity
cpqHeFltToPowerSupply
CapacityUsed
The currently used capacity of the power supply in watts.
8.1.3.2.3 Thermal fan
Status on the fans of the server.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQHLTH-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Chassis
cpqHeFltToFanChassis
The system chassis number.
Index
cpqHeFltToFanIndex
A number that uniquely specifies this fan description.
Location
cpqHeFltToFanLocale
This specifies the location of the fan in the system.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
357 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Presence
Name in the MIB
cpqHeFltToFanPresent
Description
This specifies if the fan described is present in the system.
Redundancy cpqHeFltToFanRedundant
This specifies if the fan is redundant configuration.
Condition
The condition of the fan (value, 1=other, 2=ok, 3=degraded,
4= failed).
cpqHeFltToFanCondition
8.1.3.2.4 Thermal temperature
Give the status of the temperature in different location of the server.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQHLTH-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Chassis
cpqHeTemperatureChassis
The system chassis number.
Index
cpqHeTemperatureIndex
A number that uniquely specifies this temperature sensor
description.
Location
cpqHeTemperatureLocale
This specifies the location of the temperature sensor
present in the system.
Temperature cpqHeTemperatureCelsius
(°C)
This is the current temperature sensor reading in degrees
celsius.(A value of -99 means the the temperature cannot
be determined.
Threshold
(°C)
cpqHeTemperaturzThreshold This is the temperature in which the sensor will be
considered to be in a failed state.
Condition
cpqHeTemperatureCondition The temperature sensor condition (value, 1=other, 2=ok,
3=degraded, 4= failed).
8.1.3.2.5 CPU
Give the status of the CPU of the server.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQSTDEQ-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
cpqSeCpuUnitIndex
This is a number that uniquely specifies a processor unit.
Socket
cpqSeCpuSocketNumber
The physical socket number of the CPU chips..
Pre-failure
cpqSeCpuThreshPassed
When this attribute is set to true, it identifies a pre-failure
error condition.
Status
cpqSeCpuStatus
The status of the processor.(value 1=unknown,
2=ok,3=degraded, 4=failed, 5=disabled)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
358 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.1.3.2.6 Disk Array controllers
Give informations and status on the Disk array controller.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQIDA-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
cpqDaCntlrIndex
This is a number that uniquely specifies a physical
controller.
Slot
cpqDaCntlrSlot
This identifies the physical slot where the array controller
resides in the system.
Location
cpqDaCntltHwLocation
A text description of the hardware location of the controller.
Model
cpqDaCntlrModel
Array Controller Model.The type of controller card.
Firmware
cpqDaCntlrFWRev
Array Controller Firmware Revision
Condition
cpqDaCntlrCondition
The condition of the device.This value represents the
overall condition of this controller, and any associated
logical drives, physical drives, and cache modules.
Board
Status
cpqDaCntlrBoardStatus
Array Controller Board Status.(value, 1=other, 2=ok,
3=generalFailure 4=cableProblem, 5=poweredOff,
6=cacheModuleMissing).
Board
Condition
cpqDaCntlrBoardCondition
The condition of the device.This value represents the
condition of the controller and any associated cache
modules.
8.1.3.2.7 Disk Physical drives
Give informations and status on the Disk physical drives.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQIDA-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Cntlr
cpqDaPhyDrvCntlrIndex
Drive Array Physical Drive Controller Index.This index maps
the physical drive back to the controller to which it is
attached.
Index
cpqDaPhyDrvIndex
Drive Array Physical drive Index.This index is used for
selecting the physical drive table entry.With the Cntlr it
uniquely identify a specific physical drive.
Bus
cpqDaPhyDrvBusNumber
The bus number indicates to which SCSI bus this physical
drive is attached.
Bay
cpqDaPhyDrvBay
This value matches the bay location where the physical
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
359 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
drive as been installed.
Location
cpqDaPhyDrvLocation
This is the physical location of where the drive is located.
(value 1=other, 2=internal, 3=external, 4=proLiant).
Placement
cpqDaPhyDrvPlacement
Physical Drive placement (value, 1=other, 2=internal,
3=external).
String
location
cpqDaPhyDrvLocationString
This string describes the location of the drive in relation to
the controller.
Conf Status
cpqDaPhyDrvConfiguration
Status
Physical Drive Configuration Status.(value, 1=other,
2=configured, 3=notconfigured).
Pre-fail mon
cpqDaPhyDrvPreFail
Monitoring
Drive Array Physical Drive Predictive Failure Monitoring.
(value 1=other, 2=notAvailble, 3=available).
Status
cpqDaPhyDrvStatus
This show the status of the physical drive.(value 1=other,
2=ok, 3=failed, 4=predictiveFailure, 5=erasing,
6=eraseDone, 7=eraseQueued, 8=ssdWearOut,
9=notAuthenticated).
Monitored
cpqDaPhyDrvHasMonInfo
Physical Drive Has Monitor Information.Following fields are
valid only if this value is true.
Pre-failure
cpqDaPhyDrvThreshPassed Physical Drive Factory Threshold Passed
Condition
cpqDaDrvPhyDrvCondition
This value represents the overall condition of this physical
drive.
Failure code cpqDaPhyDrvFailureCode
This value is the drive failure reason code returned by the
array firmware.(0 means no drive failure).
SMART
status
Physical Drive S.M.A.R.T Status.(value, 1=other, 2=ok,
3=replaceDrive, 4=replaceDriveSSDWearOut).
cpqDaPhyDrvSmartStatus
8.1.3.2.8 Logical drives
Give informations and status on the Disk logical drives.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQIDA-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Cntlr
cpqDaLogDrvCntlrIndex
Drive Array Logical Drive Controller Index.This maps the
logical drives into their respective controllers.
Index
cpqDaLogDrvIndex
Drive Array Logical Drive Index.This logical drive number
keeps track of multiple instances oflogical drives which are
on the same controller.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
360 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
OS name
cpqDaLogDrvOsName
Logical Drive OS Name.The OS name for this array logical
drive.
Mode
cpqDaLogDrvFaultTol
This shows the fault tolerance mode of the logical drive.
Status
cpqDaLogDrvStatus
Logical Drive Status.
Condition
cpqDaLogDrvCondition
This value represents the overall condition of this logical
drive and any associated physical drives.
% rebuild
cpqDaLogDrvPercentRebuild After a failed physical drive has been replaced, the physical
drive must have its data rebuilt.This value is the percent
complete of the rebuild.
8.1.3.2.9 Disk Storage
Give informations and status on the disk storage.
These fields are in the MIB named HOST-RESSOURCES-MIB.
Item
Storage
Name in the MIB
hrStorageDescr
Description
A description of the type and instance of the storage
described by this entry.
Units (bytes) hrStorageAllocationUnits
The size, in bytes, of the data objects allocated from this
pool.
Size
hrStorageSize
The size of the storage represented by this entry, in units of
Units.
Used
hrStorageUsed
The amount of the storage represented by this entry that is
allocated, in units of Units.
% used
thaHrStoragePercentUsed
Percentage of use calculated with Size and Used.
8.1.3.2.10 System CPU
Give informations on the CPU condition.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQSTDEQ-MIB.
Item
CPU
condition
Name in the MIB
cpqSeCpuCondition
Description
This value specifies the overall condition of the procesor
sub-system.
8.1.3.2.11 System Load
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
361 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Give informations on the system load.
These fields are in the MIB named UCD-SNMP-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Load
laNames
average type
The list of load average we are watching.
Load
average
The 1, 5 and 15 minutes load averages (one per row).
laLoad
8.1.3.2.12 System Memory
Give informations and status on the system memory
These fields are in the MIB named HOST-RESSOURCES-MIB
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Storage
hrStorageDescr
A description of the type and instance of the storage
described by this entry.
Type
hrStorageType
The type of storage represented by this entry.
Units (bytes) hrStorageAllocationUnits
The size, in bytes, of the data objects allocated from this
pool.
Size
hrStorageSize
The size of the memory represented by this entry, in units
of Units.
Used
hrStorageUsed
The memory amount used in units of Units.
% used
thaHrStoragePercentUsed
Percentage of use calculated with Size and Used.
8.1.3.2.13 Network interface
Give informations on the network interface of the server.
These fields are in the MIB named IF-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
ifIndex
A unique value for each interface.
Description
ifDescr
A textual string containing information about the interface.
Status
ifOperStatus
The current operational state of the interface.
8.1.3.2.14 Management (ilO) System
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
362 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Give informations on the status of Server Management (iLO).
These fields are in the MIB named CPQMS2-MIB.
Item
iLO
Condition
Name in the MIB
cpqSm2MibCondition
Description
This represents the overall condition of the Remote Insight/
Integrated Lights-Out.
8.1.3.2.15 Management (iLO) Network interfaces
Server Management (iLO) Network interfaces
Give informations on the Network interfaces of the iLO Server Management.
These fields are in the MIB named CPQSM2-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Location
cpqSm2NicLocation
Location of the Network Interface Controller associated with
the Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out.
Model
cpqSm2NicModel
Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller Model.
Enabled
cpqSm2NicEnabledStatus
Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller Enabled Status.(value 1=other, 2=enabled,
3=disabled).
Duplex
cpqSm2NicDuplexState
Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller Enabled Status.(value 1=other, 2=halfduplex,
3=fullduplex, 4=notSupported).
Speed (Mb)
cpqSm2NicSpeed
Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller Speed.The speed of the network interface
controller in megabits per second.
Condition
cpqSm2NicCondition
Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller condition.This represents the overall condition of
the Remote Insight/Integrated Lights-Out Network Interface
Controller (NIC).
8.1.3.2.16 TILC
Give informations on the status of TILC.
These fields are in the MIB named THALES-ANS-TILC-MIB.
Item
Status
Name in the MIB
thaTilcStatus
Description
Status of TILC system service :(0) service started, (1)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
363 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
service stopped.
Condition
thaTilcCondition
Status of TILC member :(0) member active, (1) member
stand-by, (2) unknown.
8.1.3.2.17 AMSS Software
Give informations on the status of AMSS software
These fields are in the MIB named THALES-ANS-AMSS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
AERMAC
status
thaAmssAermacApplication
Status
Status of AERMAC component :(0) running, (1) stopped, (2)
partially running, (3) unknown.
MXMS
status
thaAmssMxmsApplication
Status
The status of AMHS component :(0) running, (1) stopped,
(2) partially running, (3) unknown.
DBMS status thaAmssDbmsApplication
Status
Status of DBMS component :(0) running, (1) stopped, (2)
partially running, (3) unknown.
RMA status
thaAmssRmaApplication
Status
Status of RMA component :(0) running, (1) stopped, (2)
partially running, (3) unknown.
WEBSRV
status
thaAmssWebsrvApplication
Status
Status of WEBSRV component :(0) running, (1) stopped,
(2) partially running, (3) unknown.
8.1.3.3 Perle Monitoring
8.1.3.3.1 System
Perle system status and information.
These fields are in the MIB named PERLE-IOLAN-SDS-MIB.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
364 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
ActiveStandby
status
serverActiveStandbyEnabled Enable/disable active standby.
link
monitoring
(msec)
serverActiveStandbyMiimon
Up delay
serverActiveStandbyUpdelay Delay in enabling a link after the 'link up' status has been
detected.
Time in msec for frequency in MII link monitoring.
8.1.3.3.2 Network interfaces
Network interfaces
Perle network interface status.
These fields are in the MIB named IF-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.13, “Network interface” for description of the fields.
8.1.3.3.3 Serail Ports Configuration
Give information on the serial ports configuration.
These fields are in the MIB named PERLE-IOLAN-SDS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
portIndex
Serial Port Index.Valid values are 1 to maximum port
number the Device Server supports.
Name
portName
Provide a name for the line so it can be easily identified.
Status
portStatus
Port Status, (value 1=active, 2=modified, 4=applyChanges,
6=discardChanges)
Enable
portEnable
Is the Port Enabled (1=off, 2=on)
portService
portService
Defines the Line Service, which determines how the line will
be used
Port
portDSPort
The Device Server port number.
Keepalive
portKeepalive
Enables a per-connection TCP keepalive feature.(1=off,
2=on)
8.1.3.3.4 Serial ports Status
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
365 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Give information on the serial ports status.
These fields are in the MIB named PERLE-IOLAN-SDS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
portHdwIndex
Port hardware Index.
Status
portHdwStatus
Port Status, (value 1=active, 2=modified, 4=applyChanges,
6=discardChanges)
Speed
(baud)
portHdwSpeed
Specifies the baud rate of the line;keep in mind that speed
is affected by the length of the cable.
# data bits
portHdwDataBits
Specifies the number of bits in a byte.The default is 8.
Parity
portHdwParity
Specifies if you are using Even, Odd, or No parity on the
line.
# stop bits
portHdwStopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits that follow a byte.
Flow Ctrl
portHdwFlowControl
Defines whether the data flow is handled by the software
(Soft), hardware (Hard), Both, or None.
Mon DSR
portHdwMonitorDSR
Specifies whether the RS-232 signal DSR (Data Set Ready)
should be monitored.
Mon DCD
portHdwMonitorDCD
Specifies whether the RS-232 signal DCD (Data Carrier
Detect) should be monitored.
RTS
portHdwRTS
RTS value on or off.
CTS
portHdwCTS
CTS value on or off.
DTR
portHdwDTR
DTR value on or off.
DSR
portHdwDSR
DSR value on or off.
DCD
portHdwDCD
DCD value on or off.
RIN
portHdwRI
RIN value on or off.
8.1.3.4 NAS Monitoring
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
366 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.1.3.4.1 Health Fans
Give the status of the fans
These fields are in the MIB named READYNASOS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
fanNumber
Instance number of this fan entry.
Status
fanStatus
The status of the fan.
8.1.3.4.2 Health Temperature
Give information on the temperature.
These fields are in the MIB named READYNASOS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
temperatureNumber
Instance number of this temperature probe entry.
Type
temperatureTyoe
The current temperature refer to.
Temperture
temperatureValue
The current temperature of this probe (in Fahrenheit unit).
Temp Min
temperatureMin
The min temperature of this probe (in Fahrenheit unit).
Temp Max
temperatureMax
The max temperature of this probe (in Fahrenheit unit).
8.1.3.4.3 Disk Physical drives
Give informations and status on the Disk physical drives.
These fields are in the MIB named READYNASOS-MIB.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
367 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
diskNumber
Instance number of the disk entry.
ID
diskID
Disk ID.
Slot
diskSlotName
The slot location of the disk.
ATA error
ataError
ATA error number for this disk from S.M.A.R.T read.
State
diskState
The current state of the Disk.Possible states: 0:Online
1:Offline
Temperature diskTemperature
Temperature of this disk(in Fahrenheit unit).
8.1.3.4.4 Disk Logical drives
Give informations and status on the Disk logical drives.
These fields are in the MIB named READYNASOS-MIB.
Item
Name in the MIB
Description
Index
volumeNumber
Instance number of the volume entry.
Name
volumeName
The name of the volume.
RAID level
volumeRAIDLevel
The RAID level of the volume.
Status
volumeStatus
The severity of the volume.Possible values:
1:REDUNDANT 2:UNPROTECTED 3:DEGRADED 4:DEAD
5:INACTIVE 6:UNKNOWN
8.1.3.4.5 NAS Network interfaces
NAS network interface status.
These fields are in the MIB named IF-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.13, “Network interface” for description of the fields.
8.1.3.5 Workstation Monitoring
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
368 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.1.3.5.1 Workstation Disk Storage
Give informations and status on the disk usage.
These fields are in the MIB named HOST-RESSOURCES-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.9, “Disk Storage” for description of the fields.
8.1.3.5.2 Workstation System Memory
Give informations and status on the memory..
These fields are in the MIB named HOST-RESSOURCES-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.12, “System Memory” for description of the fields.
8.1.3.5.3 Workstation Network interfaces
Workstation network interface status.
These fields are in the MIB named IF-MIB.
Refer to Section 8.1.3.2.13, “Network interface” for description of the fields.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
369 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.2 Traffic Monitoring Functions
8.2.1 AFTN Traffic Monitoring
8.2.1.1 AFTN Queue length window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AFTN Queues → Display
or by clicking on Command Icon no. 12 (Monitor AFTN queues status).
Bar-chart representation of sizes of message queues for circuits currently handling message output.
Figure 179. AFTN Queue length window
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of message numbers per circuit. The y-axis represents message numbers.
The histogram columns, one per circuit, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying circuit numbers
below and message counts above.
No histogram column is drawn for circuits configured with channels but currently having no messages on
queue.
The basic colour of each histogram column is green, representing a moderate number of queued
messages.
The upper part of a histogram column becomes coloured red when the number of messages queued on
that circuit exceeds its Queue Alarm Threshold .
The green area represents message numbers within the 'global' threshold for the circuit (numbers
queued for all priority groups 1 - 4), and the red area message counts above.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
370 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on the face of the histogram for a chosen circuit opens
another window, the Queue information (circuits) window, where these numbers can be seen broken
down by priority group, and provides access to other information concerning this circuit.
Clicking the mouse righthand button on the histogram for a chosen circuit opens an option menu as
follows:
• Detail
• Print
• Edit
• Delete all
• Delete up to a date
• Reprocess all.
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Detail
opens the Queue information (circuits) window referred to above, also obtainable
by double-click
Print
commands printout of the elements of this Detail information
Edit
opens the AFTN Queues Identification window for queue item access
Delete all
confirmation requested, followed by purge of all circuit messages
Delete up to a date
opens the AFTN Queues Delete up to a Date window
Reprocess all
confirmation requested, followed by reprocessing of all circuit messages
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the circuit message queues display.
Circuits no longer having messages disappear from the histogram.
Other circuits may appear on the histogram.
Surges of queued messages, or sudden dequeuing, may necessitate redimensioning of the y-axis scale.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of the circuit message queues.
8.2.1.2 Queue Information (Circuits) window
Window obtained by double-clicking on one of the circuit histogram columns in the AFTN Queue length
window, or by clicking on the Detail item in an option menu opened within this window.
Message counts are shown again in histogram form, for the circuit concerned only, and broken down by
priority group (groups 1 - 4).
Channel information related to this circuit is also shown.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
371 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 180. Queue Information (Circuits) window
Fields
• Circuit NNN read-only
Associated channels ( 1st - 2nd - 3rd - 4th)
Maximum 4 channels associated with this circuit.
The following information per channel:
• Channel number read-only
• State in read-only
(OPEN, CLOSED,...).
• State out read-only
(OPEN, CLOSED,...).
• Operational read-only
(YES, NO,...).
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of message numbers per priority group of this circuit.
The y-axis represents message numbers.
The histogram columns, one per priority group, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying priority group
numbers.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
372 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The basic colour of each histogram column is green, representing a moderate number of queued
messages.
The upper part of a histogram column becomes coloured red when the number of messages queued
exceeds the Queue Alarm Threshold for that priority.
Double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on the face of the histogram for a chosen priority opens
another window, the AFTN Queues Identification window, through which to obtain access to the
individual items on that message queue.
Clicking the mouse righthand button on the histogram for a chosen priority opens an option menu as
follows:
• Edit
• Delete all
• Delete up to a date
• Reprocess all.
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Edit
opens the AFTN Queues Identification window for queue item access (same as doubleclicking described above)
Delete all
confirmation requested, followed by purge of all messages for this circuit and for this
priority only
Delete up to a opens the AFTN Queues Delete up to a date window
date
Reprocess all
confirmation requested, followed by reprocessing of all messages for this circuit and for
this priority only.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
8.2.1.3 AFTN Queues Identification Window
Window obtained in several ways:
• operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AFTN Queues → Edit
• selecting item Edit in option menu triggered in AFTN Queue Length window
• double-clicking on a histogram in Queue Information (circuits) window
• selecting item Edit in option menu triggered in Queue Information (circuits) window.
For a specified circuit number and one or more specified priority groups of that circuit, the operator requests
a summary listing of the messages queued, specifying either the oldest 50 (or some other number)
messages, or messages queued within a certain time interval on a specified date.
A Report window may be returned, indicating that no queue items were found for certain priority groups,
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
373 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
and where messages are found to be queued, the AFTN Queues Edition window is displayed, listing these.
Figure 181. AFTN queues identification window
Fields
• Circuit number read-only or modifiable
If called from AMSS → Monitoring → AFTN Queues → Edit, the operator must specify this (maximum 3
digits, must be a User circuit). Otherwise, invoked from the other sources, the circuit number is implicit
and cannot be modified here.
• Priority group read-only or modifiable
If called from AMSS → Monitoring → AFTN Queues → Edit, the operator must specify one or more
priorities by ticking the appropriate checkboxes (groups 1, 2, 3, 4).
Otherwise, invoked from the other sources, the priority groups concerned are implicit and are presented
as read-only information (the group numbers being inserted in the checkbox positions).
• Message range modifiable
Radio button pair for choice of queue items to be listed:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
374 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• 'n' oldest operator specifies listing of n oldest queued messages
• Time interval operator specifies date and time interval within date of queuing of items
• 'n' oldest modifiable
Maximum number of messages to be listed among oldest messages on queue (maximum 3 digits), if 'n'
oldest option selected (above).
Default: 50.
• Date modifiable
Date of queuing of messages (format DD MM) if Time interval option selected (above). The listing will
include only messages queued on this date.
Default: Current date.
• Time From modifiable
Start of interval (format HH MM) if Time interval option selected (above). The listing will include only
messages queued within the interval.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• Time To modifiable
End of interval (format HH MM) if Time interval option selected (above). The listing will include only
messages queued within the interval.
Default: Latest 10 minute interval.
• OK pushbutton
Request display of AFTN Queues Edition window, listing messages if present (or Report window for
priority groups having no items queued).
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.1.4 AFTN Queues Edition Window
Window obtained upon the actuation of the OK button of the AFTN Queues Identification window.
For the criteria imposed, this window lists the corresponding messages queued on the circuit, at the
priorities specified. The messages are listed, one message per line, and are each identified by date, time,
TI and internal message number. The operator can thus select a line with the mouse and open an option
menu allowing further action on that message - viewing of its text, or its log, purging or reprocessing.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
375 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 182. AFTN Queues Edition Window
Item
Circuit NNN
Type
Description
read-only
Prio
Column
Priority group number of this message
Date
Column
Date of queueing of message (DDMM)
Time
Column
Time of queueing of message (HHMM)
CI
Column
Channel identifier of message
CSN
Column
Channel sequence number of message (6 digits)
Msg nbr
Column
AERMAC internal message number (6 digits)
Cancel
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows display identifying data
for each message listed, one line per message.
One of these lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or double-clicked upon:
(More than one line may be selected with a combination of mouse and Shift or Control keys.)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
376 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• double-clicking displays the Queued Message Text window showing the message text
• with one or more lines selected (these should have a background of different colour - ensure that they
correspond to the desired message or messages), an option menu may be opened by the mouse
righthand button allowing access to the following functions:
Edit
displays the Queued Message Text window, one per message selected
Print
outputs to printer a copy of the text of each message selected
Log
opens the Log of Message window, one per message selected
Delete
requests confirmation, then deletes the message(s) selected
Reprocess
re-submits for analysis and routing the message(s) selected.
8.2.1.5 Queued Message Text Window
Window obtained by:
• double-clicking on one of the items in the message list of the AFTN Queues Edition window
• selecting the Edit item in the option menu of the AFTN Queues Edition window.
The entire text of the selected message is displayed. This text may be output to printer if desired.
Figure 183. Queued Message Text Window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
377 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields
Item
Type
Message number
NNN
read-only
Text window
read-only
Description
Print
Pushbutton
Request hardcopy on operator printer
Cancel
Pushbutton
End consultation of message text.
8.2.1.6 AFTN Queues - Delete up to a Date Window
Window obtained by:
• selecting the 'Delete up to a date' item in the option menu of the AFTN Queue Length window
• selecting the 'Delete up to a date' item in the option menu of the Queue Information (circuits) window.
The circuit number and priority group number(s) are re-displayed as a reminder, and the operator enters
the date and time limit for purge of the messages on that queue (or those queues). Queued messages that
are older than this limit are removed, and other messages remain on the queue.
Figure 184. AFTN Queues - Delete up to a Date Window
Fields
• Circuit number read-only
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
378 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Priority group read-only
One or more priority group numbers on which overflow messages are present are displayed. Purge
• Date modifiable
Date limit for removing messages (format DD MM).
Default: Current time.
• Time modifiable
Time prior to which, and in conjunction with the Date specified, messages will be removed (format HH
MM).
Default: Current time.
• OK pushbutton
Requests confirmation of the purge, then deletes the messages concerned from the queue(s).
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.1.7 AFTN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AFTN Queues → Purge/Reprocess
For a specified circuit number and one or more specified priority groups of that circuit, the operator requests
one of:
• purge of all messages on the queue(s) specified
• purge of the messages up to a specified date and time
• reprocessing of all messages on the queue(s) specified.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
379 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 185. AFTN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
Fields
• Circuit number modifiable
The circuit number concerned (maximum 3 digits). Must be in the User circuit range for a Reprocess, or
in the Operation or User ranges for a Purge.
• Priority group modifiable
Tick one or more of the checkboxes numbered 1 to 4 to select one or more priority group. Purge
• Date modifiable
Radio button trio for choice of purge:
• Delete all all messages for the circuit and priorities specified to be deleted
• Delete up to a date the messages to be deleted up to a date-time limit
• Reprocess all all messages for the circuit and priorities specified to be reprocessed.
• Date modifiable
Date limit for removing messages (format DD MM), if 'Delete up to a date' selected.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
380 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: Current time.
• Time modifiable
Time (format HH MM) prior to which, and in conjunction with the Date specified, messages will be
removed, if 'Delete up to a date' selected.
Default: Current time.
• OK pushbutton
Requests confirmation of the purge or reprocessing before executing the command specified.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.2 CIDIN Traffic Monitoring
8.2.2.1 CIDIN Queue Length Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → CIDIN Overflow → Display
Bar-chart representation of sizes of message queues pending transmission to AXs.
Figure 186. CIDIN Queue Length Window
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of message numbers per AX name. The y-axis represents message numbers.
The histogram columns, one per AX name, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying AX names below
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
381 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
and message counts above.
No histogram column is drawn for AX names configured but currently having no messages pending.
Clicking the mouse righthand button on the histogram for a chosen circuit opens an option menu as
follows:
• Edit
• Delete all
• Delete up to a date
• Reprocess all
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Edit
opens the CIDIN Queue Identification window for queue item access
Delete all
confirmation requested, followed by purge of all AX messages
Delete up to a date
opens the CIDIN queue Delete up to a date window
Reprocess all
confirmation requested, followed by reprocessing of all AX messages.
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the AX message queues display.
AXs no longer having messages disappear from the histogram.
Other AXs may appear on the histogram. Surges of queued messages, or sudden dequeuing, may
necessitate redimensioning of the y-axis scale.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of the AX message queues.
8.2.2.2 CIDIN Queue Identification Window
Window obtained in several ways:
• operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → CIDIN Queues → Edit
• selecting item Edit in option menu triggered in CIDIN Queue Length window.
The operator requests a summary listing of messages pending for a specified AX name. The number of
such messages listed is limited to the n oldest, where n = either the default of 50 or some other maximum
specified by the operator (maximum 3 digits). The list of messages if present is displayed in a CIDIN
Queues Edition window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
382 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 187. CIDIN Queue Identification Window
Fields
• AX name modifiable
If called from AMSS → Traffic → CIDIN Queues → Edit, the operator must specify this (2 - 8 letters).
Otherwise, invoked from the CIDIN Queue Length window, the AX name is implicit and cannot be
modified here.
• 'n' oldest modifiable
Maximum number of messages to be listed among oldest messages on queue (maximum 3 digits), if 'n'
oldest option selected (above).
Default: 50.
• OK pushbutton
Request display of AFTN Queues Edition window, listing messages if present (or Report window for
priority groups having no items queued).
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.2.3 CIDIN Queues Edition Window
Window obtained upon the actuation of the OK button of the CIDIN Queue Identification window.
This lists a maximum of n messages pending transmission to the AX name specified. The messages are
listed, one message per line, and are each identified by date, time, TI and internal message number. The
operator can thus select a line with the mouse and open an option menu allowing further action on that
message - viewing of its text, or its log, purging or reprocessing.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
383 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 188. CIDIN Queues Edition Window
Item
Type
Description
Prio
Column
Priority group number of this message
Date
Column
Date of queueing of message (DDMM)
Time
Column
Time of queueing of message (HHMM)
CI/CSN
Column
Transmission identifier of message
Msg nbr
Column
AERMAC internal message number (6 digits)
Cancel
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows display identifying data
for each message listed, one line per message.
One of these lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or double-clicked upon:
(More than one line may be selected with a combination of mouse and Shift or Control keys.)
• double-clicking displays the CIDIN Queued Message Text window showing the message text
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
384 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• with one or more lines selected (these should have a background of different colour - ensure that they
correspond to the desired message or messages), an option menu may be opened by the mouse
righthand button allowing access to the following functions:
Edit
displays the CIDIN Queued Message Text window, one per message selected
Print
outputs to printer a copy of the text of each message selected
Log
opens the Log of Message window, one per message selected
Delete
requests confirmation, then deletes the message(s) selected
Reprocess
re-submits for analysis and routing the message(s) selected.
8.2.2.4 CIDIN Queued Message Text Window
Window obtained by:
• double-clicking on one of the items in the message list of the CIDIN Queues Edition window
• selecting the Edit item in the option menu of the CIDIN Queues Edition window.
The entire text of the selected message is displayed. This text may be output to printer if desired.
Figure 189. CIDIN Queued Message Text Window
Fields
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
385 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Item
Type
Description
Message
number NNN
read-only
Text window
read-only
Print
Pushbutton
Request hardcopy on operator printer
Cancel
Pushbutton
End consultation of message text.
8.2.2.5 CIDIN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → CIDIN Queues → Purge/Reprocess
For a specified AX name, the operator requests one of:
• purge of all messages on the queue(s) specified
• purge of the messages up to a specified date and time
• reprocessing of all messages on the queue(s) specified.
Figure 190. CIDIN Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
Fields
• AX name modifiable
2 - 8 letter name.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
386 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Purge
• Purge type modifiable
Radio button trio for choice of purge:
• Delete all all messages for the circuit and priorities specified to be deleted
• Delete up to a date the messages to be deleted up to a date-time limit
• Reprocess all all messages for the circuit and priorities specified to be reprocessed.
• OK pushbutton
Requests confirmation of the purge or reprocessing before executing the command specified.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.3 AMHS Traffic Monitoring
8.2.3.1 AMHS Queue Length Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AMHS Queues → Display
Bar-chart representation of sizes of message queues for circuits currently handling message output.
Figure 191. AMHS Queue Length Window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
387 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of message numbers per MTA, UA P3, UA P7. The y-axis represents message numbers. The
histogram columns, one per MTA or UA, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying names below and
message counts above.
No histogram column is drawn for MTA/UA configured but currently having no messages on queue. The
basic colour of each histogram column is different according to the priority :
• Low : Green
• Normal : Light blue
• Urgent : Red
• Report : Dark blue
Double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on the face of the histogram for a chosen entity opens another
window, the AMHS Queue information window, where these numbers can be seen broken down by
priority group.
Clicking the mouse righthand button on the histogram for a chosen item opens an option menu as
follows:
• Details
• Edit
• Delete all
• Reprocess all
• Print
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Details
opens the AMHS Queue information window referred to above, also obtainable by
double-click
Edit
opens the AMHS Queues Identification window for queue item access
Delete all
confirmation requested, followed by purge of all messages
Reprocess all
confirmation requested, followed by reprocessing of all messages.
Print
commands printout of the elements of this Detail information
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the message queues display.
MTA/UAs no longer having messages disappear from the histogram.
Others may appear on the histogram.
Surges of queued messages, or sudden dequeuing, may necessitate redimensioning of the y-axis scale.
• Close pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
388 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
End consultation of the circuit message queues.
8.2.3.2 AMHS Queue Information Window
Window obtained by double-clicking on one of the histogram columns in the AMHS Queue length window,
or by clicking on the Detail item in an option menu opened within this window.
Message counts are shown again in histogram form, for the MTA/UA concerned only, and broken down by
category.
Figure 192. AMHS Queue Information Window
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of message numbers per priority group of this MTA/UA.The y-axis represents message
numbers.The histogram columns, one per priority group, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying
priority group numbers.
The basic colour of each histogram column is depending of the priority group.
Double-clicking the mouse lefthand button on the face of the histogram for a chosen priority opens
another window, the AMHS Queues Identification window, through which to obtain access to the
individual items on that message queue. Clicking the mouse righthand button on the histogram for a
chosen priority opens an option menu as follows:
• Edit
• Delete all
An option may be selected by clicking with the mouse lefthand button:
Edit
opens the AMHS Queues Identification window for queue item access (same as doubleclicking described above)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
389 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Delete all
confirmation requested, followed by purge of all messages for this MTA/UA and for this
category only
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
8.2.3.3 AMHS Queues Identification Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AMHS Queues → Edit
For a specified MTA/UA and one or more specified category groups, the operator requests a summary
listing of the messages queued.
Figure 193. AMHS Queues Identification Window
Fields
• Name MTA/UA name, modifiable
• Type modifiable
Radio button trio for choice of type:
• MTA: Default value
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
390 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• UA P7
• UA P3
• Category modifiable
The operator must specify one or more categories by ticking the appropriate checkboxes (Low, Normal,
Urgent, Report).
• Maximum Number modifiable. Empty by default.
The operator may limit the number of retrieved messages. If the field is empty, all the retrieved messages
are listed.
• OK pushbutton
Request display of AMHS Queues Edition window, listing messages if present (or Report window for
priority groups having no items queued).
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.3.4 AMHS Queue Edition Window
Window obtained in several ways:
• actuation of the OK button of the AMHS Queues Identification window.
• selecting item Edit in option menu triggered in AMHS Queue Length window
• double-clicking on a histogram in AMHS Queue Information window
• selecting item Edit in option menu triggered in AMHS Queue Information window.
For the criteria imposed, this window lists the corresponding messages queued on the MTA/UA, at the
categories specified. The messages are listed, one message per line, and are each identified by date,
MtsId and Category. The operator can thus select a line with the mouse and open an option menu allowing
further action on that message - viewing of its text, or its log, purging or reprocessing.
A Report window may be returned, indicating that no queue items were found for certain category groups,
and where messages are found to be queued, the AMHS Queues Edition window is displayed, listing these.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
391 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 194. AMHS Queue Edition Window
Item
Type
Description
Date
Column
Date of queueing of message (DDMM)
Number
Column
Message number
Category
Column
Category of the message
Mtsld
Column
Message Id
Close
Pushbutton
End consultation of list
Under the column headings mentioned in the above list, a variable number of rows display identifying data
for each message listed, one line per message.
One of these lines may be selected with one click of the the mouse lefthand button, or double-clicked upon:
(More than one line may be selected with a combination of mouse and Shift or Control keys.)
• double-clicking displays the AMHS Log of Message window
• with one or more lines selected (these should have a background of different colour - ensure that they
correspond to the desired message or messages), an option menu may be opened by the mouse
righthand button allowing access to the following functions:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
392 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Log
opens the AMHS Log of Message window, one per message selected
Edit
displays the AMHS Queued Message Text window, one per message selected
Delete
requests confirmation, then deletes the message(s) selected
Print
outputs to printer a copy of the text of each message selected
8.2.3.5 AMHS Queued Message Text Window
Window obtained by selecting the Edit item in the option menu of the AMHS Queues Edition window.
The entire text of the selected message is displayed. This text may be output to printer if desired.
Fields
Item
Text window
Type
Description
read-only
Print
Pushbutton
Request hardcopy on operator printer
Cancel
Pushbutton
End consultation of message text.
8.2.3.6 AMHS Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → AMHS Queues → Purge/Reprocess
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
393 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 195. AMHS Queues - Purge/Reprocess Window
For a specified MTA/UA and one or more specified category groups, the operator requests one of:
• purge of all messages on the queue(s) specified
• reprocessing of all messages on the queue(s) specified.
Fields
• Name MTA/UA name, modifiable
• Type modifiable
Radio button trio for choice of type:
• MTA: Default value
• UA P7
• UA P3
• Category modifiable
The operator must specify one or more categories by ticking the appropriate checkboxes (Low, Normal,
Urgent, Report).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
394 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Operation modifiable
Delete all or Reprocess all.
• OK pushbutton
Requests confirmation of the purge or reprocessing before executing the command specified.
• Cancel pushbutton
Cancel the operation.
8.2.4 Traffic Dump
8.2.4.1 AFTN Traffic Dump Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
AMSS → Monitoring → Traffic Dump → AFTN Messages
This function allows to monitor messages coming in and out of a set of selected AFTN channels.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
395 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
396 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 196. AFTN Traffic Dump Window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
397 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
398 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 197. AFTN Traffic Dump Window 2
Fields
• CHANNEL(S) IN
Channel numbers for which the incoming traffic will be monitored.
• CHANNEL(S) OUT
Channel numbers for which the outgoing traffic will be monitored.
• Open pushbutton
Open previously saved file.
• Save pushbutton
Save data into a file.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of Dump Traffic window.
•
pushbutton
Start traffic monitoring.
•
pushbutton
Stop traffic monitoring.
• Packet View
Tab displaying the monitored traffic as a list of decoded packets/messages, that can be individually
selected to display their contents.
• Data View
Tab displaying the monitored traffic in a continuous flow of raw data, in both hexadecimal and ASCII
formats.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
399 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
8.3 Storage Monitoring Functions
8.3.1 AFTN Disk Storage Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
Monitoring → Traffic Storage → AFTN Status
The window presents graphically:
• histogram of numbers of messages per date archived on disk.
Figure 198. AFTN Disk Storage Window
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of numbers of messages archived for all recent dates kept on disk up to the present date.
The y-axis represents message numbers.
The histogram columns, one per traffic day, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying dates.
The histogram columns are colour-coded differently depending on whether:
• that day's traffic has not yet been saved
• that day's traffic has been saved
• that day's traffic has been reintroduced.
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the disk storage information displayed.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of disk storage information.
8.3.2 AMHS Disk Storage Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
400 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Monitoring → Traffic Storage → AMHS Status
The window presents graphically:
• histogram of numbers of messages per date archived on disk
Figure 199. AMHS Disk Storage Window
Fields
• Number of messages window read-only
Histogram of numbers of messages archived for all recent dates kept on disk up to the present date.
The y-axis represents message numbers.
The histogram columns, one per traffic day, are arrayed along the x-axis with identifying dates.
The histogram columns are colour-coded differently depending on whether:
• that day's traffic has not yet been saved
• that day's traffic has been saved
• that day's traffic has been reintroduced.
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the disk storage information displayed.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of disk storage information.
8.3.3 Detail Storage Window
Window obtained via:
double-clicking on a day of traffic bar in Storage Status window
The window presents count and status information concerning the selected day of traffic.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
401 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 200. Detail Storage Window
Fields
• Number of incoming messages read-only
Number of messages received and analyzed by the AERMAC server.
• Number of outgoing messages read-only
Number of messages switched and transmitted by the AERMAC server.
• Commutation rate read-only
Ratio between the number of outgoing messages and incoming messages, rounded down to the nearest
unit.
• Status read-only
Status of the selected day of traffic (SAVED, NOT SAVED or REINTRODUCED).
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of detail storage information.
8.3.4 Disk Storage Window
Window obtained by operating main menu sequence:
Monitoring → Traffic Storage → Disk Occupancy
The window presents graphically:
• pie chart of the amount of hard disk space taken up by:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
402 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• AFTN queue traffic
• AMHS queue traffic
Fields
• Disk occupancy read-only
Pie chart showing percentage use of disk by traffic.
Total disk space divided into 4 areas, colour-coded:
• AFTN Traffic space taken by AFTN messages stored on disk
• AMHS Traffic space taken by AMHS messages stored on disk
• Free unused space on disk
• Other disk space not used by traffic.
• Refresh pushbutton
Update the disk storage information displayed.
• Close pushbutton
End consultation of disk storage information.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
403 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
9. Administration Functions
9.1 AFTN Options Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Administration → AFTN Options + Options
The window includes 3 pages for configuring various AERMAC system options:
• Automatic Options
• Printing of all message logs
• Printing of hourly AFTN and CIDIN statistics every hour
• Printing of daily AFTN and CIDIN statistics, once every day at specified hour
• Printing of disk occupation status of recent traffic days
• Priorities
• Re-distribution of the priorities within the groups
• Threshold
• Adjusting maximum number of CSNs repeatable.
Figure 201. AFTN Options Window (Automatic options tab)
Fields
Automatic Options tab
• Page obtained:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
404 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• as default parameters page opened on requesting the 'Configurations Options' window.
• by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Automatic Options' tab.
• Note: The third and fourth functions on this page, involving daily printout, prompt for specification of
the hour, logically proposing by default 00, or midnight. However, if possible, this should be altered
by the operator to some other time, for example 01 hour, to relieve the system of the added burden of
voluminous printout when it is busy with the numerous tasks associated with the change of date.
Automatic log
• Act/deactivate
Radio button pair to Activate or Deactivate printing of log entries for all messages received by the
system, whose switching and transmissions have terminated either correctly, or abnormally (by
expiry, purge, etc).
Logs are output to the JNL operator printer circuit. (See Printer functions.)
Default: Deactivate.
Hourly automatic statistics
• Act/deactivate
Radio button pair to Activate or Deactivate printing of AFTN and CIDIN statistics for the previous
hour, on the hour and every hour.
Statistics are output to the STA operator printer circuit. (See Printer functions.)
Refer to Section 7.3.1.5, “AFTN Hourly Statistics Report” for the content and format of statistical
information.
Default: Deactivate.
Daily automatic statistics
• Act/deactivate
Radio button pair to Activate or Deactivate printing of AFTN and CIDIN statistics for the previous day,
at the hour indicated.
Statistics are output to the STA operator printer circuit. (See Printer functions.)
Refer to Section 7.3.1.5, “AFTN Hourly Statistics Report” for the content and format of statistical
information.
Default: Deactivate.
• Printing hour
Hour (2 digits) at which message statistics for the previous day are to be printed, if activated.
If HH is specified, these will be printed at HH : 00.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
405 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Default: 00 (midnight).
Disk status
• Act/deactivate
Radio button pair to Activate or Deactivate printing of numbers of messages received, messages
transmitted for each of the traffic days currently stored in the short archive on disk.
They will be printed at the hour indicated.
Default: Deactivate.
• Printing hour
Hour (2 digits) at which the day traffic counts are to be printed, if activated.
If HH is specified, these will be printed at HH : 00 .
Default: 00 (midnight).
Figure 202. AFTN Options Window (Priorities tab)
Priorities tab
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
406 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Priorities' tab.
It is this function that permits the operator to modify the attributions of the 4 AERMAC circuit priority
groups to the different AFTN message priorities.
Refer also to User Circuit Parameters .
• SS Priority Group
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
values: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 .
Default: 1.
• SS Current Value
Priority group number currently associated with this AFTN priority.
• Priority Group
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
values: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 .
Default: 2.
• DD Current Value
Priority group number currently associated with this AFTN priority.
• FF Priority Group
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
values: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 .
Default: 3.
• FF Current Value
Priority group number currently associated with this AFTN priority.
• GG Priority Group
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
values: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 .
Default: 3.
• GG Current Value
Priority group number currently associated with this AFTN priority.
• KK Priority Group
Option menu openable by mouse lefthand button, items selectable by either mouse button, proposing
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
407 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
values: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 .
Default: 4.
• KK Current Value
Priority group number currently associated with this AFTN priority.
Figure 203. AFTN Options Window (Priorities tab)
Threshold tab
Page obtained by clicking lefthand mouse button on 'Threshold' tab.
It is this function that permits the operator to modify the maximum number of CSNs that may be
specified in a Message Repetition operation.
• Maximum number of CSNs for repetitions modifiable
3-digit input field showing maximum Channel Sequence Number range that can currently be
specified when requesting repetition of messages transmitted on a given output
Channel Identifier.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
408 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This value can be modified by the operator, but the maximum value enterable is also subject to a
maximum imposed by an AERMAC system variable (usually 100).
All tabs
• OK pushbutton
Validate any modifications specified, and transmit these to the server.
• Close pushbutton
Cancel operation, or close consultation.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
409 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
9.2 Users Configuration
9.2.1 Users List Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Administration → Users + List
This window is showing a list of users defined in the system. From here you can create a new user or edit
an existing one. Field available only for users with administrator privilegged rights.
Figure 204. Users List Window
9.2.2 User Rights (and Toolbar) Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Administration → Users + List
Set of tab windows detailing for each Supervisory PC function the nature of the rights of access of the
currently logged in user to that function.
Fields
• User name
The user name of the edited user.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
410 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Password
The password of the edited user.
• Tabbed windows
Each object listed (corresponding to a menu item) has its access rights indicated by one of 4 radio
buttons being set:
• None
• Read
• Control
• Write
• Toolbar pushbutton
This button allows to configure the toolbar. The button Toolbar from this window is visible only for user
with toolbar right.
• Tab 1
• AFTN Channels
• AFTN Circuits
• CIDIN AX
• CIDIN PVC
• CIDIN SVC
• AMHS MTA
• AMHS UA
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
411 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 205. Users Rights window
• Tab 2
• AFTN Indicators
• AFTN Filters
• AFTN/SITA
• AFTN/E-mail
• AMHS Directory
• AMHS Routes
• AMHS DL
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
412 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Tab 3
• AFTN Messages
• CIDIN Messages
• AMHS Messages
• Tab 4
• Alarms
• Commands
• Statistics
• Printers
• Tab 5
• Global Monitoring
• AFTN Queues
• AFTN Overflow
• CIDIN Queues
• AMHS Queues
• Traffic Dump
• Traffic Storage
• Tab 6
• AFTN options
• Users
• Server
• TILC
• Tab 7
• Configuration
• AFTN address book
• Toolbar Window
• This window allows to select icons for the toolbar following the selected rights in User rights window.
• All icons are organized by type like in Users rights window.
• The icons in the toolbar are ordered by drag and drop.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
413 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 206. User Rights Toolbar window
•
pushbutton
Allows to unselect all icons.
• Previous pushbutton
Allows to go back in Users rights windows.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
414 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• OK pushbutton
Save the selection.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of this window.
9.2.3 User Preferences Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence in the top menu bar:
Configuration → Preferences
Set of customization parameters applicable to the logged user.
Figure 207. User preferences window
Fields
• Channel statistics selector field edition
Selector proposing:
• Detailed
• Summary
• Default origin indicator for AFTN
Usually the operator will enter the Centre indicator.
• Beep associated with reject and MOP reception
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
415 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
YES / NO selector.
• Number of alarm beeps
2-digit maximum.
• Alarm beep
YES / NO selector.
• Beep on unacknowledged alarm
YES / NO selector.
• Refresh period (sec)
Refreshment rate for windows like traffic sizes (maximum 3 digits).
• Queues sorting type
Selector proposing:
• Increasing present data by order of increasing traffic load
• Decreasing sort on decreasing traffic load
• Circuit number sort in circuit number order.
• Number of queues per line in graphics
2-digit maximum.
• Number of days per line in graphics
2-digit maximum.
• Timer for requests (s)
When a request is sent, this timer is armed.
If the timer elapse before the receiving of the answer, the request is aborted.
Possible values are between 10 and 60 seconds. Can be modified via up and down arrows (increment of
10).
• Timer for list requests (s)
When a list edition request is sent, this timer is armed.
If the timer elapse before the receiving of the answer, the request is aborted.
Possible values are between 10 and 60 seconds. Can be modified via up and down arrows (increment of
10).
• OK pushbutton
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
416 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
End consultation of this window, any modifications being taken into account.
• Cancel pushbutton
End consultation of this window, with no modifications.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
417 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
9.3 Server Administration Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Administration → Server + Administration
This function allows to remotely proceed to following actions on server:
• get status, start and stop the AMSS application,
• save and restore AMSS configuration, and administrate configuration archives,
• save and restore AMSS traffic, and administrate traffic archives.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
418 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Figure 208. Server Administration window
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
419 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Fields
• Status pushbutton
Provides status of AMSS application on server (in the display area).
• Start pushbutton
Requests stop of AMSS application on server (request output in the display area).
• Stop pushbutton
List available configuration archives on server in a new window, from which listed archives can also be
removed.
• List pushbutton
Request AMSS configuration to be saved on server (request output in the display area).
• Save pushbutton
Request AMSS configuration to be saved on server (request output in the display area).
• Restore pushbutton
Request AMSS configuration to be restored on server, from a list of available archives displayed in a new
window (request output in the display area).
• Previous pushbutton
Browse calendar backwards
• Next pushbutton
Browse calendar forwards
• Refresh pushbutton
Refresh calendar with status of traffic archives.
•
pushbutton
Status of traffic archive for the day (green indicates archive is available on server). Right-click allows to
Save/Restore/Remove traffic archive.
• Clear pushbutton
Clear the status display of the actions done previously
• Close pushbutton
Close the window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
420 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
9.4 TILC Administration Window
Window obtained by operating menu sequence:
AMSS → Administration → TILC
This function allows to remotely proceed to following actions on the server:
• get status of the TILC application,
• get the alarm of the TILC application,
• stop and start the service managed by the TILC,
• relocate the services.
Figure 209. TILC Administration Window
Fields
• Server
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
421 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Radio button pair to choose on which server the actions are applied (Server A / Server B).
• Status pushbutton
Display TILC and service status.
• Alarm pushbutton
Display TILC last alarms.
• Start pushbutton
Start the service managed by the TILC.
• Stop pushbutton
Stop the service managed by the TILC.
• Relocate pushbutton
Stop the service on one server and restart it ont the other server.
• Clear pushbutton
Clear the status output of the last actions.
• Close pushbutton
Close the window.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
422 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
423 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Appendix A. List of AFTN-related Alarms
Table of Contents
A.1. AFTN Alarms ....................................................................................................................425
A.2. CIDIN Alarms ...................................................................................................................432
A.3. AFTN Miscellaneous Alarms ..............................................................................................436
A.4. AFTN/AMHS Gateway Alarms ...........................................................................................437
A.5. AFTN/E-MAIL Gateway Alarms ..........................................................................................447
A.6. Spy Mode Alarms .............................................................................................................448
A.7. AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion Alarms ..........................................................................450
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
424 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.1 AFTN Alarms
020 X25 GATEWAY <gateway_name>: OUT OF SERVICE
Physical access 'gateway_name' is down.
021 X25 GATEWAY <gateway_name>: IN SERVICE
Physical access 'gateway_name' is (back) in service.
030 INCOMING CALL ON <type> CHANNEL <channel_number> WITH CONNECTION_RESP=OUT
Incoming connection attempted on channel configured only for outgoing connections.
031 INC <type> CALL : UNKNOWN CALLING ADDR <calling_address>
Incoming connection attempted on channel for which this calling address is not configured.
032 INCOMING CALL ON <type> CHANNEL <channel_number> ALREADY CONNECTED
Incoming connection attempted on channel that is already connected.
033 OUTGOING CALL FAILURE ON <type> CHANNEL <channel_number>
Outgoing connection attempt on the specified channel received a Clear (disconnection) response.
034 CALL COLLISION ON <type> CHANNEL <channel_number>
The correspondant is trying to connect simultaneously and the two call packets have crossed. (Wait for
renewed connection attempt, if this fails, adjust the retry timer interval.)
050 PACKET RECEIVED WITH Q-bit SET ON CHANNEL <channel_number>
Unexpected (abnormal) setting of the Q bit on an X.25 packet, on this channel.
050 PACKET RECEIVED WITH Q-bit SET ON CHANNEL <channel_number>
Unexpected (abnormal) setting of the Q bit on an X.25 packet, on this channel.
051 X25 LISTENING DESCRIPTOR CANNOT BE CREATED
Problem of resource allocation during the handling of an X.25 channel (software problem).
100 IT CHANNEL <channel_number> OUT OF SERVICE
The indicated IT (SUP/OMT) channel is out of order.
101 IT CHANNEL <channel_number> IN SERVICE
The indicated IT (SUP/OMT) channel is (back) in service.
121 WARNING: DISK SATURATION <%used>
This alarm is not issued if messages purged due to saturation have been saved to cartridge.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
425 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
122 DAILY FILE <file_name> DELETED
Deletion of a day's traffic file.
130 CIRCUIT <circuit_number>: <nb_queued_all_prio> <nb_queued_prio_1> <nb_queued_prio_2>
<nb_queued_prio_3> <nb_queued_prio_4>
One of the queue thresholds was reached for circuit 'circuit number'. 'nb_queued_all_prio' presents total
messages queued this circuit. 'nb_queued_prio_<n>' presents number of messages per priority group.
131 WARNING TOO OLD IN 5mn : <circuit_number>
A message is about to expire in 5 minutes time on circuit 'circuit_number'.
134 CH UNRECEIVED CHANNEL(S): <list_channels>
Channels: 'list_channels' expected but did not receive Check messages.
135 ALIVE MESSAGES APPROACHING SATURATION
Total messages all system queues have exceeded limit (1800).
136 WARNING: SAVE THE CURRENT DAY'S TRAFFIC
Today's traffic should be archived to cartridge.
138 CIRCUIT <circuit_number> SATURATION: DELETED <del_first> TO <del_last>
Maximun number of items (+10) has been reached for circuit 'circuit number'. 'del_first' presents the first
DEL. 'del_last' presents the last DEL.
139 CIRCUIT <circuit_number>: DELETED FROM QUEUE OUT <del_first> TO <del_last>
deletion of items has been requested for circuit 'circuit number'. 'del_first' presents the first DEL. 'del_last'
presents the last DEL.
140 CIRCUIT <circuit_number>: TOO OLD <CI><CSN>
Message expired on circuit 'circuit_number' has been purged. It was one of the switched transmissions of
incoming message 'CI CSN'. It may be retrieved among the 'OLD' operation function messages.
141 CHANNEL <channel_number> SEM TEST
Output status of the indicated channel has changed to 'test'.
142 CHANNEL <channel_number> SEM CLOSED OR UNSERVICEABLE
Channel 'channel_number' was closed during a message transmission. This alarm is issued at the end of
the transmission.
143 CHANNEL <channel_number> SEM CLOSED
Channel 'channel_number' was closed automatically after a channel test. This alarm is issued at the end of
the test.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
426 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
144 SYSTEM SATURATION: DELETED <del_first> TO <del_last>
System saturation has been reached. messages have been purged. 'del_first' presents the first DEL.
'del_last' presents the last DEL.
145 ABORT : INC TI <CI><CSN> OUT TI <CI><CSN>
Transmission of message 'OUT TI CI CSN', one of the switches of incoming message 'INC TI CI CSN', was
aborted due to technical problems, e.g. channel disconnection.
146 <CICSN> AX <ax_name> NOT ACKNOWLEDGED
CIDIN message 'CICSN' addressed to exit centre 'ax_name' has not been acknowledged. 'CI' = NAK and
'CSN' is an internal sequence number allowing retrieval of non-acknowledged messages.
147 <CICSN> AX <ax_name> CIDIN SATURATION
Transmission of CIDIN message 'CICSN' addressed to exit centre 'ax_name' has been aborted through
lack of resources. 'CI' = NAK and 'CSN' is an internal sequence number allowing retrieval of
non-acknowledged messages.
148 <CICSN> AX <ax_name> MCF ERROR
CIDIN message 'CICSN' was received by exit centre 'ax_name' with an incorrect code format. 'CI' = NAK
and 'CSN' is an internal sequence number allowing retrieval of non-acknowledged messages.
149 <CICSN> AX <ax_name> UNKNOWN
Transmission of CIDIN message 'CICSN' addressed to exit centre 'ax_name' has been aborted as this AX
does not exist in the routing table. 'CI' = NAK and 'CSN' is an internal sequence number allowing retrieval of
non-acknowledged messages.
150 OVERFLOW SATURATION APPROACHING
Queue overflow areas are nearing saturation point.
151 OVERFLOW SATURATION: PURGE <nb_msg> MESSAGES
Queue overflow areas are saturated. 'nb_msg' messages have been purged.
152 CIRC <circuit_number> MSG <ddmm> <num> NOT REINTRODUCED OR REPROCESSED
Failure to reintroduce/reprocess an overflow message - message no longer found on disk.
153 CIRC <circuit_number> MESSAGE <ddmm> <num> NOT DELETED
Failure to delete the overflow message indicated upon operator request.
154 CIRC <circuit_number> NO MESSAGE DELETED
Failure to delete the overflow messages on the specified circuit.
155 CIDIN MSG NOT ACKNOWLEDGED NAK<CSN>-NAK<CSN>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
427 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The indicated CIDIN message has not been acknowledged.
156 NUMBER OF OVERFLOWED MESSAGES : <number>
Status of the queue overflow area.
157 CIRCUIT <circuit_number> : END OF REINTRODUCTION
Reintroduction operation on indicated circuit complete.
158 CIRCUIT <circuit_number> PRIORITY <prio> : BEGINNING OF AUTOMATIC OVERFLOW
Automatic overflow starting to operate on the specified circuit.
159 DELETION OF THE OVERFLOWED MESSAGE <ddmm> <num>
The indicated overflow message successfully deleted upon operator request.
160 TOO LONG MESSAGE CUT
Message with illegal length truncated. Text: CHECK TEXT NEW ENDING ADDED appended to truncated
part.
170 OUT OF SERVICE CHANNEL <channel_number> (s)
Channel 'channel_number' is down.
171 IN SERVICE CHANNEL <channel_number> (s)
Channel 'channel_number' is (back) in service.
172 (<connection>)NOK INIT CHANNELS: <list_channels>
Failure to establish FEP, SVC, etc connections on the indicated channels, at initialization time.
177 (<connection>)ACK INIT
Positive initialization operation for the indicated Telecom service (FEP, SVC, etc).
180 CHANNEL STATUS <channel_number> <status>
Status of channel 'channel_number' has changed to 'status' (O open, C closed, H hold, T test).
181 LAST CHANNEL OF CIRCUIT <circuit_number>
The last channel attached to circuit 'circuit_number' has been de-allocated.
182 MAIN INDICATOR DELETED <indicator> CIRCUIT <circuit_number>
'indicator', the main indicator associated with circuit 'circuit_number', has been deleted.
185 UNALLOCATED CHANNEL <channel_number>
Channel 'channel_number' has been de-allocated.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
428 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
190 MSG NOT FND <CI> + <csn list>
SVC was received referring to messages identified by 'CI' 'csn' , but the required automatic repetition of the
messages failed.
191 SEARCH SVC <CI> + <csn>: CI UNKNOWN AS OUTGOING
Requested repetition not processed as 'CI' unknown.
192 SEARCH SVC <CI> + <csn>: CI DOES NOT BELONG TO CIRCUIT <circuit_number>
Repetition requested for 'CI' which does not belong to circuit 'circuit_number'.
193 SEARCH SVC <CI> + <csn>: DAY <ddmm> NOT FOUND
Day's traffic information ddmm supposedly containing the subject message referred to by an SVC (CI-csn)
was found to be no longer on disk.
194 SEARCH SVC <CI> + <csn>: TOO OLD MESSAGE REQUESTED
Repetition requested for 'CI' messages that have expired.
195 SEARCH SVC <CI> + <csn>: INCORRECT CSN RANGE
Repetition requested to 'CI' for an illegal range of CSNs (over 10 or negative).
196 CIDIN SEARCH NOT EXECUTED
Negative response was returned by a CIDIN message search.
197 RCH SVC <CICSN>: NOT FOUND
The message referred to by the SVC message was not found.
198 RCH SVC <origin_line>: EXCESSIVE REPETITION
There have been more than 3 repetitions of the requested message in a space of 24 hours.
199 RCH SVC EXCESSIVE REPETITION <CICSN>
An SVC request is leading to repetition of more than the maximum allowed number of messages.
200 <CICSN_rec> NO BEGINNING OF MESSAGE <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received without start of message. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
201 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY MODULATION STOP <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received without end of message because modulation ceased.
Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
202 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY BEGINNING OF NEXT <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received terminated abnormally by start of new message. Expected TI:
'CICSN_aff'.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
429 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
203 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY LINE CUT <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received terminated abnormally by line interruption. Expected TI:
'CICSN_aff'.
204 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY CHANNEL DELETION <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received terminated abnormally by channel de-allocation before end of
reception. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
205 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY MESSAGE TOO LONG <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received truncated before end of reception because maximum length
exceeded. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
206 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY DISTORTION <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but distortion detected. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
207 <CICSN_rec> END OF MESSAGE BY TAPE BLOCKING <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received terminated abnormally by a stuck tape condition (reception of
series of 69 identical characters). (FEP channels only.) Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
208 <CICSN_rec> MESSAGE WITH DISTORTION <CICSN_aff>
The message referred to was received with distorted character(s).
209 <CICSN_rec> PARITY ERROR DETECTION <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but a parity error was detected. (FEP channels only.)
Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
210 <CICSN_rec> INCORRECT TI <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but CI and CSN were incorrect. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
211 <CICSN_rec> LOOP LINE <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but the CI was identical to the channel's output CI. Expected
TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
212 TEST CHANNEL <channel_number> FEP <fep_name> LINE <junction>
Test message received on channel 'channel_number', line number 'junction' of the indicated FEP.
213 <CICSN_rec> CI ERROR <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but CI was incorrect. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
214 <CICSN_rec> CSN ERROR <CICSN_aff>
Message with identifier 'CICSN_rec' received but CSN was incorrect. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
430 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
215 <CICSN_rec> UNEXPECTED CHECK ON THIS CHANNEL <CICSN_aff>
Channel not configured for receiving CH receives CH. Expected TI: 'CICSN_aff'.
216 <CICSN_rec> BARRED ROUTING
Attempt to route m essage with identifier 'CICSN_rec' towards origin circuit.
217 <CICSN_rec> MISROUTING CONDITION DETECTED
The received m essage indicated causes a misroute condition.
219 <CICSN_rec> NON AUTHORISATION TO ADDRESS A LIST
The circuit on which the specified message was received is not authorized to address a Collective (Type 1 /
2) indicator.
220 MSG <ddmm> <num_mes> UNRECOVERED ERR:<error> RETR:<switch_desc>
Error, code ('error') detected during recovery of message identified by day and month ('ddmm'), number
('num_mes') and switch descriptor number ('switch_desc'). For software problem tracking.
221 MSG <ddmm> <num_mes> UNRECOVERED ERR:<error>
Error, code ('error') detected during recovery of message identified by day and month ('ddmm') and number
('num_mes'). For software problem tracking.
222 RECOVERY ERROR: <error> DDMM=<ddmm> TS= <time_slot> MARK=<mark>
Recovery error due to failure to detect recovery mark. For software problem tracking.
223 END OF RECOVERY
End of message recovery. All live messages have been restored, and queues restored to their status prior
to the software crash.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
431 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.2 CIDIN Alarms
270 LAST PACKET: ILLEGAL CPSN AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
CIDIN protocol error detected on a received message.
271 DIFF PACKETS SAME MIN FCP=1 AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
Two or more packets belonging to same message identified by entry centre 'ae_name' and message
identification number 'MIN', contain the end of message indicator (FCP = 1).
272 ILLEGAL CPSN AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
A packet belonging to message identified by entry centre 'ae_name' and message identification number
'MIN', has sequence number greater than that containing the end of message indicator (FCP).
273 WRONG AFTN PACKET WITH AD AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
A packet belonging to message identified by entry centre 'ae_name' and message identification number
'MIN', contains an address list, but is not the first packet.
275 MCF ERROR AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
A message identified by entry centre 'ae_name' and message identification number 'MIN', has a code
format error.
276 TMNA ELAPSED AE=<ae_name> MIN=<min>
Time-out for reassembling packets of message identified by entry centre 'ae_name' and message
identification number 'MIN'.
277 SATURATION OF CIDIN TRANSPORT LAYER
Lack of resources.
278 AX <ax_name> IS NOW REACHABLE
The exit centre 'ax_name' is accessible again.
279 AX <ax_name> IS UNREACHABLE
Exit centre 'ax_name' inaccessible.
291 DOUBLE VALIDATION PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>
Permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' is already attached.
292 DOUBLE INVALIDATION PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>
Permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' is already detached.
293 PURGE QUEUE PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>
The queue of permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' has been purged.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
432 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
294 OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD ON PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>
The queue of permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' has reached alarm threshold.
295 OVERFLOW GLOBAL QUEUE THRESHOLD LEVEL 3B
The combined sizes of all PVC queues has reached alarm threshold.
296 PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num> OPERATING
Permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' is now attached.
297 OVERFLOW RESET THRESHOLD ON PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>
Permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' has received too many RESETs.
298 PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num> NOT OPERATING
Permanent virtual circuit identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num' is now detached.
299 DEFAULT 3B HEADER RECEIVED PACKET
Default 3B level header received in CIDIN packet.
300 AX <ax_name> UNKNOWN ; ROUTING IMPOSSIBLE
Exit centre identified by 'ax_name' not found in C3B layer routing table. The message with this AX is
purged.
301 PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num> PERIODICALLY TRYING VALIDATION
Error on PVC identified by 'gateway_name pvc_num', which periodically retries to attach.
302 GATEWAY <gateway_name> NOT OPERATIONAL
Gateway indicated is out of order.
303 GATEWAY <gateway_name> OPERATIONAL
Gateway indicated is (back) in service.
304 WARNING OPERATOR MSG TOO OLD IN 10 mn (AX = <ax_name>)
An operator message waiting in the queue for the AX indicated will reach expiry in 10 minutes.
305 WARNING RECEIPT OF SPURIOUS PACKET (AX = <ax_name>)
Spurious packet(s) received from the AX indicated.
306 DETECTION BARRED ROUTING ON AX = <ax_name>
Barred routing condition detected on the AX indicated.
307 LONG PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num>, <gateway_name> <pvc_num> OPERATING
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
433 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The indicated long-type PVC is in operational mode.
309 PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num> VALID
The indicated PVC is operational (validated).
310 PVC <gateway_name> <pvc_num> INVALID
The indicated PVC is not operational (invalidated).
315 ATTACH ATTEMPT ON PVC <pvc_num> NOT CONFIGURED ON GWAY <gateway_name>
Attempt to attach a PVC that has not been configured.
316 ATTACH ATTEMPT ON PVC <pvc_num> GWAY <gateway_name> ALREADY USED
Attempt to attach a PVC that has already been attached.
317 LISTEN CANNOT BE CREATED ON GWAY<gateway_name> X25 ADD <x121_address>
318 X25 GATEWAY (FOR CIDIN SVC) <gateway_name> NOT CONFIGURED
319 NO RESPONSE ON OUTGOING CALL FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
320 OUTGOING CALL ACCEPT FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
321 OUTGOING CALL CLEARED FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
322 INACHK TIMER ELAPSED FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
323 INCOMING CLEAR INDICATION FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
324 INCOMING RESET INDICATION FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
325 INCOMING INTERRUPT INDICATION FOR CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
326 INCOMING CALL REFUSED : UNKNOWN CALLING REMOTE CENTER <x121_address>
327 INCOMING CALL REFUSED : COLLISION ON CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
328 INCOMING CALL REFUSED : CIDIN SVC <svc_name> ALREADY CONNECTED
329 INCOMING CALL ACCEPT : CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
330 SVC FA THRESHOLD REACHED ON CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
331 GLOBAL SVC FA THRESHOLD REACHED
332 PURGE QUEUE CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
333 VALIDATION OF CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
334 INVALIDATION OF CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
434 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
335 PACKET RECEIVED WITH Q-bit SET ON CIDIN SVC <svc_name>
336 PACKET RECEIVED WITH Q-bit SET ON CIDIN PVC <pvc_name>
337 INCOMING INTERRUPT INDICATION FOR CIDIN PVC <pvc_name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
435 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.3 AFTN Miscellaneous Alarms
540 SS/DD REPORT
541 OVERFLOW REPORT
542 DAY TRAFFIC REPORT
560 <CI><CSN> END OF MESSAGE MISSING <CI><CSN>
561 <CI><CSN> TRANSIT : UNKNOWN ORIGIN INDICATOR
562 MESSAGE <CICSN> UNKNOWN SITA INDICATORS(S) <unknown_indicators>
563 INCOMING MESSAGE REJECTED : TI AFF <CICSN_aff>
564 SS MESSAGE RECEIVED : AFFECTED TI <CICSN_aff>
565 <CI><CSN> INVALID CHARACTER(S) IN TEXT : <action>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
436 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.4 AFTN/AMHS Gateway Alarms
600 MULTIPLE BODY PART FROM <originator>
A message incoming from AMHS has more than one body part.
Only one is allowed.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator' .
Action : Advise the sender not to include attached files with his message,
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
601 UNSUPPORTED BODY PART FROM <originator>
The text body part of a message incoming from AMHS is either absent, or not of type IA5 or of type General
Text.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator'.
Action : The sender should check that his UA sends texts composed of only ASCII (IA5) characters, or
General Text characters belonging to Registration Sets 1, 2, 6 or 100 only.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
602 INVALID CONTENT TYPE FROM <originator>
The Message (or Probe) incoming from AMHS has a Content Type which is not P2 or P22 .
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator'.
Action : Verification of sender UA configuration.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
603 INVALID X.400 ADDRESS FORM FROM <originator>
The message incoming from AMHS uses an incorrect form of O/R address (address which is not Form 1
Variant 1, i.e. the "mnemonic" form).
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
604 INVALID X.400 RECIPIENT FROM <originator>
The message incoming from AMHS contains an invalid recipient O/R address.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
605 UNKNOWN X.400 ORIGIN = <originator>
The address conversion process was unable to translate the O/R address of the Originator of the Message
(or Probe) incoming from AMHS, to an AFTN address.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator' .
This field also shows the "ref" (index) of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : Add the unknown O/R address to the Directory. (Note : the UA will receive an explanatory
Non-Delivery Report.)
606 INVALID X.400 ORIGIN = <originator>
The AFTN address obtained from the conversion of the O/R address of the Originator of the Message (or
Probe) incoming from AMHS is invalid (incorrect number of characters).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
437 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator' .
Action : Check correctness of the Directory entry for this address.
(Note : the UA will receive an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
607 TEXT TOO LARGE FROM <originator>
The size of the text body part of a Message (or that referred to in the case of a Probe) incoming from AMHS
is too great to be processed by the Gateway. The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in
'originator' .
Action : Contact the sender, to send a smaller message.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
608 CONVERSION PROHIBITED FROM <originator>
Either : A Probe incoming from AMHS has the indicator "Implicit Conversion Prohibited" set.
Or: A Message incoming from AMHS has this indicator set, and it is using a General Text character set of
type Registration Set 100.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator' .
Action : Request the sender verify the configuration of his UA.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
609 TOO MANY RECIPIENTS FROM <originator>
The number of Recipient O/R addresses present in the Message (or Probe) incoming from AMHS is too
great to be processed by the Gateway. (Currently the maximum number is set at 100.)
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator' .
Action : Contact the sender.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
610 INVALID X.400 MESSAGE
An error was detected in an attribute of an object incoming from AMHS.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
611 ERROR WHEN READING X.400 MESSAGE <details>
An error was detected during the analysis of an object incoming from AMHS.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
612 <DDMM> <NUM_MES> UNKNOWN X.400 INDICATOR <aftn_indicator>
It was not possible for the address conversion process to translate the AFTN indicator(s) shown in 'aftn
indicator' into O/R address(es).
The Message Table identifier of the AFTN message concerned, undergoing conversion to AMHS, is given
in 'DDMM NUM_MES' (date, and internal message number on that day - the message log can be retrieved
via the 'message number' criterion). 'aftn indicator' can be the Originator address or one or more addressee
indicators.
The maximum number of AFTN indicators displayable in this alarm is 3, so that if more than 3 addressees
cannot be translated, this alarm will appear multiply.
Action : Check that the addresses are correctly configured in the Directory.
613 <DDMM> <NUM_MES> CANNOT TRANSFER TO X.400 <aftn_indicators>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
438 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
It was not possible for the gateway either to translate an AFTN message to AMHS, or to transfer the
converted message out.
The addressee AFTN indicator(s) concerned are shown in 'aftn indicators'.
The Message Table identifier of the AFTN message concerned is given in 'DDMM NUM_MES' (date, and
internal message number on that day - the message log can be retrieved via the 'message number'
criterion).
The maximum number of AFTN indicators displayable in this alarm is 3, so that if more than 3 addressees
are involved, this alarm will appear multiply.
Action : Contact Software Support to examine this message.
614 SUBJECT MESSAGE NOT FOUND FOR REPORT <MTSID>
It was not possible for the gateway to found a subject AMHS message previously generated relating a
received AMHS report.
The receiced AMHS report concerned is shown in <MTSID>.
This situation may be reached for example with an asymmetric routing.
Action :Search the log of the received AMHS report using its MTSID.
615 MESSAGE (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>) NOT ON DISK (ref=<X400_archive_ref>)
An AFTN message with the Message Table identifier 'DDMM NUM_MES' (date, and internal message
number on that day) expected to be present in the daily traffic message table can no longer be found.
Circumstances in which this problem might occur :
• during the translation of an SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ... service message from AFTN, to an AMHS
non-delivery report
• while the gateway is reporting back to the AFTN component the results of the conversion of a message
to AMHS
• during the search for the subject message relating to an incoming AMHS Report.
The 'DDMM NUM_MES' is the Message Table Identifier, normally allowing a log search using 'message
number' criterion.
The 'ref=' information shows, according to the type of circumstance, the X.400 archive address of :
• the non-delivery report that has been generated from an AFTN SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ... service
message
• the AMHS message that has been generated from an AFTN message
• an incoming AMHS Report for which the subject message is being sought.
Action : Contact Software Support to examine why the AFTN message can no longer be found - in some
cases this could be due to a COLD or WARM restart of AERMAC.
618 REPORT (ref=<X400_archive_ref>) CONTAINS UNTRANSLATABLE O/R (<DDMM><NUM_MES>)
An incoming AMHS Report contains a per-recipient O/R address that cannot be converted into an AFTN
indicator.
The 'ref=' information shows the X.400 archive address of the incoming Report.
The Message Table identifier 'DDMM NUM_MES' (date, and internal message number on that day enabling the message log to be retrieved via the 'message number' criterion) indicates the subject message
referred to by the Report.
Action : Check whether the O/R address concerned was deleted from the Directory between the
transmission of the subject message and the receipt of the Report.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
439 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
619 X.400 CLOSED, REPORT TO <originator_O/R>
An object has been transferred in from AMHS, but the X.400 circuit is closed for Input.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R'.
Action : Use the A2M Network .. Circuit status function to open the X.400 circuit for input (circuit number =
maximum subscriber circuit number - 353 or 403, etc.) .
(Note : the UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
620 X.400 CLOSED IN INPUT, REPORT RECEIVED AND NOT PROCESSED
A Report has been transferred in from AMHS, but the X.400 circuit is closed for Input.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
621 CONVERSION LOSS PROHIBITED FROM <originator_O/R>
The text body part of a message incoming from AMHS has a syntactical error such as line more than 69
characters, alphabetic character error, punctuation character error, or multiple errors of these types,
implying that there will be loss of text in the conversion process.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R'.
This field also shows the "ref" (index) of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : The sender should check the syntax of his message. (Note : his UA will have received an
explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
622 EIT UNSUPPORTED FROM <originator_O/R>
Message and Probe objects include an attribute named EITs (Encoded Information Types). This alarm
warns that an object incoming from AMHS has been detected with EITs attribute indicating the presence of
a character set type that is not IA5 or General Text (Registration Sets 1, 2, 6 or 100), and therefore
contains a character set that is not supported.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
This field also shows the "ref" (index) of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : The sender should check the character set configuration parameters of his UA. (Note : the UA will
have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
623 TIME EXPIRED FROM <originator_O/R>
A message incoming from AMHS has the "Latest Delivery Time" attribute set, and in fact this time has been
surpassed.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
This field also shows the "ref" (index) of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : Possibly contact the sender, although normally his UA will have received an explanatory
Non-Delivery Report.
624 INCORRECT ATS HEADER FROM <originator_O/R>
The text body part of a message incoming from AMHS has a syntactical error in the "ATS Message
Header" part that should precede the message text itself (the ATS or Air-Traffic-Services Message Header
consists of a string specifying priority and filing time - format :
PRI: FF
FT: 312359 etc.).
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
440 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This field also shows the "ref" (index) of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : The sender should check the syntax of the ATS Message Header part of his message, and ideally
configure his UA to prefix this automatically.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
625 RN ABSENT FOR <originator_O/R> <X400_archive_ref>
A message incoming from AMHS having SS (distress) priority must obligatorily have all its P2 Recipient
entries set with the "Receipt Notification Request" (RN). This applies not only to all the P2 Primary
Recipients (TO), but also, if these are present, to all the "Copy" (CC) Recipients and "Blind Copy" (BCC)
Recipients.
The message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' also provides the index to the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : The sender of the message should be contacted and advised that in the case of SS messages he
should set recipient parameters such as Priority Urgent, Read required and possibly also Importance High,
to ensure that the RN request attribute is set for these messages. If not set, instead of receiving a normal
Read Notification acknowledging the SS message, the UA will receive an ordinary IPM (Inter Personal
message) containing the text of the SS acknowledge, and with the Subject attribute "AFTN service
information".
626 RECIPIENT UNKNOWN FROM <originator_O/R>
A message incoming from AMHS contains an unknown recipient address.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
627 ACK SS <CI CSN>, RN HAS ALREADY BEEN SENT
The normal conversion of an "ACK SS" (AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359")
into AMHS is to a P1 Message incorporating, as Content, not an IPM (Inter Personal Message) but an IPN
(Inter Personal Notification)..
Further, this IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification) - as opposed to NRN (Non-Receipt Notification)..
This RN effectively acknowledges receipt of the Subject IPM that contained the SS message.
If, however, this acknowledgment has already been handled, the arrival of a duplicate R service message
(for example, another operator wishing to confirm receipt of the SS message) does not lead to production of
another IPN, because this would not comply with X.400 protocol.
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the text of the SS acknowledge (R etc), with the
Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output, and if necessary the log of the ACK SS message can be retrieved via the CI CSN
indicated.
Action : optionally, determine why a duplicate acknowledgment was sent. This is not necessarily a serious
error.
628 ACK SS <CI CSN>, SUBJECT MSG PRIORITY WAS NOT SS
The normal conversion of an "ACK SS" (AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359")
into AMHS is to a P1 Message incorporating an IPN (Inter Personal Notification)..
This IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification), and the RN effectively acknowledges receipt of the Subject
IPM that contained the SS message.
If, however, the Subject Message referenced by the ACK SS was not an SS priority message, but some
lower priority, the service message is not converted into an IPN.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
441 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the text of the SS acknowledge (R etc), with the
Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output, and if necessary the log of the ACK SS message can be retrieved via the CI CSN
indicated.
Action :The sender of the message should be contacted and advised that only SS priority messages are
entitled to set a Read (or RN) request. Perhaps the sender forgot to select priority SS when preparing the
message.
629 SS MESSAGE FROM <originator_O/R> <X400_archive_ref> WAS NOT MARKED PRIORITY URGENT
The normal conversion of an "ACK SS" (AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359")
into AMHS is to a P1 Message incorporating an IPN (Inter Personal Notification)..
This IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification), and the RN effectively acknowledges receipt of the Subject
IPM that contained the SS message.
If, however, the Subject SS Message referenced by the ACK SS did not have its P1 Priority attribute set at
Urgent, as is demanded by the SARPs, the service message is not converted into an IPN.
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the text of the SS acknowledge (R etc), with the
Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output, with details about the subject SS message :
The subject message sender is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' also provides the index to the subject message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
Action : The sender of the message should be contacted and advised that in the case of SS messages he
should set recipient parameters such as Priority Urgent, Read required and possibly also Importance High,
to ensure that the RN request attribute is set for these messages.
630 ACK SS <CI CSN>, RNR NOT SET MSG <NUM_MES>
The normal conversion of an "ACK SS" (AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359")
into AMHS is to a P1 Message incorporating an IPN (Inter Personal Notification)..
This IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification), and the RN effectively acknowledges receipt of the Subject
IPM that contained the SS message..
An SS priority IPM incoming from AMHS must obligatorily have all its P2 Recipient entries set with the
"Receipt Notification Request" (RNR)..
This applies not only to all the P2 Primary Recipients (TO), but also, if these are present, to all the "Copy"
(CC) Recipients and "Blind Copy" (BCC) Recipients.
If this is not repected, the service message is not converted into an IPN.
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the text of the SS acknowledge (R etc), with the
Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output..
The log of the ACK SS message can be retrieved via the CI CSN indicated, and the log of the subject SS
priority message by means of a search based on the internal message number NUM_MES for the current
date.
Action : The sender of the message should be contacted and advised that in the case of SS messages he
should set recipient parameters such as Priority Urgent, Read required and possibly also Importance High,
to ensure that the RN request attribute is set for these messages.
631 ACK SS <CI CSN>, SUBJECT MSG NOT FOUND
The normal conversion of an "ACK SS" (AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359")
into AMHS is to a P1 Message incorporating an IPN (Inter Personal Notification).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
442 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification), and the RN effectively acknowledges receipt of the Subject
IPM that contained the SS message.
If, however, the Subject SS Message referenced by the ACK SS cannot be found, the service message is
not converted into an IPN.
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the text of the SS acknowledge (R etc), with the
Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output, and if necessary the log of the ACK SS message can be retrieved via the CI CSN
indicated.
Action : Check whether the AFTN subscriber who sent the SS ACK did not type in an erroneous "R
nnnnnn" text. If the SS message referenced by "R nnnnnn" really did exist, perhaps the message was
deleted or lost in a COLD or WARM restart.
632 IPN FROM <X400_archive_ref>, SUBJECT IPM NOT FOUND
Normally an IPN (Inter Personal Notification) incoming from AMHS has the role of acknowledging an SS
message previously transferred out to AMHS, and is therefore converted into an equivalent "ACK SS"
(AFTN SS acknowledgment service message - format "R 312359") for conveyance to the AFTN
component.
This alarm is issued when the Subject IPM attribute of the incoming IPN does not permit the Inter Personal
Message, that is the subject of this IPN, to be located within the Message Table, and therefore generation
of the ACK SS is not possible.
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' provides the index to a copy of the P1 Message containing the IPN stored on
the X400.IN traffic file, allowing further examination of this if required.
Action : Try to determine whether the IPN was transmitted with erroneous information, or if the subject SS
message was deleted from the short term storage (by COLD / WARM restart ?) before reception of the IPN.
633 IPN FROM <X400_archive_ref>, INCORRECT PRIO OF SUBJECT IPM
This alarm is issued when the Subject IPM (Inter Personal Message) relating to the incoming IPN (Inter
Personal Notification, or acknowledgment of Distress message) was not transmitted with SS priority.
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' provides the index to a copy of the P1 Message containing the IPN stored on
the X400.IN traffic file, allowing further examination of this if required.
Action : Locate the Subject SS message and determine why it was not transmitted with SS priority.
634 REPORT (ref=<X400_archive_ref>), SUBJECT MSG <DDMM> <NUM_MES> NOT FOUND
The Subject Message referenced by an incoming AMHS Report cannot be found.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
635 REPORT (ref=<X400_archive_ref>), ALL RECIPIENTS REDIRECTED (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>)
All Per-Recipient addresses referenced in an incoming AMHS Report were re-directed.
Note : this alarm is no longer used under the current version SARPs 3.
636 REPORT (ref=<X400_archive_ref>), RECIPIENTS REDIRECTED (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>)
In a Report incoming from AMHS, it was detected that one or more of the Actual Recipient O/R addresses
of the Subject Message (referenced by this Report) differ from the corresponding Originally Intended
Recipient O/R address. In other words, the addresses concerned were "re-directed". This alarm is issued
as a warning of this.
Action : If it is necessary to investigate further why redirections took place, the 'X.400_archive_ref' is an
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
443 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
index to a copy of the Report in the X400.IN day-traffic archive file, and 'DDMM NUM_MES' are the
coordinates for searching for the log of the Subject message concerned on the AFTN Message Table.
637 NDR (ref=<X400_archive_ref>) FOR <aftn_indicator> diag=<n> (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>)
A Report object incoming from AMHS contains one or more Per-Recipient Non-Delivery Reports (NDR).
For each of these a copy of this alarm is output showing the 'aftn_indicator' corresponding to the O/R
address of the recipient concerned, and the numeric value of the non-delivery diagnostic 'diag' explaining
why delivery failed.
Note : There is no alarm for non-delivery due to "Unknown O/R Address",because these are automatically
translated to SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ...type service messages and conveyed to AFTN.
Action : The meanings of the numeric diagnostic codes can be looked up in the AMHS message log
section of the Messages chapter of the on-line Operator Manual.
Alternatively the Reason and Diagnostic codes plus supplementary information can be examined via the
"Details" button display of the log of the Report.
A copy of the Report itself can be accessed via the 'X.400_archive_ref' index into the X400.IN day-traffic
archive file, and 'DDMM NUM_MES' are the coordinates for searching for the log of the Subject message
concerned on the AFTN Message Table.
638 UNSUPPORTED CRITICAL FUNCTION FROM <X400_archive_ref><originator_O/R>
The Message incoming from AMHS is found to contain attributes specifying requirements for Critical
Functions (types : "Semantics", "Security" or "Physical Delivery").
Critical functions are not supported by the SARPs.
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' provides the index to a copy of the message stored in X400.IN traffic file.
The sender of this message is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
Action : Contact the sender to determine why he set these attributes.
(Note : his UA will have received an explanatory Non-Delivery Report.)
639 CANNOT SEND REPORT TO <originator_O/R>
The Gateway encountered a memory problem when attempting to return a Report in response to a
Message received from AMHS.
In theory this alarm should never be seen, only if there is a software problem.
The sender of the subject message is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
Action : Contact Software Support to determine why there is a memory problem.
It may be necessary to stop and restart AERMAC.
640 IPN FROM <X400_archive_ref><originator_O/R>, DIFFERENT FROM RECEIPT NOTIF.
Normally an IPN (Inter Personal Notification) incoming from AMHS has the role of acknowledging an SS
message previously transferred out to AMHS.
In such cases the IPN is of type RN (Receipt Notification).
If however the incoming IPN is of type NRN (Non-Receipt Notification), this would mean it has been
impossible for an RN to be returned for the Subject SS Message concerned.
Alarm 640 in fact warns the operator that an NRN was received.
The sender of this IPN is indicated by the O/R address in 'originator_O/R' .
The field 'X.400_archive_ref' provides the index to a copy of the P1 Message containing the IPN stored on
the X400.IN traffic file, allowing further examination of this if required.
Action : Try to determine how the subject SS message was lost before the recipient UA could read and
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
444 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
acknowledge it. Perhaps some external action (maintenance ?) purged the message from the Message
Store before the UA issued the Fetch command.
641 DELIVERY REPORT RECEIVED (ref= <X400_archive_ref>)
A Report object incoming from AMHS contains one or more Per-Recipient Delivery Reports (DR).
This should never happen, because the SARPs specify that AMHS users request Per-Recipient
NON-Delivery reports only, not Delivery Reports.
Exceptionally the Gateway responds to an incoming Message with (non-conformant) Delivery Report
Requests by returning a Report containing DRs, but the Gateway will never itself request a DR in a
Message it transfers out to AMHS.
Therefore the Gateway should never receive a DR by return.
Action : Use the the 'X.400_archive_ref' index into the X400.IN day-traffic archive file to examine the
contents of the Report object containing the DR(s).
Alternatively, seek the AERMAC log of the Report and examine its Per-Recipient Report atributes by
means of the "Details" button.
From the log retrieve the Subject Message referenced by the Report, retrieve the log of this, pass to the
Switching pane, select the Switch Descriptor "out", and in the dropdown menu opened by mouse right,
select "Details" to display the X.400 attributeds of this subject message.
The Per-Recipient Indicators should show "Non-Delivery Report Request", and not "Delivery Report
Request", for all message recipients.
If Delivery Report Request is set, contact Software Support to determine why the Gateway has set these
incorrectly.
If Non-Delivery Report Request is set, try to determine why the local or a remote MTA has incorrectly
returned DR(s).
642 MTA <gateway_name> REACHABLE
The connection to (or "association" with) the local Gateway MTA (Message Transfer Agent, name
'gateway_name') was successful.
Action : None. The MTA is successfully connected.
643 MTA <gateway_name> NOT REACHABLE
The connection to (or "association" with) the local Gateway MTA (Message Transfer Agent, name
'gateway_name') failed.
Action : Normally repeated attempts are made automatically, to establish the association.
If the situation persists, check whether the AMHS server is running (command: apps -a amhs status).
It may be necessary to re-start it (command: apps -a amhs start).
If it cannot be started, Software Support must be contacted to investigate the AMHS server problem.
644 SVC ADS UNK <CI CSN>, SUBJECT MSG NOT FOUND
The normal conversion of an SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ... type AFTN service message into AMHS is to a P1
Report incorporating one or more Per-Recipient Non-Delivery Reports (NDRs) each corresponding to one
of the AFTN indicator addresses present in the "UNKNOWN ..." line of this service message.
The Reason - Diagnostic pair in each of these NDRs is the same : Reason = 1, Diagnostic = 0, signifying
that the address referred to in the NDR is unknown to the AFTN component.
If, however, the Subject Message referenced by this service message cannot be found, the service
message is not converted into a Report.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
445 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Instead, what is sent to the UA is an IPM containing the entire text of the SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ...
service message, with the Subject attribute "AFTN service information".
This alarm is output, and if necessary the log of the SVC ADS ... UNKNOWN ... message can be retrieved
via the CI CSN indicated.
Action : Check whether the AFTN subscriber who sent the service message formulated it correctly
(especially regarding the re-typing of the Origin Line of the subject message, this information is important
for the retrieval of the subject message).
Another possibility is that the subject message was deleted or lost in a COLD or WARM restart.
645 ACK SS <CI CSN>, TOO MANY SUBJECT MSG
646 SVC ADS UNK <CI CSN>, TOO MANY SUBJECT MSG
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
446 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.5 AFTN/E-MAIL Gateway Alarms
680 AFTN/E-MAIL GATEWAY: <gateway_message
681 AFTN INDICATOR <aftn_indicator> NOT FOUND IN THE DIRECTORY (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>)
682 FAILED DSN RECEIVED FOR ADDRESS <e-mail_address> (<DDMM> <NUM_MES>)
683 INVALID E-MAIL RECIPIENT <e-mail_address> (<CI><CSN>)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
447 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.6 Spy Mode Alarms
700 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CHANNEL <channel_number> CREATION
701 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CHANNEL <channel_number> MODIFICATION
702 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CHANNEL <channel_number> DELETION
703 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIRCUIT <circuit_number> CREATION
704 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIRCUIT <circuit_number> MODIFICATION
705 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIRCUIT <circuit_number> DELETION
706 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : AX <ax_name> CREATION
707 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : AX <ax_name> MODIFICATION
708 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : AX <ax_name> DELETION
709 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : INDICATOR <indic_name> CREATION
710 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : INDICATOR <indic_name> MODIFICATION
711 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : INDICATOR <indic_name> DELETION
712 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : SHORT PVC <pvc_num> <gw> VALIDATION
713 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : SHORT PVC <pvc_num> <gw> UNVALIDATION
716 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START DIVERSION CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
717 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP DIVERSION CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
718 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START MANUAL OVERFLOW CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
719 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP MANUAL OVERFLOW CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
720 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START AUTOMATIC OVERFLOW CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
721 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP AUTOMATIC OVERFLOW CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
722 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START REINTRODUCTION CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
723 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP REINTRODUCTION CIRCUIT <cir_num> PRIO <list>
724 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START DIVERSION INDICATOR <ind_name>
725 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP DIVERSION INDICATOR <ind_name>
726 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : START AUTOMATIC DIVERSION CIRCUIT <cir_num>
727 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : STOP AUTOMATIC DIVERSION CIRCUIT <cir_num>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
448 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
730 CIRCUIT GROUPED COMMAND INITIATED BY PC <pc_num> USER <user_name>
731 CSN GROUPED COMMAND INITIATED BY PC <pc_num> USER <user_name>
732 INDICATOR DIVERSION GROUPED COMMAND INITIATED BY PC <pc_num> USER <user>
733 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : REMOTE MTA <mta> CREATION
734 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : REMOTE MTA <mta> MODIFICATION
735 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : REMOTE MTA <mta> DELETION
736 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIDIN SVC <svc_name> CREATION
737 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIDIN SVC <svc_name> MODIFICATION
738 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : CIDIN SVC <svc_name> DELETION
739 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : PVC <pvc_name> CIDIN ASSIGNMENT
740 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : PVC <pvc_name> CIDIN DE-ASSIGNMENT
741 PC <pc_num> USER <user_name> : ENQUIRY <enquiry_status> ON AX <ax_name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
449 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A.7 AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion Alarms
950 AFTN O/R CONVERSION FAILED: <address> INVALID
951 AFTN O/R CONVERSION FAILED: <address> NO MD FOUND
952 AFTN O/R CONVERSION WARNING: <address> BACKWARDS CONVERSION DIFFERENT
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
450 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Appendix B. List of AMHS Alarms
Table of Contents
B.1. AMHS Alarms ...................................................................................................................452
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
451 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
B.1 AMHS Alarms
60003 Prot Error
Message description:
• Header: Prot Error
• P1 : protocol error number (see classification in RTS/IG) NUM=<nb>
• P2 : RTSE context number where occured local user error RTS=(<ctx>,
• P3 : state of context when aborted <st>)
Example:
Prot Error NUM=12 RTS=(42,42)
Cause:
This message notifies that a protocol error occurred.
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the originator of the protocol error and act
consequently.
60004 Provider Abort
Message description:
• Header: Provider Abort
• P1 : provider abort number (see classification in RTS/IG) NUM=<nb>
• P2 : RTSE context number where occured local user error RTS=(<ctx>,
• P3 : state of context when aborted <st>)
Example:
Provider Abort NUM=12 RTS=(42,42)
Cause:
This message notifies that a provider error occurred.
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the reason of the abort and act consequently.
60005 Remote RTS User Abort
Message description:
• Header: Remote RTS User Abort
• P1 : RTSE context number where occured local user error RTS=(<ctx>,
• P2 : state of context when aborted <st>)
Example:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
452 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Remote RTS User Abort RTS=(42,42)
Cause:
This message notifies that the remote user has aborted the connection
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the reason of the abort and act consequently.
60006 Local User Error
Message description:
• Header: Local User Error
• P1 : event number from user which caused error EVNT=<evnt>
• P2 :RTSE context number where occured local user error RTS=(<ctx>,
• P3 : state of context when aborted <st>)
Example:
Local User Error EVNT=4242 RTS=(42,42)
Cause:
This message notifies an interface error from local user.
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the reason of the abort and act consequently.
60008 Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal seci)
Message description:
• Header: Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal seci)
Example:
Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal seci)
Cause:
This message is sent when remote RTSE tries to resume an activity (APDU transfer) but the given
session connect identifier could not be matched.
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the originator of the error and act consequently.
60009 Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal aci)
Message description:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
453 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• Header: Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal aci)
Example:
Transfer Resumption Reject (illegal aci)
Cause:
This message is sent when remote RTSE tries to resume an activity (APDU transfer) but the given
session connect identifier could not be matched.
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP and lower layers traces, try to detect the originator of the error and act consequently.
60010 Time-out
Message description:
• Header: Time-out
• P1 : RTSE context number where occured local user error RTS=(<ctx>,
• P2 : state of context when aborted <st>)
Example:
Time-out RTS=(42,42)
Cause:
This message is displayed when a connection is inactive during a configurable delay (RTSE entity
parameter).
Consequence:
The corresponding connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to see if the inactivity is normal or not. If it is, increase the value of the RTSE inactivity timer.
65001 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
• Header: ALARM ! File error
• P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating <filename>
• opening <filename>
• reading on <filename>
• seeking on <filename>
• writing on <filename>
• closing <filename>
• deleting <filename>
• linking <target filename>
• replacing <target filename>
• on <filename> (unknown operation)
• P2 : present only when two files are concerned on <filename>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
454 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• P3 : diagnostic code diag = <diagnostic>
Example:
ALARM ! File error deleting <p000012> diag=2
ALARM ! File error opening <fmta.cnf> diag=42
ALARM ! File error linking <p000025> on <p000011> diag=72
Cause:
File error detected by the MTA. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
If the specified file is a message file, the processing of this particular message will be abandoned.
Otherwise the whole MTA working may be disturbed.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration if the error occurs on a
configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
Note that in case of billing or journal file error, the operator is provided with a command to switch
between one and another (see MTS SWITCH commands).
65002 ALARM ! OSIAM internal error :
Message description:
Header:ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error
P1 : error type (context or sap)
P2 : remote MTA id. (only for bad SAP in CCE entity)
Example:
ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error CTX=-1
Cause:
The first form indicates that there is no more free contexts. The second one specifies that a sap cannot
be accessed (to reach the particular MTA specified if any) because the sap number is invalid or the sap
is closed.
Consequence:
The MTS will be unable to create more context (first form) and thus will refuse to establish or to accept
more concurrent associations or connections. The MTS will be unable to transfer interactions through a
particular sap (second form).
Action to be taken:
First form: increase the entity maximum number of contexts in the OSIAM configuration. Second form:
check that the specified SAP exists and is opened. Otherwise change the invalid OSIAM configuration
or reopen the SAP.
65003 Decoding error :
Message description:
Header: Decoding error :
P1 (OPT) : ASN.1 status
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
455 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P2 (OPT) : ASN.1 index
Example:
Decoding error : Status 42 Index 42
Cause:
This message is displayed when the ASN1 decoder finds an error.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the
messages displayed before this one.
65004 Unknown Event :
Message description:
Header: Unknown Event :
P1 : OSIAM event code
Example:
Unknown Event : Code = 4242 (CCE entity)
Unknown Event : 4242 (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Cause:
This message is displayed when the entities receive an unknown event.
Consequence:
The connection on which the event is received will be aborted (if this is a connection with another MHS
entity), or a disconnect request or indication will be sent (if this is a connection with another OSIAM
entity)
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP traces, detect which is the originator of this event and act consequently.
65005 APDU descriptor error
Message description:
Header: APDU descriptor error
Example:
APDU descriptor error
Cause:
This message is displayed when TME was given for transferring an APDU whose descriptor is invalid.
Consequence:
TME generates a Close Transfer Indication (transfer abort) to the originating CCE.
Action to be taken:
Try to detect any problem related to this PDU which occurred at CCE or MDE level (e.g. a file error)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
456 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
and act consequently.
65006 Connection is aborted by the remote user
Message description:
Header: Connection is aborted by the remote user
Example:
Connection is aborted by the remote user
Cause:
This message is displayed when the remote user aborts a connection.
Consequence:
The corresponding P1 connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the RTSE or lower layers traces to track the reason why the connection has been aborted.
65007 Connection is aborted by the provider
Message description:
Header: Connection is aborted by the provider
Example:
Connection is aborted by the provider
Cause:
This message is displayed when the provider aborts a connection.
Consequence:
The corresponding P1 connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the RTSE or lower layers traces to track the reason why the connection has been aborted.
70002 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error :
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading from < <filename> >
• seeking in < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• existing < <filename> >
• invalid format < <filename> >
• searching size of < <filename> >
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
457 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• linking < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 (opt) : present only when two files are concerned
• on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code (file system specific)
• diag=<diagnostic
P4 : file type, whose possible values are
• 01: configuration file
• 02: entry file.
• 03: CMS working file (BTK).
• 04: main info bases ACP file.
• 05: secondary info bases ACP file.
• 06: main B-Tree file.
• 07: secondary B-Tree file.
• 08: message file.
• 09: result file.
• 10: update history file.
• 11: temporary file.
• 12: CMS recovery file.
• 13: IBO recovery file.
• 14: MSM recovery file.
• 15: argument file.
• Type=<file type (numeric)>
P5 (opt) : MS-User that owns the file
• Owner=<file owner>
P6 (opt) : file index
• Index=<file index>
Examples:
ALARM ! File error deleting <q000012> diag=13
ALARM ! File error opening <cnfms0> diag=2
Cause:
File error detected by the MS. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
The consequences depend on the kind of operation the MS is currently performing. They may be
restricted to this operation, but may also prevent the Message Store from performing any other
operation.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and Contact your local maintenance. You may check the concerned file. The diagnostic
code may be helpfull in problem fixing (absence of a file, permission denied, ...) Restart the MS with a
cleaned configuration if the corrupted file is a configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
70003 ALARM ! Internal error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Internal Error
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
458 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P1 : This is a MARBEN specific reference identifying the error.
(Ref= <Error Reference>)
P2 : This is a MARBEN specific reason code.
Reason code=<Error reason>
P3 (opt) : Identifies the MS-User concerned with the current operation.
User=<User id>
P4 (opt) : Identifies the current operation.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P5 (opt) : This parameter is used to convey extra information about the error.
Extra info=<Extra integral information>
P6 (opt) : This parameter is used to convey extra information about the error.
Extra info=<Extra string information>
Example:
ALARM ! Internal Error (Ref=23) Reason code=3
Cause:
Internal inconsistency has been detected in the Message Store.
Consequence:
It depends on the type of operation in progress.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS system and contact your local maintenance.
70004 ALARM ! System error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! System Error :
P1 : This is a MARBEN specific reference identifying the error.
MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=<Error Ref>)
OSIAM configuratin (Ref=<Error Ref>)
Resource allocation failure (Ref=<Error Ref>)
MS configuration (Ref=<Error Ref>)
P2 (opt) : Reason code identifying more accuratly the problem.
Reason code= <Reason code>
Example:
ALARM ! System Error : MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=23)
Cause:
An error due to a configuration problem has occurred.
Consequence:
It depends on the type of operation in progress. In most cases the service can be unavailable for at
least one user
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and check the indicated configuration.
70005 ALARM ! Operation stopped before completion :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
459 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Operation stopped before completion:
P1 : This parameter identifies the operation type.
Delete<>
AutoAction deregistration<>
AutoAction evaluation<>
Delivery<>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 : This is the correlator of the y operation that stopped.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
Example:
ALARM! Operation stopped before completion: Delete User=4 Corr=345
Cause:
An operation failed to complete because of a severe failure (e.g file error).
Consequence:
It depends on the type of the operation.
Action to be taken:
Use the entities traces to find out the problem.listitem>
70006 ALARM ! Shutdown requested by
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Shutdown requested by:listitem>
P1 : This parameter identifies the entity with which the connection has been lost.
CMS entity<>listitem>
MSM entity<>listitem>
IBO entity<>listitem>
MAD entity<>listitem>
Example:
ALARM! Shutdown requested by IBO entity.
Cause:
A connection with a given MS entity is broken.listitem>
Consequence:
If there is no more entity of the same type, the MS system will stop.listitem>
Action to be taken:
This message is quite normal when an entity is manually stopped or killed. It can be also due to a
severe failure in the concerned entity, or to an IPC problem. Try to identify the problem using MSK and
the concerned entity traces. If it is possible, use the odb history entity OSIAM command to dump the
last events exchanged between the concerned entity and MSK and contact your local
maintenance.listitem>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
460 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
70007 ALARM ! Initialization failed for
Message description:
Header: Initialization failed for
P1 : This parameter identifies the entity that failed to initialize.
IBO=<IBO id>
CMS=<CMS id>
Example:
Initialization failed for IBO=2
Cause:
CMS or IBO entity did not manage to initalize.
Consequence:
If the MS was starting, the whole MS start operation will fail.
Action to be taken:
Use the concerned entity traces to find out the problem that has prevented the concerned entity to
initialize.
70008 Operation failure :
Message description:
Header: Operation failure:
P1 : The type of this parameter gives the type of the operation that failed.
Message submission <>
Probe submission <>
List <>
...
P2 (opt) : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 (opt) : Indentifies the operation that failed.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 (opt) : This is the invoke identifier in case of an invoked operation.
(Inv=<Invoke Id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection on which the operation has been invoked.
\Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 operation invocation : Summarize User=4 Corr=456 from local
MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Retrieval error: Range error #0 User=4 Corr=456
Operation failure: Summarize User=4 Corr=456
P7 operation error: Number range error User=4 Corr=456 to local
MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Cause:
An operation invoked by an MS-User, by the MTA or by an administration command has failed because
the operation argument is not correct or because of a transient problem such as connection abort.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
461 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Anyway, this message is preceeded by a more precise one
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation. If the connection on which the
operation has been invoked is still available, the initiator of the operation will be aware of the failure
thanks to an error result (case of service) or an error message (case of command).
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type and the origin of the operation. More accurate information
can be retrieve thanks to the operation correlator from the traces of the entity that performed the
operation.
70009 Aborting operation :
Message description:
Header: Operation aborted:
P1 : This parameter gives the type of the operation that is aborted.
Message submission <>
Probe submission <>
IPM forwarding <>
...
P2 : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 : Indentifies the operation that is aborted.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 (opt) : This is the invoke identifier in case of an invoked operation.
(Inv=<Invoke Id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection on which the operation has been invoked.
\Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P3 operation invocation: Message submission User=6 Corr=875
to MTA=6 (Inv=6\Cnx=444)
Connection aborted by the provider: MTS-Forced-Access User=6 Reason code=0 (Cnx=444)
Operation aborted: Message submission User=6 Corr=875
(Inv=6\Cnx=444)
Cause:
An operation was under processing of another entity (MS-User, MTA), and the corresponding
connection has been broken.
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation, which will fail.
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type and the origin of the operation. In case of an aborted
connection, more accurate information about the reason of the abortion can be retrieve thanks to the
connection correlator from the traces of the MSK entity.
70010 P3 Error :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
462 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: P3 Error:
P1 : This parameter identifies the problem.
Unknown operation value : <operation value>
Unexpected operation response<>
Delivery control violated<>
Flow control violated<>
Unknown event : <event code>
P2 : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the problem.
MTA=<MTA Id>
P3 : This is the MS-User concerned with the P3 connection.
User=<User Id>
P4 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P3 Error: Unknown event : 2435 from MTA=0 User=4 (Cnx=68)
Cause:
a P3 error has occurred.
Consequence:
The concerned connection will be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Check your MTS provider.
70011 P7 Error :
Message description:
Header: P7 Error:
P1 : This parameter identifies the problem.
Unknown operation value:<operation value>
Flow control violated<>
Unexpected operation response<>
Unknown event: <event code>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the connection.
User=<User Id>
P3 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 Error: Unknown event: 2345 from local MS-User=4 (Cnx=45)
Cause:
A P7 error has occurred.
Consequence:
The concerned connection will be aborted.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
463 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
70012 Bind error detected
Header: Bind error detected
P1 : The type of this parameter identifies the entity that detected the error. by MS :<> by peer :<>
P2 : The type of this parameter identicates if the connection is local or remote. LOC<> RMT<>
P3 (opt) : This parameter identifies the type of the connection for which bind is refused. MTS-Access<>
MTS-Forced-Access<> MTS-Reliable-Access<> MTS-Reliable-Forced-Access<> MS-Access<>
MS-Reliable-Access<>
P4 (opt) : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the bind failure. MTA=<MTA id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the MS-User concerned with the bind failure. User=<MS-User id>
P6 (opt) : This parameter explains why the bind failed Authentication error<> Unacceptable security
context<> Unable to establish association<> Busy<> Unacceptable dialogue mode<>
P7 : This parameter gives the XROSE reason code or MS internal reason code.
• 01: no reason code.
• 02: application context name not supported.
• 03: calling AP title not recognized.
• 04: calling AP invocation id. not recognized.
• 05: calling AE qualifier not recognized.
• 06: calling AE invocation id. not recognized.
• 07: called AP title not recognized
• 08: called AP invocation id. not recognized.
• 09: called AE qualifier not recognized.
• 10: called AE invocation id. not recognized.
• 11: no resources available to establish association.
• 12: no context available to establish association.
• 13: authentication error
• 14: error while reading O/R Name file
• 15: ASN.1 decoding error
• 16: missing authentication data
• 17: improper "waiting messages" parameter
• 18: unknown MS-user
• 19: Message Store not started
• 20: improper Application Context Name
• 21: minimum required Service Element not reached
• 22: improper Presentation Address
• 23: maximum number of incoming associations reached
• 24: forbidden association type
• 25: improper initiator O/R Name value
• Reason code=<reason code>
P8 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection concerned with the bind failure. (Cnx=<connection
correlator>)
Example:
Bind attempt : MTS-Forced-Access from MTA=1 User=3 (Cnx=33)
Bind error detected by MS: MTS-Forced-Access MTA=1 User=3
Reason code=11 (Cnx=33)
Cause:
A bind error has occurred.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
464 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Consequence:
In the case of a MS inititated bind that fails when the MS gets the bind confirmation from the MTA, an
ABORT will be generated on this connection by the MS. In the other cases, a bind error interaction will
be sent.
Action to be taken:
Use the displayed reason code to find out the problem. Check the credentials (and Initiator Name in
case of a P7 bind), and the maximum number of connexions for the given user in both MS and MTA
configurations.
70013 Decoding error
Message description:
Header: Decoding Error:
P1 : This parameter gives the ASN.1 matrix line where decoding failed.
Line=<Matrix line>
P2 : This is the reason code returned by the ASN.1 decoder.
Reason=<Reason code>
Example:
Decoding error Line=12 Reason=2
Cause:
An error has occurred during the ASN1 decoding of a PDU.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the operation
failure message that will follow.
70014 Encoding error
Message description:
Header: Encoding Error:
P1 : This parameter gives the ANSN.1 matrix line where encoding failed.
Line=<Matrix line>
P2 : This is the reason code returned by the ASN.1 encoder (optional).
Reason=<Reason code>
Example:
Encoding error Line=12 Reason=2
Cause:
An error has occurred during the ASN1 encoding of a PDU.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that encoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
465 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Identify the concerned operation and MS-User thanks to the operation failure message that will follow
and contact your local maintenance.
70015 Timer expired
Message description:
Header: Timer expired:
P1 (opt) : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the connection.
MTA=<MTA Id>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the connection.
User=<User Id>
P3 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
Timer expired : MTA=1 User=4 (Cnx=77)
Cause:
The silent timer has expired on a connection.
Consequence:
The concerned connection will be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Check your MTS system or increase the value of the silent timer.
70016 Connection aborted by the user :
Message description:
Header: Connection aborted by the user:
P1 : This parameter identifies the type of the connection that is aborted.
MTS-Access<>
MTS-Forced-Access<>
MTS-Reliable-Access<>
MTS-Reliable-Forced-Access<>
MS-Access<>
MS-Reliable-Access<>
P2 (opt) : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the problem.
MTA=<MTA Id>
P3 : This is the MS-User concerned with the P3 connection.
User=<User Id>
P4 : Abort origin, which value can be :
0x00: source is ACSE service user
0x01: source is ACSE service provider
0x84: abort received on asssociation with RTSE
Reason code=<Reason code>
P5 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
466 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Connection aborted by the user: MTS Access MTA=0 User=4
Reason code=0 (Cnx=23)
Cause:
The MS has received an U-ABORT interaction on the specified connection.
Consequence:
Every operation that has been sent or received on this connection and that is not yet acknowledged will
be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the MTA, or the P7 traces to track the reason why the connection has been aborted.
70017 Connection aborted by the provider :
Message description:
Header: Connection aborted by the provider:
P1 : This parameter identifies the type of the connection that is aborted.
MTS-Access<>
MTS-Forced-Access<>
MTS-Reliable-Access<>
MTS-Reliable-Forced-Access<>
MS-Access<>
MS-Reliable-Access<>
P2 (opt) : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the problem.
MTA=<MTA Id>
P3 : This is the MS-User concerned with the P3 connection.
User=<User Id>
P4 : Reason code, which value can be :
0x01 to 0x2F : the Transport connection has been aborted as a result fo a network disconnection.
0x80 : XROSE aborted the association because it was unable to allocate the memory required to
process the primitive.
0x81: invalid Presentation address format.
0x82: user information buffer is too long for the available Session layer.
0x83: the association-responder tried to release the association.
0x87: error detected in PKT low interface of an XROSE service user.
0x88: an unrecognized event has been received during the association.
0x89: local user has sent a primitive when its credit was exhausted.
0x8F: an invalid APDU has been received and XROSE has been unable to generate a rejection.
0x91: ROSE protocol violation by remote ROSE
0xF0: protocol error of the local Transport layer reported by the peer.
0xF1: protocol error of the local Session layer reported by the peer.
0xF2: protocol error of the local Presentation layer or ACSE reported by the peer.
0xF3: permanent error reported by peer Transport layer.
0xF4: permanent error reported by peer Session layer.
0xF5: permanent error reported by peer Presentation layer or ACSE.
0xF6: transient error reported by peer Transport layer.
0xF7: transient error reported by peer Session layer.
0xF8: transient error reported by peer Presentation layer or ACSE.
0xF9: a protocol error of the peer has been locally detected by Transport layer.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
467 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
0xFA: a protocol error of the peer has been locally detected by Session layer.
0xFB: a protocol error of the peer has been locally detected by Presentaion layer or ACSE.
0xFC: no resource available in local Transport layer.
0xFD: no resource available in local Session layer.
0xFE: no resource available in local Presentation layer.
0xFF: local user error
Reason code=<Reason code>
P5 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
Connection aborted by the provider: MTS Access MTA=0 User=4
Reason code=0 (Cnx=23)
Cause:
The MS has received a P-ABORT interaction on the specified connection.
Consequence:
Every operation that has been sent or received on this connection and that is not yet acknowledged will
be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the MTA, the P7 client or lower layers traces to track the reason why the connection has
been aborted.
70018 Collision between interaction :
Message description:
Header: Collision between interactions :
P1 : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the problem. from MTA=<MTA Id>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the P3 connection. User=<User Id>
P3 : This parameter identifies the connection. (Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
Collision between interactions from MTA=1 User=4 (Cnx=77)
Cause:
The MS had requested an unbind on this connection, and an unexpected interaction is sent by the MTA
instead of the unbind confirmation.
Consequence:
The concerned connection will be aborted. The MTA will have to try to use another P3 session for these
operations.
Action to be taken:
None.
70019 P3 Change credential error :
Message description:
Header: P3 Change credentials error
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
468 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P1 : This parameter identifies the MTA concerned with the problem.
from MTA=<MTA Id>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the P3 connection.
User=<User Id>
P3 : Gives the reason why the error occurred:
1 : Strong credentials not supported
2 : XROSE argument error
3 : No target association supporting the MASE
4 : Update credential error
5 : Load error
Reason code=<Reason code>
P4 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P3 Change credentials error from MTA=0 User=4
Reason code=3 (Cnx=77)
Cause:
A P3 Change credential invocation has failed.
Consequence:
An error result will be invoked by the MS.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned credentials.
70020 P7 Change credential error :
Message description:
Header: P7 Change credentials error
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the connection.
from local MS-User=<User Id>
from remote MS-User=<User Id>
P3 : Gives the reason why the error occurred:
1: Strong credentials not supported
2: XROSE argument error
3: No target association supporting the MASE
4: Update credential error
5: Load error
Reason code=<Reason code>
P4 : This parameter identifies the connection.
(Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 Change credentials error from local MS-User=4
Reason code=1 (Cnx=45)
Cause:
A P7 change credentials invocation has failed.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
469 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Consequence:
An error result will be generated by the MS.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned credentials
70021 IBO Recovery in progress
Message description:
Header: IBO Recovery in progress
Example:
IBO Recovery in progress
Cause:
While the MS is starting, IBO is recovering operations that were not completed when the latest MS stop
occurred.
Consequence:
The concerned operations will be rolled back or committed.
Action to be taken:
None.
70022 CMS Recovery in progress
Message description:
Header: CMS Recovery in progress
Example:
CMS Recovery in progress
Cause:
While the MS is starting, CMS is recovering operations that were not completed when the latest MS
stop occurred.
Consequence:
The concerned operations will be rolled back or committed.
Action to be taken:
None.
70023 End of recovery
Message description:
Header: End of recovery
Example:
End of recovery
Cause:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
470 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
A recovery had been triggered and it has just completed..
Consequence:
The concerned operations has been rolled back or committed.
Action to be taken:
None.
70024 Unknown initial event
Message description:
Header: Unknown initial event
Example:
Unknown initial event
Cause:
An unexpected initial event has been received by the MS.
Consequence:
The concerned connection will not be established.
Action to be taken:
Check the provider or client that intiated this event.
70025 Beginning of global ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of global resources shortage state:
End of global resources shortage state:
Beginning of remote resources shortage state:
End of remote resources shortage state:
Example:
Beginning of global resourcesshortage state
Cause:
A modification in the shortage state (global or remote resources) has occurred.
Consequence:
If the shortage state begins, the further connection attempt will be accepted in the limit of the concerned
guaranteed associations number. If the shortage state ends, this restriction does not apply any more.
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, check your configuration.
70026 End of global ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of global resources shortage state:
End of global resources shortage state:
Beginning of remote resources shortage state:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
471 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
End of remote resources shortage state:
Example:
Beginning of global resourcesshortage state
Cause:
A modification in the shortage state (global or remote resources) has occurred.
Consequence:
If the shortage state begins, the further connection attempt will be accepted in the limit of the concerned
guaranteed associations number. If the shortage state ends, this restriction does not apply any more.
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, check your configuration.
70027 Beginning of remote ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of global resources shortage state:
End of global resources shortage state:
Beginning of remote resources shortage state:
End of remote resources shortage state:
Example:
Beginning of global resourcesshortage state
Cause:
A modification in the shortage state (global or remote resources) has occurred.
Consequence:
If the shortage state begins, the further connection attempt will be accepted in the limit of the concerned
guaranteed associations number. If the shortage state ends, this restriction does not apply any more.
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, check your configuration.
70028 End of remote ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of global resources shortage state:
End of global resources shortage state:
Beginning of remote resources shortage state:
End of remote resources shortage state:
Example:
Beginning of global resourcesshortage state
Cause:
A modification in the shortage state (global or remote resources) has occurred.
Consequence:
If the shortage state begins, the further connection attempt will be accepted in the limit of the concerned
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
472 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
guaranteed associations number. If the shortage state ends, this restriction does not apply any more.
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, check your configuration.
70031 Bind result :
70032 Unbind attempt :
70033 Unbind result :
70034 Bind attempt :
70038 P7 Invocation :
70039 P3 Invocation :
70040 P7 Invocation error :
70041 P3 Invocation error :
70042 P7 Invocation result :
70043 P3 Invocation result :
70115 OSIAM X.400 MS V3.3C - (c) Marben Produit - Started
Message description:
Header: OSIAM X400-88 MS V3.3 (c) Marben Produit - Started
Example:
OSIAM X400-88 MS V3.3 (c) Marben Produit - Started
Cause:
The MS is started.
Consequence:
The MS services can be used.
Action to be taken:
None.
70116 OSIAM X.400 MS V3.3C - (c) Marben Produit - Stopped
Message description:
Header: OSIAM X400-88 MS V3.3 (c) Marben Produit - Stopped
Example:
OSIAM X400-88 MS V3.3 (c) Marben Produit - Stopped
Cause:
The MS is stopped.
Consequence:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
473 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
The MS services can not be used any more.
Action to be taken:
In case of this stop has not been requested by the operator, use the previoulsy displayed messages in
order to find out the reason that compelled the MS to stop.
70124 Command rejected : currently performing
Message description:
Header: Command rejected: currently performing
P1 : This is the reason why the operation is rejected.
User deletion<>
Information base management operation<>
P2 (opt) : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
Example:
Command rejected: currently performing User deletion User=4
Cause:
The operator has invoked a BACKUP, RESTORE, DELETE or MSREGISTER operation whereas a
user deletion or a information base management operation (Backup, crunch, ...) is running.
Consequence:
The operation is rejected and the MS-User will receive a BUSY reason code.
Action to be taken:
The MS-User must retry this operation later on.
70127 Sending message copy
73001 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error :
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
P2 (opt) : present only when two files are concerned
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code (file system specific)
diag=<diagnostic>
P4 : file type, whose possible values are:
Type=<file type (numeric)>
P5 (opt) : MS-User that owns the file
Owner=<file owner>
P6 (opt) : file index
Index=<file index>
Examples:
ALARM ! File error deleting <q000012> diag=13
ALARM ! File error opening <cnfms0> diag=2
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
474 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
File error detected by the MS. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
The consequences depend on the kind of operation the MS is currently performing. They may be
restricted to this operation, but may also prevent the Message Store from performing any other
operation.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and Contact your local maintenance. You may check the concerned file. The diagnostic
code may be helpfull in problem fixing (absence of a file, permission denied, ...) Restart the MS with a
cleaned configuration if the corrupted file is a configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
73002 ALARM ! Internal error :
73003 ALARM ! System error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! System Error :
P1 : This is a MARBEN specific reference identifying the error.
MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=<Error Ref>)
OSIAM configuratin (Ref=<Error Ref>)
Resource allocation failure (Ref=<Error Ref>)
MS configuration (Ref=<Error Ref>)
P2 (opt) : Reason code identifying more accuratly the problem.
Reason code= <Reason code>
Example:
ALARM ! System Error : MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=23)
Cause:
An error due to a configuration problem has occurred.
Consequence:
It depends on the type of operation in progress. In most cases the service can be unavailable for at
least one user.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and check the indicated configuration.
73004 ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Example:
ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Cause:
The CMS, IBO or MSM entity cannot establish a connection with the MSK entity after the maximum of
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
475 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
MSK Connect Request retries has been reached.
Consequence:
The MS services can not be used any more.
Action to be taken:
Check the state of the MSK entity and the state of the SAPs, and then restart all the entities.
73006 Operation failure :
Message description:
Header: Operation failure:
P1 : The type of this parameter gives the type of the operation that failed.
Message submission <>
Probe submission <>
List <>
...
P2 (opt) : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 (opt) : Indentifies the operation that failed.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 (opt) : This is the invoke identifier in case of an invoked operation.
(Inv=<Invoke Id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection on which the operation has been invoked.
\Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 operation invocation : Summarize User=4 Corr=456 from local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Retrieval error: Range error #0 User=4 Corr=456
Operation failure: Summarize User=4 Corr=456
P7 operation error: Number range error User=4 Corr=456 to local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Cause:
An operation invoked by an MS-User, by the MTA or by an administration command has failed because
the operation argument is not correct or because of a transient problem such as connection abort.
Anyway, this message is preceeded by a more precise one
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation. If the connection on which the
operation has been invoked is still available, the initiator of the operation will be aware of the failure
thanks to an error result (case of service) or an error message (case of command).
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type and the origin of the operation. More accurate information
can be retrieve thanks to the operation correlator from the traces of the entity that performed the
operation.
74002 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
476 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading from < <filename> >
• seeking in < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• existing < <filename> >
• invalid format < <filename> >
• searching size of < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 (opt) : present only when two files are concerned
• on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code (file system specific)
• diag=<diagnostic>
P4 : file type, whose possible values are:
• 01: configuration file
• 02: entry file.
• 03: CMS working file (BTK)
• 04: main info bases ACP file.
• 05: secondary info bases ACP file.
• 06: main B-Tree file.
• 07: secondary B-Tree file.
• 08: message file.
• 09: result file.y
• 10: update history file.
• 11: temporary file.
• 12: CMS recovery file.
• 13: IBO recovery file.
• 14: MSM recovery file.
• 15: argument file.
Type=<file type (numeric)>
P5 (opt) : MS-User that owns the file
• Owner=<file owner>
P6 (opt) : file index
• Index=<file index>
Examples:
ALARM ! File error deleting <q000012> diag=13
ALARM ! File error opening <cnfms0> diag=2
Cause:
File error detected by the MS. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
The consequences depend on the kind of operation the MS is currently performing. They may be
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
477 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
restricted to this operation, but may also prevent the Message Store from performing any other
operation.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and Contact your local maintenance. You may check the concerned file. The diagnostic
code may be helpfull in problem fixing (absence of a file, permission denied, ...) Restart the MS with a
cleaned configuration if the corrupted file is a configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
74003 decoding error :
Message description:
Header: Decoding Error:
P1 : This parameter gives the ASN.1 matrix line where decoding failed
Line=<Matrix line>
P2 : This is the reason code returned by the ASN.1 decoder.
Reason=<Reason code>
Example:
Decoding error Line=12 Reason=2
Cause:
An error has occurred during the ASN1 decoding of a PDU.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the operation
failure message that will follow.
74005 ALARM ! System error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! System Error :
P1 : This is a MARBEN specific reference identifying the error.
MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=<Error Ref>)
OSIAM configuratin (Ref=<Error Ref>)
Resource allocation failure (Ref=<Error Ref>)
MS configuration (Ref=<Error Ref>)
P2 (opt) : Reason code identifying more accuratly the problem.
Reason code= <Reason code>
Example:
ALARM ! System Error : MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=23)
Cause:
An error due to a configuration problem has occurred.
Consequence:
It depends on the type of operation in progress. In most cases the service can be unavailable for at
least one user
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
478 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and check the indicated configuration.
74006 ALARM ! Internal error :
74007 ALARM ! Operation stopped before completion :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Operation stopped before completion:
P1 : This parameter identifies the operation type.
• Delete<>
• AutoAction deregistration<>
• AutoAction evaluation<>
• Delivery<>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 : This is the correlator of the y operation that stopped.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
Example:
ALARM! Operation stopped before completion: Delete User=4 Corr=345
Cause:
An operation failed to complete because of a severe failure (e.g file error).
Consequence:
It depends on the type of the operation.
Action to be taken:
Use the entities traces to find out the problem.
74008 ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Example:
ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Cause:
The CMS, IBO or MSM entity cannot establish a connection with the MSK entity after the maximum of
MSK Connect Request retries has been reached.
Consequence:
The MS services can not be used any more.
Action to be taken:
Check the state of the MSK entity and the state of the SAPs, and then restart all the entities.
74009 Pending operation cancelled :
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
479 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: Pending operation cancelled:
P1 : This parameter identifies the operation type.
• Delete<>
• AutoAction deregistration<>
• AutoAction evaluation<>
• ...<>
P2 (opt) : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 (opt) : This is the correlator of the y operation that stopped.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
Example:
Pending operation cancelled : Delete User=4 Corr=345
Cause:
The MS is stopped whereas an operation.is pending for completion.
Consequence:
A rollback mechanism will be triggered at the next MS restart if needed.
Action to be taken:
Keep the bases unchanged till the next MS restart, and recovery will be automatically performed.
74011 Manual forwarding error :
Message description:
Header: Manual forwarding error:
P1 (opt) : This parameter show the unexpected content type.
Content type=<content type>
P2 (opt) : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
Example:
Manual forwarding error : User=4 Corr=345
Cause:
The entry to be forwarded is not of a correct type.
Consequence:
The operation will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the P7 client.
74012 Unknown :
Message description:
Header: Unknown:
P1 : This parameter gives the attribute name.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
480 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Attribute=<Attribute name>
P2 : This parameter gives the value of the attribute.
Value=<Attribute value>
P2 (opt) : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
Example:
Unknown attribute User=4
Cause:
During a delivery processing, the MS has detected a non defined encoding type or body type.
Consequence:
The concerned attributes will not be created by the MS.
Action to be taken:
If this problem may appear again, register the encoding type or body type in the MS.
74013 Operation failure :
Message description:
Header: Operation failure:
P1 : The type of this parameter gives the type of the operation that failed.
• Message submission <>
• Probe submission <>
• List<>
• ...
P2 (opt) : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 (opt) : Indentifies the operation that failed.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 (opt) : This is the invoke identifier in case of an invoked operation.
(Inv=<Invoke Id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection on which the operation has been invoked.
\Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 operation invocation : Summarize User=4 Corr=456 from local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Retrieval error: Range error #0 User=4 Corr=456
Operation failure: Summarize User=4 Corr=456
P7 operation error: Number range error User=4 Corr=456 to local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Cause:
An operation invoked by an MS-User, by the MTA or by an administration command has failed because
the operation argument is not correct or because of a transient problem such as connection abort.
Anyway, this message is preceeded by a more precise one
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation. If the connection on which the
operation has been invoked is still available, the initiator of the operation will be aware of the failure
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
481 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
thanks to an error result (case of service) or an error message (case of command).
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type and the origin of the operation. More accurate information
can be retrieve thanks to the operation correlator from the traces of the entity that performed the
operation.
74015 B-tree recovery in progress:
Message description:
Header: BTRee Recovery in progress:
P1 : This parameter identifies the owner of the BTree.
User=<User Id>
P2 : This is the type of BTree that is being recovered.
Type=<BTree type>
Example:
BTree Recovery in progress User=4 Type=1
Cause:
IBO is recovering a BTree before the MS is actually started.
Consequence:
The operations that had not completed will be rolled back.
Action to be taken:
None.
74016 Retrieval error :
Message description:
Header: Retrieval error:
P1 : This parameter identifies the operation type and the error code (if any).
Attribute error #<error code>
• 0: invalid attribute type.
• 1: unavailabel attribute type.
• 2: inappropriate matching.
• 3: attribute type not subscribed.
• 4: inappropriate for operation.
Auto-action request error #<error code>
• 0: unavailable Auto-action type.
• 1: auto-Action type not subcribed.
Delete error #<error code>
• 0: child entry specified.
• 1: delete restriction problem.
Fetch restriction error #<error code>
• 1: content type problem.
• 2: EITs problem.
• 3: content length problem.
Range error #<error code>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
482 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• 0: reversed.
Sequence number error #<error code>
• 0: no such entry
Service error #<error code>
• 0: busy.
• 1: unavailable.
• 2: unwilling to perform.
Entry already exists<>
Inexistent Registration Id<>
P2 : This is the MS-User concerned with the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 : This is the correlator of the operation that stopped.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 : This optional parameter gives extra information about the problem.
• Sequence Number=<Sequence number>
• Content type=<Content type>
• Content length=<Content length>
Example:
P7 operation invocation: Summarize User=4 Corr=456 from local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Retrieval error: Range error #0 User=4 Corr=456
Operation failure: Summarize User=4 Corr=456
P7 operation error: Number range error User=4 Corr=456 to local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Cause:
An MS-User service request or an operator command is not licit.
Consequence:
The current operation will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the P7 client.
74017 Operation abandonned :
Message description:
Header: Operation abandonned:
P1 : The type of this parameter gives the type of the operation that is abandonned.
• Alert <>
• NRN generation <>
• IPM forwarding <>
• ...
P2 : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 : Identifies the operation that is aborted.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
Example:
P3 operation invocation: Message delivery User=6 Corr=952 from MTA=1 (Inv=6\Cnx=172)
P3 operation result: Message delivery User=6 Corr=952 to MTA=1 (Inv=6\Cnx=172)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
483 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
AutoAction activated: Alert User=6 Corr=952 Registration Id=4 Sequence number=6789
P7 operation invocation : Alert User=6 Corr=952 to remote MS-User=6 (Inv=9\Cnx=452)
Connection aborted by the provider: MS-Access User=6 Reason code=0 (Cnx=452)
Operation aborted : Alert User=6 Corr=952 (Inv=9\Cnx=452)
Operation abandonned: Alert User=6 Corr=952
Cause:
A MS initiated operation (autoforward, autoalert, NRN generation) could not be performed.
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation, which will be abandonned.
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type of the operation and of the reason why the operation has
failed. In case of an aborted connection, more accurate information about the reason of the abortion
can be retrieve thanks to the connection correlator from the traces of the MSK entity.
74036 Forward Loop Detected
Message description:
Header: Forward loop detected:
P1 : This parameter identifies the MS-User that requested an AutoForward.
User=<User Id>
P2 : This is the correlator of the delivery operation that triggered the Autoforward.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P3 : This parameter identifies the AutoAction registration that created the loop.
Registration Id=<Registration Identifier>
P4 : This parameter identifies the entry that should be forwarded.
Sequence Number=<Entry sequence number>
Example:
P7 operation invocation: Message delivery User=4 Corr=456 from MTA=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
P7 operation result: Message delivery User=4 Corr=456 to MTA=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
AutoAction activated: Forward User=4 Corr=456
Registration Id=23 Sequence number=45567
Forward loop detected User=4 Corr=456 Registration Id=34 Sequence Number=23
Operation abandonned: Forward User=4 Corr=456
Cause:
A forwarding loop has been detected when attempting to forward a delivered message.
Consequence:
The autoforwarding is aborted, and the delivered message is kept even if the autoaction parameter
requested a deletion after forwarding.
Action to be taken:
Ask the concerned MS-User to check his autoactions registrations.
75001 ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error
:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
484 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error
P1 : error type (context or sap)
• CTX=-1
• SAP=<sap-number>
• (Sap=<sap number>)
P2 : remote MTA id. (only for bad SAP in CCE entity)
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error CTX=-1
Cause:
The first form indicates that there is no more free contexts. The second one specifies that a sap cannot
be accessed (to reach the particular MTA specified if any) because the sap number is invalid or the sap
is closed.
Consequence:
The MTS will be unable to create more context (first form) and thus will refuse to establish or to accept
more concurrent associations or connections. The MTS will be unable to transfer interactions through a
particular sap (second form).
Action to be taken:
First form: increase the entity maximum number of contexts in the OSIAM configuration. Second form:
check that the specified SAP exists and is opened. Otherwise change the invalid OSIAM configuration
or reopen the SAP.
75002 ALARM ! Message descriptor Error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Message descriptor error :
P1 : identifier of the wrong message
message <<message-identifier>> or MPDU ID <<message-identifier>>
P2 : length of the whole message
Length = <message-length>
P3 : list containing the message (no value)
• urgent message to
• normal message to
• non urgent message to
• report to
• incoming APDU queue
• D Name expansion list
• D List expansion list
• non deferred submit list
• deferred submit list
• security check list
• conversion listP4 : destination (only if outgoing list)
• MTA=<mta-id>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
485 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• MTA <mta-id-string>
• LUAG=<ua-id> or UA=<ua-id>
• LUAG Name=<ua-id> or UA Name : <ua-id>
P5,P7 : first and second (if any) file names file <filename>
P6,P8 : first and second (if any) file length Length = <file-length>
Examples :
ALARM ! Message descriptor error : message <\FR\ATLAS\\15\04\91> Length = 273 incoming APDU
queue file p000004 length = 250
Cause:
Invalid message descriptor detected by the MTS.
Consequence:
The MTS will abandon this message processing.
Action to be taken:
Check the message descriptor file and the specified message files. change the invalid OSIAM
configuration or reopen the SAP.
75003 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error or File error
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading on < <filename> >
• seeking on < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• replacing < <target filename> >
on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 : present only when two files are concernedy
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code
diag = <diagnostic>
Example:
ALARM ! File error deleting <p000012> diag=2
ALARM ! File error opening <fmta.cnf> diag=42
ALARM ! File error linking <p000025> on <p000011> diag=72
Cause:
File error detected by the MTA. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
486 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
If the specified file is a message file, the processing of this particular message will be abandoned.
Otherwise the whole MTA working may be disturbed.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration if the error occurs on a
configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
Note that in case of billing or journal file error, the operator is provided with a command to switch
between one and another (see MTS SWITCH commands). change the invalid OSIAM configuration or
reopen the SAP.
75004 ALARM ! Database Error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Database error :
P1 : filename
on < <filename> >
Example:
ALARM ! Database error : on <confmta22.cnf>
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on MTAs, UAs or message descriptors file.
Consequence:
The MTS is unable to work on one of the three files specified above.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
75004 ALARM ! Database Error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Database error :
P1 : operation (type) and file name (value)
• creating <file-name>
• replacing <file-name>
• deleting <file-name>
• reading on <file-name>
• writing on <file-name>
P2 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P3 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P4 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P5 : identifier of the original MPDU.
MPDU Id <<message_identifier>>
P6 : length of the whole message
Length = <message-length>
P7 : list containing the message (no value)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
487 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• message to
• urgent message to
• normal message to
• non urgent message to
• report to
• incoming APDU queue
• D Name expansion list
• D List expansion list
• non deferred submit list
• deferred submit list
• security check list
• conversion list
P7 : destination (only if outgoing list)
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA name <mta-id-string>
• LUAG=<ua-id> or UA=<ua-id>
• LUAG name <ua-id-string> or UA name <ua-string-id>
• Distribution List=<DL-id>
P8,P9 : first and second (if any) file names
file <filename>
P10,P11: first and second (if any) file length
Length = <file-length>
Example:
ALARM
!
Database
error
creating
<m_mess>
MsgId=(76/74/72)
MPDU
Id
<\FR\ATLAS\MARBEN\20\12\98> Length = 750 incoming APDU queue file p000003 Length = 250 file
p000004 Length = 500
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on the message descriptors file when trying to create, to replace
or to delete a message descriptor.
Consequence:
The MTS will abandon this message processing.
Action to be taken:
Check the message descriptor file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
75005 ALARM ! Possible PDU duplication from
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Possible duplication from
P1 : Identifier of the originator MTA
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! Possible duplication from MTA=1
Cause:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
488 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This message may be sent after a problem to indicate that a received MPDU may be duplicated (this is
possible when the association is aborted by the network in the critical phase).
Consequence:
A received MPDU may be duplicated.
Action to be taken:
Check that the message is not duplicated, by examining messages queues and/or billing or logging
files. If actually duplicated, ignore it.
75006 ALARM ! Possible PDU duplication to
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Possible duplication to
P1 : Identifier of the destination MTA
MTA <mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : Identifier of the MPDU that may be duplicated
MPDU Id : < <mpdu-identifier> >
Example:
ALARM ! Possible duplication to MTA 2 MPDU Id : <\FR\ATLAS\MARBEN\10\04\91>
Cause:
This message may be sent after a problem to indicate that a sent MPDU may be duplicated (this is
possible when the association is aborted by the network in the critical phase).
Consequence:
A sent MPDU may be duplicated.
Action to be taken:
Warn the destination MTA administrator. He then can check that the MPDU Id is actually duplicated (by
showing message queues), and ignore it.
75007 ALARM ! AUTHENTICATION FAILURE !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! AUTHENTICATION FAILURE !
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : authentication failure context (when significant)
• Code=1 (connect request password generation)
• Code=2 (connect indication password checking)
• Code=3 (connect response password generation)
• Code=4 (connect confirm password checking)
• Code=5 (user data decoding)
P3 : private diagnostic generated by authentication module
• Diag=<diagnostic-code>
Example:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
489 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
ALARM ! AUTHENTICATION FAILURE ! MTA=5 Code=4 Diag=2
Cause:
The authentication of a remote MTA fails.
Consequence:
The local MTA will refuse to establish association with the specified adjacent MTA: this MTA will be put
in the "unreachable" state. All the messages routed for this MTA are kept in the corresponding queue
(not rerouted). This new MTA state does not change the routing processing (new messages may be
routed to this MTA).
Action to be taken:
Contact the remote MTA administrator to update exchanged passwords so that they match. Then
reopen the remote MTA using A2M (MTS SET MTA OPEN).
75008 ALARM ! UNACCEPTABLE DIALOGUE MODE !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! UNACCEPTABLE DIALOGUE MODE !
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! UNACCEPTABLE DIALOGUE MODE ! MTA=0
Cause:
The local MTA receives a refuse connection with reason code equal to "UnacceptableDialogueMode".
Consequence:
The local MTA will refuse to establish association with the specified adjacent MTA: this MTA will be put
in the "unreachable" state. All the messages routed for this MTA are kept in the corresponding queue
(not rerouted). This new MTA state does not change the routing processing (new messages may be
routed to this MTA).
Action to be taken:
For the specified MTA change the association parameters using A2M (MTS MODIFY MTA
ASSOCIATION) so that the local MTA will not try to open an association with a dialogue mode
unaccepted by the remote MTA. Then reopen the remote MTA and establish again the association.
75009 ALARM ! The turn must be kept by the initiator
75010 ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to PENDING state
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to PENDING state
P1 : Identifier of the unreacheable remote MTA
• MTA=<id>
• MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
or
Identifier of the unreacheable remote UA
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
490 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• UA=<id>
• UA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to PENDING state MTA=2
Cause:
The maximum number of association establishment retries (tuned by A2M (MTS SET ASSOCIATION
RETRY command)) is reached with an adjacent MTA or a UA (with which no other associations are
established) without success.
Consequence:
The adjacent MTA (or the UA) is set to PENDING state. All the messages in the queue of this MTA (or
UA) will be discarded when lifetime expires and no more messages will be routed to it while its state is
pending.
Action to be taken:
MTA: Fix the problem that prevents association establishment with the remote MTA, then reopen it
using A2M (MTS SET MTA OPEN).
UA: Fix the problem that prevents association establishment with the remote UA , then reopen it using
operator command (MTS SET LUAG OPEN).
75011 ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to CLOSED state
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to CLOSED state
P1 : Identifier of the unreacheable remote MTA
• MTA=<id>
• MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
or
Identifier of the unreacheable UA
• UA=<id>
• UA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! Max nb of retries reached; Setting to PENDING state MTA=92
Cause:
Normal mode : The maximum number of association establishment retries (tuned by A2M (MTS SET
ASSOCIATION RETRY command)) is reached with an adjacent MTA or an UA (with which no other
associations are established) without success.
Pending mode : There are no more messages for a pending partner (see below)
Consequence:
The adjacent MTA (or the UA) is then closed by the local MTA. All the messages in the queue of this
MTA (or UA) will be rerouted (or purged) and no more messages will be routed to it while its state is
closed.
Action to be taken :
Normal mode : Fix the problem that prevents association establishment with the remote MTA or the UA,
then reopen it using A2M for MTA (MTS SET MTA OPEN) or operator command for UA (MTS SET
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
491 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
LUAG OPEN).
Pending mode : No specific action (see below alarm in pending mode)
75012 ALARM ! Reopening :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Reopening :
P1 : Identifier of the reopened adjacent MTA
• MTA=<id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! Reopening : MTA=2
Cause:
The CCE entity receives a bind request from an adjacent MTA which was previously in CLOSE state
(the adjacent MTA has to be in auto-open mode).
Consequence:
The adjacent MTA is set to OPEN state.
Action to be taken:
None.
75013 ALARM ! Dropping queued REJECTs and/or ERRORs for
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Dropping queued REJECTs and/or ERRORs for
P1 : UA or Gateway id
• UA=<UA id> or Gateway=<Gateway id>
• UA=<UA string id> or Gateway=<Gateway string id>
Example:
ALARM ! Dropping queued REJECTs and/or ERRORs for UA=30
Cause:
An UA or a Gateway closes a connection with the MTA while there are enqueued XROSE rejects
and/or errors operations for this UA or Gateway.
Consequence:
The XROSE rejects and/or errors operations will be dropped.
Action to be taken:
None
75014 ALARM ! Delivery report dropped.
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Delivery report dropped
P1 : length of the whole message
Length = <message-length>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
492 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P2 : list containing the message (no value)
report to
P3 : destination (only if outgoing list)
• UA=<UA id> or Gateway=<Gateway id>
• UA=<UA string id> or Gateway=<Gateway string id>
P4,P6 : first and second (if any) file names
file <filename>
P5,P7 : first and second (if any) file length
Length = <file-length>
Example:
ALARM ! Delivery report dropped Length=1234 report to UA=42 file p00000000000001 Length=1234
Cause:
A management command (such as MTS SET LUAG CLOSE, MTS DECREASE CONGESTION, MTS
BACKUP RESTORE) causes a report to be discarded.
Consequence:
The delivery or non-delivery report is discarded by the local MTA.
Action to be taken:
None.
75015 ALARM ! MDE service not available.
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! MDE service not available.
Example:
ALARM ! MDE service not available.
Cause:
The CCE entity cannot communicate with the MDE entity.
Consequence:
The CCE entity cannot submit the current message to the MDE entity, and the connection with the
MTS-user is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Check that the MDE entity is started. Restart the AMHS
75016 Unknown Event :
Message description:
Header: Unknown Event :
P1 : OSIAM event code
Code = event-code (CCE entity)
event-code (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Example:
Unknown Event : Code = 4242 (CCE entity)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
493 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Unknown Event : 4242 (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Cause:
This message is displayed when the entities receive an unknown event.
Consequence:
The connection on which the event is received will be aborted (if this is a connection with another MHS
entity), or a disconnect request or indication will be sent (if this is a connection with another OSIAM
entity)
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP traces, detect which is the originator of this event and act consequently.
75017 Protocol error
Message description:
Header: Protocol error
P1 : Partner identifier
MTA =<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Protocol error MTA=42
Cause:
This message is displayed when a protocol error occurs.
Consequence:
The connection with the partner MTA will be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Try to fix the problem with the remote MTA administrator.
75018 Provider Error :
Message description:
Header: Provider Error :
P1 : MTA congestion state
MTA state=congestion-state
Example:
Provider Error : MTA state=CONGESTED
Cause:
This message is displayed when the local MTA current congestion state does not permit the normal
processing (submission or transfer in).
Consequence:
The submission or transfer-in is rejected, with resources limitation reason code.
Action to be taken:
See BMR-MDE-congestion-prevention description
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
494 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
75019 Discarding after expiry date reached
Message description:
Header: Discarding after expiry date reached
P1 : current message identifier
MsgID=(<id>
P2 : previous message identifier
/<id>
P3 : original message identifier
/<id>)
P4 : list
urgent message to
normal message to
non urgent message to
report to
P5 : Partner identifier
MTA =<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
or
UA =<ua-id>
UA Name : <ua-id-string>
Example:
Discarding after expiry date reached MsgID=(44/43/42) urgent message to UA=42
Cause:
This message is displayed for each MPDU discarded because expiry date has been reached.
Consequence:
If the PDU is a report, it will be dropped, else a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery
reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and non delivery diagnostic code set to
maximum-time-expired (5).
Action to be taken:
THALES can increase the messages default lifetime if required (MTS SET LIFETIME command).
75020 Caller ORname :
Message description:
Header: Caller ORname
P1 : if any, country name of the caller name.
CTR = <country-name>
P2 : if any, ADMD name of the caller name.
ADM = <admd-name>
P3 : if any, X121 address of the caller name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P4 : if any, terminal id. of the caller name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P5 : if any, PRMD name of the caller name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
495 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P6 : if any, organisation of the caller name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P7 : if any, unique UA id. of the caller name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P8 to P11 : if any, organisational units of the caller name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P12 : if any, surname of the caller name.
SNM = <surname>
P13 : if any, given name of the caller name.
GNM = <given-name>
P14 : if any, initials of the caller name.
INM = <initials>
P15 : if any, generation qualif. of the caller name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P16 to P23 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P24 : if any, common name of the caller name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P25 : if any, physical delivery system name of the caller name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P26 : if any, physical delivery country name of the caller name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P27 : if any, postal code of the caller name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P28 : if any, terminal type of the caller name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P29 : if any, directory name of the caller name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
Example:
Caller ORname : CTR = FR ADM = ATLAS PRM = FRANKLIN CNAME = ANL
Cause:
CCE displays the O/R name of the caller with this message after displaying a BMR- CCE-Bind-refused
message.
Consequence:
The connection is refused.
Action to be taken:
See CCE-Bind-refused message.
75021 Refuse Response issued
Message description:
Header: Refuse Response issued
P1 (OPT) : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
496 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P2 : reason code, which can be
• 0 : busy,
• 2 : validation failure,
• 3 : unacceptable dialogue mode,
• 4 : unacceptable security context
Reason code=code
Example:
Refuse Response issued MTA=42 Reason code=2
Cause:
This message is displayed when the local MTA refuses a connection establishment (this message is
displayed after the BMR-CCE-connection-refused message).
Consequence:
The connection is refused with the corresponding reason code.
Action to be taken:
See upper BMR-CCE-connection-refused message.
75022 Unable to identify the remote MTA
Message description:
Header: Unable to identify the remote MTA
Example:
Unable to identify the remote MTA
Cause:
When receiving an incoming call, the local MTA tries to identify the calling MTA, using its address
or/and its name. If this validation fails, this message warns the operator.
Consequence:
The connection is refused.
Action to be taken:
There may be inconsistency between the validation type (set by an entity parameter of CCE) and the
type of partner (e.g. a Gateway can not be identified by the address), or the data provided in the
Connect Request. The remote MTA may be unknown from the local MTA. In this case, at administrator
convenience, add the description of this MTA in the local MTA database.
75023 Bind refused
Message description:
Header: Bind refused
P1 : Reason
• (association shortage)
• (Osiam context shortage)
• (cannot load UA memory block)
• (cannot load MTA memory block)
• (Inhibition flag set)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
497 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• (Mta closed or unreachable)
• (UA closed)
• (max nb of incoming con. reached)
• (caller ORname not found)
• : MDE service is not available
• (decoding error)
• (authentication error)
• (application context name not supported)
• (bad credential)
• (invalid password)
• (Initiator is not MTA)
• (caller is not a UA)
P2 (OPT) : Partner identifier
• CallerId=<ua-id>
or
• UA =<ua-id>
• UA Name : <ua-id-string>
or
• Gateway =<Gateway-id>
• Gateway Name : <Gateway-id-string>
Example:
Bind refused (max nb of incoming con. reached) UA=892
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE refuses a bind request or indication from an UA or a Gateway,
because of the provided reason.
Consequence:
The connection is refused.
Action to be taken:
If there is a problem of resources (association shortage, OSIAM context shortage, cannot load UA/MTA
memory block), try to fix the problem with the concerned resource.
If this is an administrative problem (Inhibition flag set, MDE service not available, MTA/UA closed or
unreachable, max nb of incoming connections reached, caller ORname not found), fix it using
administrative command. If this is an error from the partner (decoding error, authentication error,
application context name not supported, bad credentials, invalid password, initiator is not MTA, caller is
not a UA), try to fix the problem with the administrator of the Gateway or the UA
75024 Warning! Mta closed or unreachable
Message description:
Header: Warning! MTA closed or unreachable
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
Warning! MTA closed or unreachable MTA=42
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
498 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
This message is displayed when a connect indication is received from an adjacent MTA which is in
closed or unreachable state (unless the adjacent MTA is in auto- open mode, that is configured so that
the local MTA accepts connect indications from this adjacent MTA whatever its state, else if it was
closed by administrative command).
Consequence:
The connection is refused.
Action to be taken:
Try to see why the adjacent MTA is not in OPEN state. If required, active with A2M the auto-open mode
for this MTA (using the command MTS INSERT ASSOCIATION).
75025 Connection refused
Message description:
Header: Connection refused
P1 : Reason
• (association shortage)
• (max nb of incoming TWA con. reached)
• (max nb of incoming mono. reached)
• (Osiam context shortage)
• (cannot load MTA memory block)
• (Inhibition flag set)
• : MDE service is not available
• (Mta closed or unreachable)
• (decoding error)
• (application context name not supported)
• (bad credentials)
P2 (OPT) : Partner identifier
• MTA =<mta-id>
• MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Connection refused (Inhibition flag set)
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE refuses a connect request from an adjacent MTA.
Consequence:
The connection is refused.
Action to be taken:
If there is a problem of resources (association shortage, OSIAM context shortage, cannot load MTA
memory block), try to fix the problem with the concerned resource.
If this is an administrative problem (Inhibition flag set, MDE service not available, MTA closed or
unreachable), fix it using administrative command. If this is an error from the remote MTA (decoding
error, application context name not supported, bad credentials), try to fix the problem with the remote
MTA administrator.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
499 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
75026 Unknown refuse reason code
Message description:
Header: Unknown refuse reason code
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : reason code
• Reason code=code
Example:
Unknown refuse reason code MTA=18 Reason code=42
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE receives an unknown refuse reason code when trying to connect
to an adjacent MTA.
Consequence:
The local MTA will retry to connect to the adjacent MTA (if there remains messages to be transferred to
this MTA), after expiry of a timer, unless the maximum number of retries is reached.
Action to be taken:
Try to fix the problem with the remote MTA administrator.
75027 Aborting association with
Message description:
Header: Aborting association with
P1 : partner identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
or
• UA =<ua-id>
• UA Name <ua-id-string>
Example:
Aborting association with MTA=42
Cause:
This message is displayed when an association is aborted with an adjacent MTA or an UA
Consequence:
The connection is aborted.
Action to be taken:
Check the previous messages or commands to detect why the connection is aborted and act
consequently.
75028 Abort Confirm from
Message description:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
500 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Header: Abort Confirm from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : reason code
• Reason code=code
Example:
Abort Confirm from MTA=42 Reason code=2
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a remote user abort from TME.
Consequence:
The current connection is aborted. CCE retries to connect to the adjacent MTA (after expiry of a timer),
if the abort is received while a message was in transfer with the adjacent MTA.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the TME, RTSE or lower layers traces to track the reason why the connection has been
aborted.
75029 Abort Indication from
Message description:
Header: Abort Indication from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
• MTA=<mta-id>
• MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : reason code
• Reason code=code
Example:
Abort Indication from MTA=42 Reason code=2
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a provider abort from TME.
Consequence:
The current connection is aborted. CCE retries to connect to the adjacent MTA (after expiry of a timer),
if the abort is received while a mesage was in transfer with the adjacent MTA.
Action to be taken:
Try to use the TME, RTSE or lower layers traces to track the reason why the connection has been
aborted.
75030 Usrdata decoding failure
Message description:
Header: Usrdata decoding failure
Example:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
501 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Usrdata decoding failure
Cause:
When the decoding of user data fails in a P1 bind, this message warns the operator.
Consequence:
The connection will be aborted.
Action to be taken:
Check the originator thanks to the message previously displayed by CCE identifying the partner MTA.
75031 Writing Output Billing Docket error
75032 Timer Block release error
75033 Action caused by congestion
Message description:
Header: Action caused by congestion
Example:
Action caused by congestion
Cause:
This message is displayed when the local MTA is in critical or congested state, when this state prevents
it to process an operation.
Consequence:
According to the messages that follows this one, a connection establishment may be refused, or a
connection may be aborted.
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, THALES can reconfigure the System to limit
problems of congestion (either by increasing disk space allocated to the MTA (MTS SET
CONGESTION THRESHOLDS command), or by using the MTS DECREASE CONGESTION
command).
75034 Decoding error :
Message description:
Header: Decoding error :
P1 : ASN.1 status
ASN1 status=status
P2 : ASN.1 index
Index=index
or (for MDE entity only)
P1 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
Decoding error : ASN1 status=42 Index=42
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
502 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
This message is displayed by CCE or MDE when a decoding error occurs (in case of CCE, this
message is used only when decoding O/R names).
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the
messages displayed before this one by CCE and MDE.
75035 MTA stopped while message(s) being delivered
Message description:
Header: MTA stopped while message(s) being delivered
P1 : Partner identifier
UA =<mta-id>
UA Name : <mta-id-string>
P2 : Number of messages sent to the UA
Nb of msg sent : <nb of messages>
Example:
MTA stopped while message(s) being delivered UA=42 Nb of msg sent=92
Cause:
This message is displayed when the MTA is stopped while there are still messages to adjacent UAs
under transfer.
Consequence:
The connection with the concerned UA will be aborted and the message(s) will be re-transfered when
the UA will be restarted (which may lead to a message
Action to be taken:
Try to avoid stopping the MTA while there are messages under delivery.
75036 MTA stopped while message(s) being transfered
Message description:
Header: MTA stopped while message(s) being transfered
P1 : Partner identifier
MTA =<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
P2 : Number of messages sent to the partner MTA
Nb of msg sent : <nb of messages>
Example:
MTA stopped while message(s) being transfered MTA=42 Nb of msg sent : 92
Cause:
This message is displayed when the MTA is stopped while there are still messages to adjacent MTAs
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
503 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
under transfer.
Consequence:
The connection with the concerned MTA will be aborted and the message(s) will be re-transfered when
the MTA will be restarted (which may lead to a message duplication).
Action to be taken:
Try to avoid stopping the MTA while there are messages under transfer.
75037 Dropping MDE-Message-Response
Message description:
Header: Dropping MDE-Message-Response
Example:
Dropping MDE-Message-Response
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE drops an MDE message response if the MTS user which
submitted the message disconnected before receiving the submit result.
Consequence:
The submit result is dropped.
Action to be taken:
Check the MTS user behaviour.
75038 Dropping MDE-Message-Result
Message description:
Header: Dropping MDE-Message-Result
Example:
Dropping MDE-Message-Result
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE drops an MDE message result if the MTS user which submitted
the message disconnected before receiving the submit error/reject/ result.
Consequence:
The submit result, error or reject is dropped.
Action to be taken:
Check the MTS user behaviour.
75039 OR name size limited to
Message description:
Header: OR name size limited to
P1 : limit size
<nb> bytes
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
504 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Example:
OR name size limited to 928 bytes
Cause:
This message is displayed when the CCE receives an O/R name too long in a register operation from
an MTS user.
Consequence:
A register error will be sent to the UA.
Action to be taken:
Check the MTS user behaviour.
75044 Connect Indication from
Message description:
Header: Connect Indication from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Connect Indication from MTA id=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a connect indication.
75045 Connect Request from
Message description:
Header: Connect Request from
P1 : entity name
MDE or SME (CCE entity)
MCE, MDS or SME (MDE entity)
Example:
Connect Request from MDE
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE or MDE receives a connect request from another OSIAM entity.
75046 Connect Request to
Message description:
Header: Connect Request to
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Connect Request to MTA=42
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
505 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This message is displayed when CCE issues a connect request to an adjacent MTA.
75047 Connect Response to
Message description:
Header: Connect Response to
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Connect Response to MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE issues a connect response to an adjacent MTA.
75048 Connect Confirm from
Message description:
Header: Connection Confirm from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Connection Confirm from MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a connect confirm.
75049 Connect Refuse from
Message description:
Header: Connect Refuse from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
P2 : reason code, which can be :
0 : busy,
2 : validation failure,
3 : unacceptable dialogue mode,
4 : unacceptable security context
Reason code=code
Example:
Connect Refuse from MTA=42 Reason code=2
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a refuse confirm.
Consequence:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
506 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
If the reason code is validation failure, unacceptable dialogue mode or unacceptable security context,
the MTA will be set in CLOSE state (and its message rerouted if any), else the local MTA will retry to
connect to the adjacent MTA (if there remains messages to be transferred to this MTA), after expiry of a
timer, unless the maximum number of retries is reached.
Action to be taken:
Try to fix the problem with the remote MTA administrator.
75052 Send Confirm from
Message description:
Header: Send Confirm from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Send Confirm from MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a send confirm.
75057 Receive Confirm from
Message description:
Header: Receive Confirm from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Receive Confirm from MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a receive confirm.
75064 Release Request to
Message description:
Header: Release Request to
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Release Request to MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE issues a release request to an adjacent MTA.
75065 Release Indication from
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
507 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: Release Indication from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Release Indication from MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a release indication.
75066 Release Response to
Message description:
Header: Release Response to
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Release Response to MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE issues a release response to an adjacent MTA.
75067 Release Confirm from
Message description:
Header: Release Confirm from
P1 : remote MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Release Confirm from MTA=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a release confirm.
75069 Message transferred to
Message description:
Header: Message transferred to
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Message transferred to Gateway=42
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
508 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE transfers a message to a gateway.
75070 Report transferred to
Message description:
Header: Report transferred to
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Report transferred to Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE transfers a report to a gateway.
75071 Transfer Result from
Message description:
Header: Transfer Result from
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Transfer Result from Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a transfer result from a gateway.
75072 Transfer Error from
Message description:
Header: Transfer Error from
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Transfer Error from Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a transfer error from a gateway.
75073 Transfer Reject from
Message description:
Header: Transfer Reject from
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
509 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Transfer Reject from Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a transfer reject from a gateway.
75074 Message Transfer Request from
Message description:
Header: Message Transfer Request from
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Message Transfer Request from Gateway=id
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a message transfer request from a gateway.
75075 Message Transfer Confirm to
Message description:
Header: Message Transfer Confirm to
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Message Transfer Confirm to Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE sends a message transfer confirm to a gateway.
75076 Message Transfer Reject to
Message description:
Header: Message Transfer Reject to
P1 : Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Message Transfer Reject to Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE sends a message transfer reject to a gateway.
75080 Report Transfer Request from
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
510 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: Report Transfer Request from
P1 : Gateway identifiery
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Report Transfer Request from Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE receives a report transfer request from a gateway.
75081 Report Transfer Confirm to
Message description:
Header: Report Transfer Confirm to
P1 : or Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Report Transfer Confirm to Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE sends a report transfer confirm to a Gateway.
75082 Report Transfer Reject to
Message description:
Header: Report Transfer Reject to
P1 : or Gateway identifier
Gateway=<gateway-id>
Gateway Name : <gateway-id-string>
Example:
Report Transfer Reject to Gateway=42
Meaning:
This message is displayed when CCE sends a report transfer reject to a gateway.
75137 Beginning of global ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of global ressources shortage state
Example:
BMR-CCE-global-shortage-begining
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE enters global ressources shortage state.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
511 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Consequence:
CCE will enter in state of shortage of global resources, which impacts all kinds of associations. Once in
shortage state, CCE will try to release associations as soon as possible, that is as soon as an
association is idle, or as soon as it has transferred or delivered a given amount of data (which may be
configured by CCE parameters).
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, THALES can update your configuration (using the
MTS SET ASSOCIATION GUARANTEED / SIMULTANEOUS commands), if your resources allow it
(be careful to be consistent with the OSIAM configuration: number of contexts and number of channels
at CCE level).
75138 End of global ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: End of global ressources shortage state
Example:
End of global ressources shortage state
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE exits global ressources shortage state.
Consequence:
CCE exits shortage state and comes back to ordinary associations management.
Action to be taken:
See BMR-CCE-global-shortage-beginning description.
75141 Loading
Message description:
Header: Loading
P1 : MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
P2 : Maximum outgoing monologue associations number
Mx OUT mon : <number>
P3 : Maximum incoming monologue associations number
Mx IN mon : <number>
P4 : Maximum outgoing TWA associations number
Mx OUT TWA : <number>
P5 : Maximum incoming TWA associations number
Mx IN TWA : <number>
Example:
Loading MTA=42
Mx OUT mon : 4 Mx IN mon : 2 Mx OUT Twa : 4 Mx IN Twa : 2
Meaning:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
512 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
This message shows the parameters of a MTA which is loaded in memory.
75142 ********** Associations used at TME level *******
Message description:
Header: ********* Associations used at TME level ************
P1 : Outgoing associations number
OUT : <number>
P2 : Incoming associations number
IN : <number>
The following parameters are displayed as many times as there are MTAs with opened associations :
{P3 : MTA identifier
****** Associations used for MTA <mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
P4 : Outgoing monologue associations number
Mono OUT : <number>
P5 : Incoming monologue associations number
Mono IN : <number>
P6 : Outgoing TWA associations number
Twa OUT : <number>
P7 : Incoming TWA associations number
Twa IN : <number>
P8 : Number of reports awaiting transfer
REPORT : <number>
P9 : Number of urgent messages awaiting transfer
URGENT : <number>
P10 : Number of normal messages awaiting transfer
NORMAL : <number>
P11 : Number of non urgent messages awaiting transfer
FEEBLE : <number>}
Example:
********** Associations used at TME level ************
OUT : 42 IN : 42
****** Associations used for MTA 42
Mono OUT : 24 Mono IN : 18 Twa OUT : 24 Twa IN : 18
REPORT : 12 URGENT : 3 NORMAL : 2 FEEBLE : 1
Meaning:
This message shows the currently used associations. The two first parameters carry the total number of
opened outgoing and incoming associations. Then, for each active adjacent MTA, the next parameters
show the MTA identifier, the outgoing and incoming opened monologue, the outgoing and incoming
opened TWA, then the number of reports and urgent, normal, non urgent messages waiting for transfer.
75164 Beginning of remote ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: Beginning of remote ressources shortage state
Example:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
513 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Beginning of remote ressources shortage state
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE enters remote ressources shortage state.
Consequence:
CCE will enter in state of shortage of remote resources, which impacts remote associations (in the low
layers meaning). Once in shortage state, CCE will try to release remote associations as soon as
possible, that is as soon as an association is idle, or as soon as it has transferred or delivered a given
amount of data (which may be configured by CCE parameters).
Action to be taken:
See BMR-CCE-global-shortage-beginning description.
75165 End of remote ressources shortage state
Message description:
Header: End of remote ressources shortage state
Example:
End of remote ressources shortage state
Cause:
This message is displayed when CCE exits remote ressources shortage state.
Consequence:
CCE exits shortage state and comes back to ordinary associations management.
Action to be taken:
See BMR-CCE-global-shortage-beginning description.
76001 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error or File error
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading on < <filename> >
• seeking on < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• replacing < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 : present only when two files are concerned
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code
diag = <diagnostic>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
514 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Example:
ALARM ! File error deleting <p000012> diag=2
ALARM ! File error opening <fmta.cnf> diag=42
ALARM ! File error linking <p000025> on <p000011> diag=72
Cause:
File error detected by the MTA. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
If the specified file is a message file, the processing of this particular message will be abandoned.
Otherwise the whole MTA working may be disturbed.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration if the error occurs on a
configuration file (AMHS cold restart). Note that in case of billing or journal file error, the operator is
provided with a command to switch between one and another (see MTS SWITCH commands).
76002 ALARM ! Database error
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Database error :
P1 : filename
on < <filename> >
Example:
ALARM ! Database error : on <confmta22.cnf>
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on MTAs, UAs or message descriptors file.
Consequence:
The MTS is unable to work on one of the three files specified above.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
76002 ALARM ! Database error
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Database error :
P1 : operation (type) and file name (value)
• creating <file-name>
• replacing <file-name>
• deleting <file-name>
• reading on <file-name>
• writing on <file-name>
P2 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P3 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
515 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
/<message_identifier>
P4 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P5 : identifier of the original MPDU.
MPDU Id <<message_identifier>>
P6 : length of the whole message
Length = <message-length>
P7 : list containing the message (no value)
• message to
• urgent message to
• normal message to
• non urgent message to
• report to
• incoming APDU queue
• D Name expansion list
• D List expansion list
• non deferred submit list
• deferred submit list
• security check list
• conversion list
P7 : destination (only if outgoing list)
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA name <mta-id-string>
LUAG=<ua-id> or UA=<ua-id>
LUAG name <ua-id-string> or UA name <ua-string-id>
Distribution List=<DL-id>
P8,P9 : first and second (if any) file names
file <filename>
P10,P11: first and second (if any) file length
Length = <file-length>
Example:
ALARM ! Database error creating <m_mess> MsgId=(76/74/72)
MPDU Id <\FR\ATLAS\MARBEN\20\12\98>
Length = 750 incoming APDU queue
file p000003 Length = 250
file p000004 Length = 500
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on the message descriptors file when trying to create, to replace
or to delete a message descriptor.
Consequence:
The MTS will abandon this message processing.
Action to be taken:
Check the message descriptor file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
76003 ALARM ! Message discarded
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
516 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Message discarded
P1 : if the message is in the incoming APDU queue,
identifier of the MTA which sent this message.
MTA=<mta_integer_identifier>
P2 : if P1 is present,
MTA Name : <mta_string_identifier>
P3 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P4 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P5 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P6 : string identifier of the original MPDU.
MPDU Id <<message_identifier>>
Example:
ALARM ! Message discarded MTA=2 MsgID=(5/3/0) MPDU Id <\FR\ATLAS\MARBEN\20\05\91\03>
Cause:
1) The message cannot be processed after an error in billing records.
2) The message cannot be processed after an error in getting or decoding from disk.
Consequence:
The message is simply discarded with no non-delivery report generation.
Action to be taken:
1) Check billing files and disk space.
2) Check the file on disk. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
76004 ALARM ! Message descriptor error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Message descriptor error :
P1 : identifier of the wrong message
message <<message-identifier>> or MPDU ID
<<message-identifier>>
P2 : length of the whole message
Length = <message-length>
P3 : list containing the message (no value)
urgent message to
normal message to
non urgent message to
report to
incoming APDU queue
D Name expansion list
D List expansion list
non deferred submit list
deferred submit list
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
517 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
security check list
conversion listP4 : destination (only if outgoing list)
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
LUAG=<ua-id> or UA=<ua-id>
LUAG Name=<ua-id> or UA Name : <ua-id>
P5,P7 : first and second (if any) file names
file <filename>
P6,P8 : first and second (if any) file length
Length = <file-length>
Examples :
ALARM ! Message descriptor error : message <\FR\ATLAS\\15\04\91> Length = 273 incoming APDU
queue file p000004 length = 250
Cause:
Invalid message descriptor detected by the MTS.
Consequence:
The MTS will abandon this message processing.
Action to be taken:
Check the message descriptor file and the specified message files.
76006 ALARM ! Loopback detected
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Loopback detected
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : string identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<MPDU id>>
Example:
ALARM ! Loopback detected MsgID=(92/85/83) MPDU Id <\FR\ATLAS\TST\0\20079401>
Cause:
A loopback is detected for an incoming message because the local MTA is already present in its trace
informations.
Consequence:
The message is delivered to local recipients if any, and a non-delivery report is generated for the other
recipients if requested by the originator, with the diagnostic code Loop detected.
Action to be taken :
Check routing table. If well configurated, call the adjacent MTAs administrators to agree with them on
the MTAs network topology for avoiding loopbacks.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
518 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
76007 ALARM ! Originator Validation failure :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Originator Validation failure :
P1 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
P2 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name
ADM = <admd-name>
P3 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <x121-address>
P4 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P5 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P6 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P7 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P8->P11 : if any, organisational units of the recip. name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P12 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P13 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P14 : if any, initials of the recipient na
INM = <initials>
P15 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P16->P23 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P24 : if any, common name of the recip. name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P25 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recip. name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P26 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recip. name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P27 : if any, postal code of the recip. name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P28 : if any, terminal type of the recip. name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P29 : if any, directory name of the recip. name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
P30 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P31 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P32 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
519 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P33 : Identifier of the not validated MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
ALARM ! Originator Validation failure : CTR = FR ADM = ATLAS PRM = MARBEN SNM = Dupont
GNM = Jean MsgID=(13/12/10) MPDU Id <\FR\ATLAS\MARBEN\20\05\91\03>
Cause:
A message originator validation fails, because the originator name is not routable (unknown or
unavailable destination), thus the message cannot be routed.
Consequence:
Since the message originator is unable to be routed, the message is simply discarded with no
non-delivery report generation.
Action to be taken :
Check and perhaps update local routing table.
76008 ALARM ! Originator Control failure :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Originator Control failure :
P1 : Identifier of the originating MTA.
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name <mta-id-string>
P2 : Identifier of the non accepted management domain.
MD=<domain-id>
P3 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P4 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P5 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P6 : string identifier of the MPDU.
MPDU Id <<message_identifier>>
Example:
ALARM ! Originator Control failure
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMARBEN\0\12129501>
:
MTA=42
MD=1
MsgID=(12/12/12)
MPDU
Id
Cause:
The originator control check procedure fails for an incoming message. The problem is that the
originating domain identifier has not been associated in the MTA configuration to the specified adjacent
MTA.
Consequence:
The message will be discarded and, if not prevented by the originator, a non- delivery report with the
diagnostic code Originator Control Check Origin Violation will be generated.
Action to be taken :
Check the list of domains accepted by the originating MTA (MTS SHOW OCC). Contact the originating
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
520 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
MTA administrator to agree with him on the management domain that this adjacent MTA accepts.
Perhaps update routing data (MTS INSERT OCC).
76009 ALARM ! Strong recipient Validation failure
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Strong recipient Validation failure.
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the not validated MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
ALARM
!
Strong
recipient
Validation
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADUCOIN\0\09099401>
failure.
MsgID=(88/85/83)
MPDU
Id
Cause:
At least one recipient of the currently routed MPDU is not routable (unknown or inaccessible).
Consequence:
The MPDU is not sent to any recipient. If not prevented by the originator, a non delivery-report will be
generated with the Unknown O/R name diagnostic code for the unknown recipient(s) and Diagnostic
Not used diagnostic code for the others.
Action to be taken:
Check and perhaps update the routing table. Check the state of the target MTA for the O/R names.
Check and perhaps update the routing table. Check the state of the target MTA for the O/R names.
76010 ALARM ! Closed User Group Validation failure
76011 ALARM ! Delivery Report dropped
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Delivery report dropped
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : MPDU string id
MPDU id = <<MPDU-id>>
P5 : string identifier of the original MPDU.
Original UMPDU Identifier : <MPDU-string-id>
Example:
ALARM
!
Delivery
report
dropped
MsgID=(12/10/8)
Original
UMPDU
Identifer:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
521 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
<\\FR\\ATLAS\\TST\\20\\04\\90>
Cause:
A management command (such as MTS SET LUAG CLOSE, MTS DECREASE CONGESTION, MTS
BACKUP RESTORE) causes a report to be discarded.
Consequence:
The delivery or non-delivery report is discarded by the local MTA.
Action to be taken:
None.
76011 ALARM ! Delivery Report dropped
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Delivery report dropped
P1 : denotes an unavailable destination
Unavailable destination :
P2 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P3 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P4 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P5 : MPDU string id
MPDU id <<MPDU-id>>
P6 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
P7 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name
ADM = <admd-name>
P8 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <x121-address>
P9 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P10 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P11 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P12 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P13->P16 : if any, organisational units of the recip. name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P17 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P18 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P19 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P20 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
522 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P21->P28 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P29 : if any, common name of the recip. name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P30 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recip. name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P31 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recip. name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P32 : if any, postal code of the recip. name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P33 : if any, terminal type of the recip. name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P34 : if any, directory name of the recip. name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
P35 : string identifier of the original MPDU.
Original UMPDU Identifier : <MPDU-string-id>
Example:
ALARM ! Delivery report dropped MsgID=(18/14/7)
Unavailable destination :
CTR = US PRM = TOUCH ORG = NETWORK SNM = Wilson GNM = John
INM = JDW ON = Maintenance OU1 = Validation OU2 = Testing
Original UMPDU Identifier : <\\FR\\ATLAS\\TST\\20\04\90>
Cause:
The recipient (message originator) of a delivery or non delivery report is not routable (unknown or
unavailable destination), thus the report cannot be routed.
Consequence:
The delivery or non-delivery report is discarded by the local MTA.
Action to be taken:
Check and perhaps update local routing table and the adjacent MTA state.
76012 ALARM ! Invalid sequence of TraceInformations
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Invalid sequence of TraceInformation
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the not validated MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
ALARM
!
Invalid
sequence
of
TraceInformation
MsgID=(89/89/89)
MPDU
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
523 / 568
Id
A2M - SUM - Product
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099401>
Cause:
The chronology of trace information is incorrect in the current incoming MPDU (this error is possible
when the system time of local or remote MTAs is not tuned correctly).
Consequence:
The message is delivered to local recipients if any, and a non-delivery report (with the Invalid
Parameters diagnostic code) is generated for the others if requested by the originator.
Action to be taken :
Check local system time. If good, call the adjacent MTAs administrator for they check their own system
time.
76014 Unknown Event :
Message description:
Header: Unknown Event :
P1 : OSIAM event code
Code = event-code (CCE entity)
event-code (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Example:
Unknown Event : Code = 4242 (CCE entity)
Unknown Event : 4242 (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Cause:
This message is displayed when the entities receive an unknown event
Consequence:
The connection on which the event is received will be aborted (if this is a connection with another MHS
entity), or a disconnect request or indication will be sent (if this is a connection with another OSIAM
entity)
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP traces, detect which is the originator of this event and act consequently.
76015 Invalid Originally Specified Recipient Number :
Message description:
Header: Invalid Originally Specified Recipient Number :
P1 : number
<number>
Example:
Invalid Originally Specified Recipient Number : 0
Cause:
This message is displayed when a PDU contains an OriginallySpecifiedRecipientNumber equal to 0.
Consequence:
If the PDU is a report, it will be dropped, else a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
524 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and non delivery diagnostic code set to invalid-arguments
(11).
Action to be taken:
Check the originator behaviour.
76016 Submission control violation from
Message description:
Header: Submission control violation from
P1 : UA identifier
LUAG =<ua-id>
LUAG Name : <ua-id-string>
P2 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P3 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P4 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P5 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
Submission
control
violation
from
LUAG=42
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
MsgID
=
(42/42/42)
MPDU
Id
Cause:
This message is displayed when an UA sends a non urgent message whereas the MTA previously sent
to this UA a Submission Control limiting the priority of messages to be submitted to urgent.
Consequence:
If a submit control was sent to the UA and if it was accepted, a Submit error will be sent to the UA, else
a Submit reject will be sent.
Action to be taken:
Check the MTS user behaviour.
76017 Decoding error :
Message description:
Header: Decoding error :
P1 : ASN.1 status
ASN1 status=status
P2 : ASN.1 index
Index=index
or (for MDE entity only)
P1 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
Decoding error : ASN1 status=42 Index=42
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
525 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
This message is displayed by CCE or MDE when a decoding error occurs (in case of CCE, this
message is used only when decoding O/R names).
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the
messages displayed before this one by CCE and MDE.
76018 Loopback prevented :
Message description:
Header: Loopback prevented :
P4 : MTA identifier
MTA =<ua-id>
MTA Name : <ua-id-string>
Example:
Loopback prevented : MTA=42
Cause:
This message is displayed when the destination MTA found for a routed message is already present in
the trace information : to prevent the loopback the MPDU will not be sent to this MTA. For all the
concerned recipients, a non delivery report is generated if not prevented by the originator.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to loop-detected (3).
Action to be taken:
Check the originating adjacent MTA behaviour.
76019 Failure information :
Message description:
Header: Failure Information :
P1 : MTA identifier
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
Failure Information : MTA=42 MTA Name : ANL
Cause:
This message is displayed following BMR-MDE-Trace-Information-Sequence- Alarm (Invalid Sequence
in trace Information) in order to give further information.
Consequence:
See BMR-MDE-Trace-Information-Sequence-Alarm description.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
526 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Action to be taken:
See BMR-MDE-Trace-Information-Sequence-Alarm description.
76020 Congestion prevention: Routing result partially ignored.
Message description:
Header: Congestion prevention: Routing result partially ignored.
Example:
Congestion prevention: Routing result partially ignored.
Cause:
MPDU duplication when message must be routed to several adjacent MTAs may lead the local MTA to
be congested. In this case, the routing is partially performed: some of the recipient are not routed, and
corresponding non-delivery report are generated if not prevented by the message originator.
Consequence:
For the unrouted recipients, a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set
to unable-to-transfer (1) and non delivery diagnostic code set to mts-congestion (2).
Action to be taken:
If this message happens to be frequently displayed, update your configuration (using the MTS SET
CONGESTION THRESHOLDS command), if your disk resources allow it.
76021 Timer Block release error
Message description:
Header: Timer Block release error
P1 : Timer internal identifier
TimerId = Timer id
Example:
Timer Block release error TimerId = 42
Cause:
This message is displayed when there is an error when trying to release a timer block (e.g. inexistant
timer id).
Consequence:
None.
Action to be taken:
Check the behaviour of the calling entity (MDE or CCE).
76022 Some Recipients in the MPDU are unreachable
Message description:
Header: Some Recipients in the MPDU are unreachable :
The parameters are repeated as many times as there are unreachable recipients :
P1 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
527 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P2 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name
ADM = <admd-name>
P3 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P4 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P5 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P6 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P7 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P8 to P11 : if any, organisational units of the recipient name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P12 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P13 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P14 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P15 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P16 to P23 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P24 : if any, common name of the recipient name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P25 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recipient name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P26 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recipient name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P27 : if any, postal code of the recipient name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P28 : if any, terminal type of the recipient name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P29 : if any, directory name of the recipient name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
P30 : non delivery diagnostic code.
Non delivery diagnostic = <code>
Example:
Some Recipients in the MPDU are unreachable : CTR = FR ADM = ATLAS PRM = FRANKLIN CNAME
= ANL Non delivery diagnostic : 1000
Cause:
This message shows all the unreachable recipients O/R names. For each recipient, the last parameter
gives the unreachability diagnostic.
The diagnostic code is the same that the non-delivery report diagnostic code :
• 0 unrecognised-OR-name
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
528 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 ambiguous-OR-name
2 mts-congestion
3 loop-detected
4 recipient-unavailable
5 maximum-time-expired
6 encoded-information-types-unsupported
7 content-too-long
8 conversion-impractical
9 implicit-conversion-prohibited
10 implicit-conversion-not-subscribed
11 invalid-parameters
15 content-type-not-supported
18 unsupported-critical-function
19 conversion-with-loss-prohibited
26 recipient-reassignment-prohibited
27 redirection-loop-detected
28 dl-expansion-prohibited
29 no-dl-submit-permission
30 dl-expansion-failure
47 unable-to-downgrade
255 diagnostic not used
1000 closed user group membership violation
1001 closed user group content type violation
1002 originator control violation
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery diagnostic code set to the given value and
non delivery reason code set accordingly (unable-to- transfer, or conversion-not-performed, or
directory-operation- unsuccessful)..
Action to be taken:
Check the previous messages to see why the Non Delivery Report is generated and act consequently
(see the corresponding message descriptions).
76023 Message rejected (content too long) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Message rejected (content too long) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
Message rejected (content too long) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the transfer in of a PDU, when the MPDU cannot be routed because its
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
529 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
content is longer than the maximum content length allowed by the local MTA.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to content-too-long (7).
Action to be taken:
Update the maximum content length allowed by the local MTA if required (MTS SET CLG_MAX
command).
76024 MPDU cannot be delivered (UA closed)
Message description:
Header: MPDU cannot be delivered (UA closed)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
MPDU cannot be delivered (UA closed) MsgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when the MPDU cannot be delivered because
the recipient UA is closed.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to recipient-unavailable (4).
Action to be taken:
Using CCE and/or MDE traces, find out why the UA has been closed, and set it open if required (MTS
SET LUAG OPEN command)
76026 MPDU discarded (expiry date reached)
Message description:
Header: MPDU discarded (expiry date reached)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
MPDU discarded (expiry date reached) MsgID = (42/42/42)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
530 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
MPDU Id <\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
Cause:
This message is displayed for each MPDU discarded because expiry date has been
Consequence:
If the PDU is a report, it will be dropped, else a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery
reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and non delivery diagnostic code set to
maximum-time-expired (5).
Action to be taken:
Increase the messages default lifetime if required (MTS SET LIFETIME command).
76027 MPDU cannot be downgraded
Message description:
Header: MPDU cannot be downgraded
P1 (OPT) : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 (OPT) : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 (OPT) : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 (OPT) : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
P5 : Partner identifier
MTA =<mta-id>
MTA Name : <mta-id-string>
Example:
MPDU
cannot
be
downgraded
MsgID
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501> MTA = 18
=
(42/42/42)MPDU
Id
Cause:
This message is displayed when a PDU which has to be transferred to an 84 MTA can not be
downgraded.
Consequence:
If the PDU is a report, it will be dropped, else a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery
reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and non delivery diagnostic code set to unable-to-downgrade
(47).
Action to be taken:
None.
76028 Downgrading : recipient skipped in Report
Message description:
Header: Downgrading : recipient skipped in Report
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
531 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : if any, country name of the recipient nam
CTR = <country-name>
P5 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name
ADM = <admd-name>
P6 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P7 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P8 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P9 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P10 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P11 to P14 : if any, organisational units of the recipient name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P15 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P16 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P17 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P18 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P19 to P26 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P27 : if any, common name of the recipient name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P28 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recipient name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P29 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recipient name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P30 : if any, postal code of the recipient name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P31 : if any, terminal type of the recipient name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
(list of parameters to be continued on next page)
P32 : if any, directory name of the recipient name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
P33 : non delivery diagnostic code.
Non delivery diagnostic = <diagnostic>
Example:
Downgrading : recipient skipped in Report MsgID = (42/42/42) CTR = FR ADM = ATLAS PRM =
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
532 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
FRANKLIN CNAME = ANL Non delivery diagnostic = 5
Cause:
This message is displayed when MDE encodes a Report to be sent to an 84 MTA, when the
downgrading of one recipient name field in the report fails.
Consequence:
The concerned recipient is skipped. If no recipient remains, the report is dropped.
Action to be taken:
None.
76030 DL-Expansion failed for MPDU
Message description:
Header: DL Expansion failed for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
DL
Expansion
failed
for
MPDU
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
MsgID
=
(42/42/42)
MPDU
Id
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to expand a DL recipient failed.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to
directory-operation-unsuccessful (6) and non delivery diagnostic code set to no-dl-submit-permission
(29) or dl-expansion-failure (30), depending on the problem met at MDS level.
Action to be taken:
Update the X.500 database if required.
76031 Unable to expand DL (expansion prohibited) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Unable to expand DL (expansion prohibited) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
533 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
Unable to expand DL (expansion prohibited) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42) MPDU Id
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to expand a DL recipient failed
because the expansion is prohibited by the originator of the message.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to dl-expansion-prohibited (28).
Action to be taken:
None.
76032 Unable to expand DL (MDS not available) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Unable to expand DL (MDS not available) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
Unable to expand DL (MDS not available) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU which contains a DL recipient, if the DL can not
be expanded because the MDS entity is not available.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to dl-expansion-failure (30).
Action to be taken:
Try to find out why MDS stopped and restart it if possible.
76033 Conversion failed for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Conversion failed for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
534 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
Conversion failed for MPDU MsgID=(42/42/42) MPDU Id <\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to convert the message failed.
Consequence:
If the conversion was an explicit conversion, there is no consequence (the message is transferred or
delivered as is, or an implicit conversion is attempted if required). If the conversion was an implicit
conversion, a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to
conversion-not-performed (2) and non delivery diagnostic code set to conversion-with-loss-prohibited
(19) if the conversion could not be done without loss whereas this was prohibited, else to
conversion-impractical (8).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and your configuration and update
it if required.
76036 Re-Direction failed (loop detected) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Re-direction failed (loop detected) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : attempted recipient tag.
Attempted recipient :
P5 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
P6 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name.
ADM = <admd-name>
P7 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P8 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P9 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P10 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P11 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P12 to P15 : if any, organisational units of the recipient name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
535 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P16 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P17 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P18 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P19 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P20 to P27 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P28 : if any, common name of the recipient name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P29 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recipient name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P30 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recipient name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P31 : if any, postal code of the recipient name.
PCD = <postal-code>
(list of parameters to be continued on next page)
P32 : if any, terminal type of the recipient name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P33 : if any, directory name of the recipient name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
Example:
Re-direction failed (loop detected) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42) Attempted recipient : CTR = FR ADM
= ATLAS PRM = FRANKLIN CNAME = ANL
Cause:
This message is displayed when an attempt to redirect a PDU failed because a loop
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to redirection-loop-detected (27).
Action to be taken:
Check your routing table and update it if required, check the configuration of recipient assigned
alternate recipients and update it if required (using the MTS MODIFY LUAG ALTREC commands)
76037 Re-Direction failed (reassignment prohibited) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Re-direction failed (reassignment prohibited) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
536 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P4 : attempted recipient tag.
Attempted recipient :
P5 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
P6 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name.
ADM = <admd-name>
P7 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P8 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P9 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P10 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P11 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P12 to P15 : if any, organisational units of the recipient name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P16 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P17 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P18 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P19 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P20 to P27 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P28 : if any, common name of the recipient name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P29 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recipient name.
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P30 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recipient name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P31 : if any, postal code of the recipient name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P32 : if any, terminal type of the recipient name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
(list of parameters to be continued on next page)
P33 : if any, directory name of the recipient name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
Example:
Re-direction failed (reassignment prohibited) for MPDU MsgID=(42/42/42) Attempted recipient : CTR =
FR ADM = ATLAS PRM = FRANKLIN CNAME = ANL
Cause:
This message is displayed when an attempt to redirect a PDU failed because reassignment was
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
537 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
prohibited.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to recipient-reassignment-prohibited (26).
Action to be taken:
Check your routing table and update it if required.
76038 Re-Direction failed (alternate recp prohibited) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Re-direction failed (alternate recp prohibited) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : if any, country name of the recipient name.
CTR = <country-name>
P5 : if any, ADMD name of the recipient name.
ADM = <admd-name>
P6 : if any, X121 address of the recipient name.
ADR = <X121-addr>
P7 : if any, terminal id. of the recipient name.
TTY = <terminal-id>
P8 : if any, PRMD name of the recipient name.
PRM = <prmd-name>
P9 : if any, organisation of the recipient name.
ORG = <organisation-name>
P10 : if any, unique UA id. of the recipient name.
UAI = <unique-UA-id>
P11 to P14 : if any, organisational units of the recipient name.
OUi = <organisationnal-unit>
P15 : if any, surname of the recipient name.
SNM = <surname>
P16 : if any, given name of the recipient name.
GNM = <given-name>
P17 : if any, initials of the recipient name.
INM = <initials>
P18 : if any, generation qualif. of the recipient name.
QNM = <generation-qualifier>
P19 to P26 : if any, domain defined attributes type and value.
DDATi = <domain-defined-attribute-type>
DDAVi = <domain-defined-attribute-value>
P27 : if any, common name of the recipient name.
CNAME = <common-name>
P28 : if any, physical delivery system name of the recipient name.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
538 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
PDSN = <phys-deliv-system-name>
P29 : if any, physical delivery country name of the recipient name.
PDCN = <phys-deliv-country-name>
P30 : if any, postal code of the recipient name.
PCD = <postal-code>
P31 : if any, terminal type of the recipient name.
TTYP = <terminal-type>
P32 : if any, directory name of the recipient name.
DNAME = <directory-name>
Example:
Re-direction failed (alternate recp prohibited) for MPDU MsgID=(42/42/42) Attempted recipient : CTR =
FR ADM = ATLAS PRM = FRANKLIN CNAME = ANL
Cause:
This message is displayed when an attempt to redirect a PDU to an alternate recipient assigned by the
Management Domain failed because alternate recipient was prohibited by the originator of the
message. At this step of the routing procedure, the routing to the recipient found in the PDU failed, and
the routing to the originator requested alternate recipient (if any) failed.
Consequence:
As routing to the MD assigned alternate recipient is the last attempt to route the message, a non
Delivery Report will be generated for the corresponding recipient. The non delivery diagnostic code and
non delivery reason code will be set to values depending on the problem met while routing.
Action to be taken:
Check your routing table and update it if required.
76039 Explicit conversion rejected (unknown cnv type) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Explicit conversion rejected (unknown cnv type) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : unknown conversion type
Conversion type=<conversion type>
Example:
Explicit conversion rejected (unknown cnv type) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42) Conversion type=92
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an explicit
conversion failed because the requested conversion type is unknown.
Consequence:
None (an explicit conversion is not mandatory). The message is delivered as is (if it is supported by the
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
539 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
recipient), else an implicit conversion is attempted.
Action to be taken:
None.
76040 Explicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Explicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Partner identifier
LUAG =<ua-id>
LUAG Name : <ua-id-string>
Example:
Explicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42) LUAG=42
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an explicit
conversion can not be done because of restrictions from the recipient.
Consequence:
None (an explicit conversion is not mandatory). The message is delivered as is (if it is supported by the
recipient), else an implicit conversion is attempted.
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and the requested conversion and
update your configuration if required.
76041 Explicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Explicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
Explicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an explicit
conversion failed because no MCE is available to do this conversion.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
540 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Consequence:
None (an explicit conversion is not mandatory). The message is delivered as is (if it is supported by the
recipient), else an implicit conversion is attempted.
Action to be taken:
None.
76042 Implicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Implicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Partner identifier
LUAG =<ua-id>
LUAG Name : <ua-id-string>
Example:
Implicit conversion rejected (UA restriction) for MPDU MsgID=(42/42/42) LUAG=18
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an implicit
conversion can not be done because of restrictions from the recipient.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to encoded-information-types-unsupported (6).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and your configuration and update
it if required.
76043 Implicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Implicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
Implicit conversion rejected (MCE restriction) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42)
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
541 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an implicit
conversion failed because no MCE is available to do this conversion.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to conversion-impractical (8).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and your configuration and update
it if required.
76044 Implicit conversion rejected (prohibited) for MPDU
Message description:
Header: Implicit conversion rejected (prohibited) for MPDU
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Partner identifier
LUAG =<ua-id>
LUAG Name : <ua-id-string>
Example:
Implicit conversion rejected (prohibited) for MPDU MsgID = (42/42/42) LUAG = 18
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when an attempt to process an implicit
conversion failed because it is prohibited by the originator of the message.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to implicit-conversion-prohibited (9).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities, the message EITs and your
configuration and update it if required.
76045 MPDU cannot be delivered (content too long)
Message description:
Header: MPDU cannot be delivered (content too long)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
542 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
MPDU cannot be delivered (content too long) MSgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when the MPDU cannot be delivered because its
content is longer than the maximum content length registered by the recipient.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to content-too-long (7).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and your configuration and update
it if required.
76046 MPDU cannot be delivered (unsupported content type)
Message description:
Header: MPDU cannot be delivered (unsupported content type)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
MPDU cannot be delivered (unsupported content type) MsgID = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when the MPDU cannot be delivered because its
content type is not supported by the recipient.
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code set to content-type-not-supported (15).
Action to be taken:
Check the consistency between the recipient MTS user capabilities and your configuration and update
it if required.
76047 MPDU cannot be transfered (no adjacent MTA found)
Message description:
Header: MPDU cannot be transfered (no adjacent MTA found)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
543 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
Example:
MPDU cannot be transfered (no adjacent MTA found) MsgId = (42/42/42)
Cause:
This message is displayed after the routing of a PDU, when the destination MTA found in the routing
table can not be reached (e.g. it is in CLOSE state).
Consequence:
A non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to unable-to-transfer (1) and
non delivery diagnostic code not set.
Action to be taken:
Update your routing table if required, or check the concerned MTA state and change it if required.
76048 Writing Output Billing Docket error
Message description:
Header: Writing Output Billing Docket error
Example:
Writing Output Billing Docket error
Cause:
This message is displayed when an error occurs while writing an output billing docket.
Consequence:
The output docket will not be written; the billing file may be corrupted.
Action to be taken:
Check the billing file; if required switch billing file (MTS SWITCH BILLING command).
76049 All recipients of the MPDU are unrouted
Message description:
Header: All recipients of the MPDU are unrouted
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
All
recipients
of
the
MPDU
are
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
unrouted
MsgID
=
(42/42/42)
MPDU
Cause:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
544 / 568
Id
A2M - SUM - Product
This message is displayed when all the recipients of a PDU are unrouted (because the local MTA is not
responsible with the routing of the PDU).
Consequence:
The PDU is dropped.
Action to be taken:
Check the originating adjacent MTA behaviour.
76050 MPDU originator is invalid (is not a UA)
Message description:
Header: MPDU originator is invalid (Is not an UA)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
MPDU
originator
is
invalid
(Is
not
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
an
UA)
MsgID
=
(42/42/42)
MPDU
Id
Cause:
This message is displayed when the originator of a PDU can not be routed by the local MTA (if the
origin check level (set by parameter 4 of MDE) is equal to 0). The submitted message is then rejected.
Consequence:
A submit error will be sent to the originator of the message, with error set to OriginatorInvalid.
Action to be taken:
Update your configuration (routing table, UA descriptions) if required.
76051 MPDU originator is invalid (is not a local UA)
Message description:
Header: MPDU originator is invalid (Is not a local UA)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
MPDU
originator
is
invalid
(Is
not
a
local
UA)
MsgID
=
(42/42/42)
MPDU
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
545 / 568
Id
A2M - SUM - Product
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
Cause:
This message is displayed when the originator of a PDU is not an UA known by the local MTA (if the
origin check level (set by parameter 4 of MDE) is equal to 1). The submitted message is then rejected.
Consequence:
A submit error will be sent to the originator of the message, with error set to OriginatorInvalid.
Action to be taken:
Update your configuration (routing table, UA descriptions) if required.
76052 MPDU originator is invalid (its ID is not local UA ID)
Message description:
Header: MPDU originator is invalid (its ID is not local UA ID)
P1 : current numeric identifier of the MPDU.
MsgID=(<message_identifier>
P2 : previous numeric identifier of the MPDU.
/<message_identifier>
P3 : numeric identifier of the original MPDU.
/<message_identifier>)
P4 : Identifier of the MPDU
MPDU Id <<message-string-id>>
Example:
MPDU originator is invalid (its ID is not local UA ID) MsgID = (42/42/42) MPDU Id
<\PFR\PATLAS\PMTADACOTE\0\09099501>
Cause:
This message is displayed when the UA identifier of the originator of a PDU is not the identifier of the
UA found in the originator name in the PDU (if the origin check level (set by parameter 4 of MDE) is
equal to 2). The submitted message is then rejected.
Consequence:
A submit error will be sent to the originator of the message, with error set to OriginatorInvalid.
Action to be taken:
Update your configuration (routing table, UA descriptions) if required.
76060 Connect Request from
76099 PDU saved
Message description:
Header: PDU saved
P1 : file name.
on <<file name>>
Example:
PDU saved on p000812
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
546 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Cause:
An incoming message generated an ASN.1 decoding error when MDE tried to decode it. The message
is saved to file for further investigation by the administrator.
Consequence:
The incoming message can not be processed.
Action to be taken:
Check the message saved in the file; contact the administrator of the MTA which sent the message.
77001 ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error
P1 : error type (context or sap)
CTX=-1
SAP=<sap-number>
(Sap=<sap number>)
P2 : remote MTA id. (only for bad SAP in CCE entity)
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error CTX=-1
Cause:
The first form indicates that there is no more free contexts.
The second one specifies that a sap cannot be accessed (to reach the particular MTA specified if any)
because the sap number is invalid or the sap is closed.
Consequence:
The MTS will be unable to create more context (first form) and thus will refuse to establish or to accept
more concurrent associations or connections. The MTS will be unable to transfer interactions through a
particular sap (second form).
Action to be taken:
First form: increase the entity maximum number of contexts in the OSIAM configuration.
Second form: check that the specified SAP exists and is opened. Otherwise change the invalid OSIAM
configuration or reopen the SAP.
77002 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error or File error
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading on < <filename> >
• seeking on < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
547 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• replacing < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 : present only when two files are concerned
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code
diag = <diagnostic>
Example:
ALARM ! File error deleting <p000012> diag=2
ALARM ! File error opening <fmta.cnf> diag=42
ALARM ! File error linking <p000025> on <p000011> diag=72
Cause:
File error detected by the MTA. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
If the specified file is a message file, the processing of this particular message will be abandoned.
Otherwise the whole MTA working may be disturbed.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration if the error occurs on a
configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
Note that in case of billing or journal file error, the operator is provided with a command to switch
between one and another (see MTS SWITCH commands).
77003 ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Example:
ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Cause:
The MCE or MDS entity cannot establish a connection with the MDE entity after the maximum of MDE
Connect Request retries has been reached.
Consequence:
The local MTA will not be able to process conversion or X500 operations for the incoming messages.
Action to be taken :
Check the problem with the MDE entity and then stop and restart the MDS and MCE entities which will
retry to establish connection with the MDE entity. (you can restart AMHS)
77004 ALARM ! System error :
Message description:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
548 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Header: ALARM ! System error :
P1 : function name.
function name
P2 : error code.
Diag=diagnostic
Example:
ALARM ! System error : mcttxia5 Diag=6
Cause:
An internal error has been detected in MCE while processing a conversion (e.g. a conversion with loss).
This message is displayed for each successive function to which an error is returned. The disgnostic
values can be found in the mceupcon include file.
Consequence:
The conversion of the message fails, and a non delivery report will be generated by MDE if this is an
implicit conversion.
Action to be taken :
The MCEDEBUG option (as its name suggests) should be defined only for debugging purposes. The
administrator of the MTA is warned of problems which may occur by other messages.
77005 Conversion with loss error while converting
Message description:
Header: Conversion with loss error while converting
P1 : conversion type
from IA5 to TTX
or
from TTX to IA5
Example:
Conversion with loss error while converting from IA5 to TTX
Cause:
This message is displayed when conversion without loss can not be done on the current message and
conversion with loss is prohibited.
Consequence:
If the conversion was an explicit conversion, there is no consequence (the message is transferred or
delivered as is, or an implicit conversion is attempted is required). If the conversion was an implicit
conversion, a non Delivery Report will be generated with non delivery reason code set to
conversion-not-performed (2) and non delivery diagnostic code set to conversion-with-loss-prohibited
(19).
Action to be taken:
None.
77006 Unknown Event :
Message description:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
549 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Header: Unknown Event :
P1 : OSIAM event code
Code = event-code (CCE entity)
event-code (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Example:
Unknown Event : Code = 4242 (CCE entity)
Unknown Event : 4242 (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Cause:
This message is displayed when the entities receive an unknown event
Consequence:
The connection on which the event is received will be aborted (if this is a connection with another MHS
entity), or a disconnect request or indication will be sent (if this is a connection with another OSIAM
entity)
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP traces, detect which is the originator of this event and act consequently.
77007 Decoding error
Message description:
Header: Decoding error
Example:
Decoding error
Cause:
Conversion error when MCE try to convert an incomming message according to the requested
conversion. ASN.1 decoding error when MDS receives a response from X500.
Consequence:
MCE can not carry out a conversion requested by MDE or MDS is unable to perform a request from
MDE (Distribution List expansion or Directory Name resolution).
Action to be taken:
In the case of MCE, check that the concerned message is correctly formated. If MDS is concerned,
check the ASN.1 encoding of PDUs by the X500 processes and the ASN.1 decoding of PDUs by MDS.
78001 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error :
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading from < <filename> >
• seeking in < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
• closing < <filename> >
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
550 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• deleting < <filename> >
• existing < <filename> >
• invalid format < <filename> >
• searching size of < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 (opt) : present only when two files are concerned
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code (file system specific)
diag=<diagnostic>
P4 : file type, whose possible values are:
• 01: configuration file
• 02: entry file.
• 03: CMS working file (BTK)
• 04: main info bases ACP file.
• 05: secondary info bases ACP file.
• 06: main B-Tree file.
• 07: secondary B-Tree file.
• 08: message file.
• 09: result file.
• 10: update history file.
• 11: temporary file.
• 12: CMS recovery file.
• 13: IBO recovery file.
• 14: MSM recovery file.
• 15: argument file.
• Type=<file type (numeric)>
P5 (opt) : MS-User that owns the file
Owner=<file owner>
P6 (opt) : file index
Index=<file index>
Examples:
ALARM ! File error deleting <q000012> diag=13
ALARM ! File error opening <cnfms0> diag=2
Cause:
File error detected by the MS. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
The consequences depend on the kind of operation the MS is currently performing. They may be
restricted to this operation, but may also prevent the Message Store from performing any other
operation.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and Contact your local maintenance. You may check the concerned file. The diagnostic
code may be helpfull in problem fixing (absence of a file, permission denied, ...) Restart the MS with a
cleaned configuration if the corrupted file is a configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
551 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
78002 ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error
P1 : error type (context or sap)
CTX=-1
SAP=<sap-number>
(Sap=<sap number>)
P2 : remote MTA id. (only for bad SAP in CCE entity)
MTA=<mta-id>
MTA <mta-id-string>
Example:
ALARM ! OSIAM Internal Error CTX=-1
Cause:
The first form indicates that there is no more free contexts.
The second one specifies that a sap cannot be accessed (to reach the particular MTA specified if any)
because the sap number is invalid or the sap is closed.
Consequence:
The MTS will be unable to create more context (first form) and thus will refuse to establish or to accept
more concurrent associations or connections. The MTS will be unable to transfer interactions through a
particular sap (second form).
Action to be taken:
First form: increase the entity maximum number of contexts in the OSIAM configuration.
Second form: check that the specified SAP exists and is opened. Otherwise change the invalid OSIAM
configuration or reopen the SAP.
78003 ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Example:
ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MDE !
Cause:
The MCE or MDS entity cannot establish a connection with the MDE entity after the maximum of MDE
Connect Request retries has been reached.
Consequence:
The local MTA will not be able to process conversion or X500 operations for the incoming messages.
Action to be taken :
Check the problem with the MDE entity and then stop and restart the MDS and MCE entities which will
retry to establish connection with the MDE entity.(you can restart AMHS)
78004 Decoding error
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
552 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: Decoding Error:
P1 : This parameter gives the ASN.1 matrix line where decoding failed.
Line=<Matrix line>
P2 : This is the reason code returned by the ASN.1 decoder.
Reason=<Reason code>
Example:
Decoding error Line=12 Reason=2
Cause:
An error has occurred during the ASN1 decoding of a PDU.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the operation
failure message that will follow.
78005 Unknown Event :
Message description:
Header: Unknown Event :
P1 : OSIAM event code
Code = event-code (CCE entity)
event-code (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Example:
Unknown Event : Code = 4242 (CCE entity)
Unknown Event : 4242 (MCE, MDE, MDS or TME entity)
Cause:
This message is displayed when the entities receive an unknown event.
Consequence:
The connection on which the event is received will be aborted (if this is a connection with another MHS
entity), or a disconnect request or indication will be sent (if this is a connection with another OSIAM
entity)
Action to be taken:
Using the SAP traces, detect which is the originator of this event and act consequently.
78006 Unknown DName ignored during DL expansion :
Message description:
Header: Unknown DName ignored during DL expansion :
P1 : partner identifier
DNAME = <directory-name>
in DL = <dl-directory-name>
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
553 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Example:
Unknown DName ignored during DL expansion : DNAME = /C=FR/O=MTAMARB0/CN=unknown in DL
= /C=FR/O=MTAMARB0/CN=DLunkDNs
Cause:
This message is displayed when the flag for soft behaviour during DL expansion is chosen in the MDS.
One member DName of the DL could't be found, because it is unknown.
Consequence:
The DL expansion response will be positive. The unknown DName in the DL is ignored, and thus the
message can be routed to the other valid members of the DL.
Action to be taken:
None.
78023 Bind refuse from DUA
Message description:
Header: Bind refuse from DUA
Example:
Bind refuse from DUA
Meaning:
This message is displayed at when MDS receives a bind refuse from the DUA.
78024 Abort indication from DUA
Message description:
Header: Abort indication from DUA
Example:
Abort indication from DUA
Meaning:
This message is displayed when MDS receives an abort indication from the DUA.
79002 ALARM ! File error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! File error :
P1 : operation (in type) and filename (in value)
• creating < <filename> >
• opening < <filename> >
• reading from < <filename> >
• seeking in < <filename> >
• writing on < <filename> >
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
554 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
• closing < <filename> >
• deleting < <filename> >
• existing < <filename> >
• invalid format < <filename> >
• searching size of < <filename> >
• linking < <target filename> >
• on < <filename> > (unknown operation)
P2 (opt) : present only when two files are concerned
on < <filename> >
P3 : diagnostic code (file system specific)
diag=<diagnostic>
P4 : file type, whose possible values are
• 01: configuration file
• 02: entry file.
• 03: CMS working file (BTK)
• 04: main info bases ACP file.
• 05: secondary info bases ACP file.
• 06: main B-Tree file.
• 07: secondary B-Tree file.
• 08: message file.
• 09: result file.
• 10: update history file.
• 11: temporary file.
• 12: CMS recovery file.
• 13: IBO recovery file.
• 14: MSM recovery file.
• 15: argument file.
Type=<file type (numeric)>
P5 (opt) : MS-User that owns the file
Owner=<file owner>
P6 (opt) : file index
Index=<file index>
Examples:
ALARM ! File error deleting <q000012> diag=13
ALARM ! File error opening <cnfms0> diag=2
Cause:
File error detected by the MS. When the filename is unknown the string parameter has a null length
field.
Consequence:
The consequences depend on the kind of operation the MS is currently performing. They may be
restricted to this operation, but may also prevent the Message Store from performing any other
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
555 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
operation.
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and Contact your local maintenance. You may check the concerned file. The diagnostic
code may be helpfull in problem fixing (absence of a file, permission denied, ...) Restart the MS with a
cleaned configuration if the corrupted file is a configuration file (AMHS cold restart).
79003 Decoding error :
Message description:
Header: Decoding Error:
P1 : This parameter gives the ASN.1 matrix line where decoding failed.
Line=<Matrix line>
P2 : This is the reason code returned by the ASN.1 decoder.
Reason=<Reason code>
Example:
Decoding error Line=12 Reason=2
Cause:
An error has occurred during the ASN1 decoding of a PDU.
Consequence:
The operation that depends on that decoding will fail.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned PDU by using trace level 4. Identify the origin of this PDU thanks to the operation
failure message that will follow.
79005 ALARM ! System error :
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! System Error :
P1 : This is a MARBEN specific reference identifying the error.
MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=<Error Ref>)
OSIAM configuratin (Ref=<Error Ref>)
Resource allocation failure (Ref=<Error Ref>)
MS configuration (Ref=<Error Ref>)
P2 (opt) : Reason code identifying more accuratly the problem.
Reason code= <Reason code>
Example:
ALARM ! System Error : MS Schema inconsistent (Ref=23)
Cause:
An error due to a configuration problem has occurred.
Consequence:
It depends on the type of operation in progress. In most cases the service can be unavailable for at
least one user
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
556 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Action to be taken:
Stop the MS and check the indicated configuration.
79006 ALARM ! Internal error :
79007 ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Example:
ALARM ! Cannot establish connection with MSK !
Cause:
The CMS, IBO or MSM entity cannot establish a connection with the MSK entity after the maximum of
MSK Connect Request retries has been reached.
Consequence:
The MS services can not be used any more.
Action to be taken:
Check the state of the MSK entity and the state of the SAPs, and then restart all the entities.
79009 Operation failure :
Message description:
Header: Operation failure:
P1 : The type of this parameter gives the type of the operation that failed.
Message submission <>
Probe submission <>
List <>
...
P2 (opt) : Identifies the user concerned by the operation.
User=<User Id>
P3 (opt) : Indentifies the operation that failed.
Corr=<Operation correlator>
P4 (opt) : This is the invoke identifier in case of an invoked operation.
(Inv=<Invoke Id>
P5 (opt) : This parameter identifies the connection on which the operation has been invoked.
\Cnx=<Connection Correlator>)
Example:
P7 operation invocation : Summarize User=4 Corr=456 from local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Retrieval error: Range error #0 User=4 Corr=456 Operation failure: Summarize User=4 Corr=456
P7 operation error: Number range error User=4 Corr=456 to local MS-User=4 (Inv=0\Cnx=831)
Cause:
An operation invoked by an MS-User, by the MTA or by an administration command has failed because
the operation argument is not correct or because of a transient problem such as connection abort.
Anyway, this message is preceeded by a more precise one
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
557 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Consequence:
Consequences of such an error are limited to the current operation. If the connection on which the
operation has been invoked is still available, the initiator of the operation will be aware of the failure
thanks to an error result (case of service) or an error message (case of command).
Action to be taken:
The action to be taken depends on the type and the origin of the operation. More accurate information
can be retrieve thanks to the operation correlator from the traces of the entity that performed the
operation.
79018 Recovering record :
Message description:
Header: Recovering record:
P1 : This is the offset of the record that is being recovered.
Record offset=<Offset in Entry file>
Example:
Recovering record: record offset=20
Cause:
CMS is recovering a record in an entry file before the MS is actually started.
Consequence:
The operations that had not completed will be rolled back.
Action to be taken:
None.
98004 File error
98005 Database read error
Message description:
Header: Database read error
P1 : filename
on < <filename> >
Example:
Database read error on <m_mess>
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on MTAs, UAs or message descriptors file.
Consequence:
The MTS is unable to work on one of the three files specified above.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
98006 Database write error
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
558 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
Header: Database write error
P1 : filename
on < <filename> >
Example:
Database write error on <m_mess>
Cause:
Database error detected by the MTS on MTAs, UAs or message descriptors file.
Consequence:
The MTS is unable to work on one of the three files specified above.
Action to be taken:
Check the concerned file. Restart the MTS with a cleaned configuration (AMHS cold restart).
98037 Local MTA performance for last
Message description:
Header: Local MTA performance
P1 : delay for which the given performance is measured.
for last <delay>seconds
P2 : numbers of APDUs received during the daly.
Number of APDU's Received ....... : <number>
P3 : number of APDUs sent during the delay.
Number of APDU's Sent ....... : <number>
Example:
Local MTA performance for last 10 seconds
Number of APDUs Received ............... : 42
Number of APDUs Sent ................... : 37
Cause:
Consequence:
None.
Action to be taken :
None.
To stop the display of this message, the administrator has to enter the MTS SET STATISTICS
PERFORMANCE OFF command.
98070 Journal switching :
Message description:
Header: Journal switching :
P1 : name of the just switched file.
The file switched is < <journal-file-name> >
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
559 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Example:
Journal switching : The file switched is <flog1>
Cause:
A journal file has just been switched. This occurs:
• at operator request.
• automatically when maximum size is reached.
Consequence:
The just switched journal file is not used by the MTS until the next journal switched alarm. So that file is
accessible by the operator.
Action to be taken :
At operator convenience: he can now access to the journal file.
Can be ignored.
98071 Billing switching :
Informative ; to be ignored.
Message description:
Header: Billing switching :
P1 : name of the just switched (accessible) file.
The file switched is < <billing-file-name> >
Example:
Billing switching : The file switched is <fbil1>
Cause:
A billing file has just been switched. This occurs:
• at operator request.
• automatically when maximum size is reached.
Consequence:
The just switched billing file is not used by the MTS until the next billing switched alarm. So that file is
accessible by the operator.
Action to be taken :
At operator convenience: he can now access to the billing file.
Can be ignored.
98072 ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in normal state
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in normal state
Example:
ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in normal state
Cause:
The filestore usage level goes below the normal congestion threshold (set by the command MTS SET
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
560 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
CONGESTION THRESHOLDS).
Consequence:
The local MTA will again accept local submission and incoming associations.
Action to be taken :
None.
98073 ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in critical state
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in critical state
Example:
ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in critical state
Cause:
The filestore usage level bypasses the critical congestion threshold (set by the command MTS SET
CONGESTION THRESHOLDS).
Consequence:
All the incoming monologue associations are aborted and the turn is requested for each incoming TWA
association (with "Urgent", ie maximum, priority). As long as the local MTA will remain in critical state
(ie until next "Congestion Normal State alarm"), the local submissions for messages which priority is
less than urgent, and incoming associations establishment will be refused.
Action to be taken :
If this alarm often occurs, it denotes that your disk capacity is too low for the traffic supported by the
local MTA. Increase this capacity if possible, then increase the congestion thresholds.
98074 ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in congested state
Message description:
Header: ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in congested state
Example:
ALARM ! Congestion control activated : MTA is now in congested state
Cause:
The filestore usage level bypasses the full congestion threshold (set by the command MTS SET
CONGESTION THRESHOLDS).
Consequence:
All the incoming TWA associations are aborted. As long as the local MTA will remain in congested state
(ie until next "Congestion Normal State alarm"), all the local submissions and incoming associations
establishment will be refused.
Action to be taken :
If this alarm often occurs, it denotes that your disk capacity is too low for the traffic supported by the
local MTA. Increase this capacity if possible, then increase the congestion thresholds.
99001 OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
561 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Message description:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1 ID=MTA-AAAA-1
Cause:
Whenever more than 5 messages are in queue for a given MTA
99002 OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3
Message description:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3 ID=AAAAMHAA
Cause:
Whenever more than 5 messages are in queue for a given UA P3
99003 OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7
Message description:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7 ID=AAAAMHBB
Cause:
Whenever more than 5 messages are in queue for a given UA P7
99004 CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1
Message description:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P1 ID=MTA-AAAA-1
Cause:
Whenever no more messages are in queue for a given MTA
99005 CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3
Message description:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P3 ID=AAAAMHAA
Cause:
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
562 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Whenever no more messages are in queue for a given UA P3
99006 CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7
Message description:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7 ID=XXXXXXX
Example:
CLEAR ALARM OVERFLOW QUEUE THRESHOLD P7 ID=AAAAMHBB
Cause:
Whenever no more messages are in queue for a given UA P7
99007 2 MILLION OF MESSAGES REACHED
Message description:
xx% OF 2 MILLION OF MESSAGES REACHED FOR DAY yyyy/MM/dd
Example:
90% OF 2 MILLION OF MESSAGES REACHED FOR DAY 2014/10/22
Cause:
The number of incoming AMHS messages is near of 2 million.
99008 AMHS MESSAGE RECEIVED ON REPETITION UA
Message description:
AMHS MESSAGE RECEIVED ON REPETITION UA : TYPE=<TYPE>, MTSID="<MTSID>"
Example:
AMHS
MESSAGE
RECEIVED
ON
REPETITION
MTSID="/C=XX/A=ICAO/P=LA/Lid=MTCU-LAAA-1-1009000000001"
UA
:
TYPE=IPM,
Cause:
An AMHS message is received on the UA dedicated to the repetition of AMHS message.
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
563 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
Appendix C. List of SNMP-related Alarms
Table of Contents
C.1. SNMP Alarms ...................................................................................................................565
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
564 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
C.1 SNMP Alarms
2003 Generic
2012 SNMP Agent is reachable Again
2014 SNMP Agent is no more reachable
2022 Back to normal : status of interface index ${ifIndex} (${ifDescr}) is now ${ifOperStatus}
2024 Status of interface index ${ifIndex} (${ifDescr}) is ${ifOperStatus}
2032 Storage "${hrStorageDescr}" is back to normal (${thaHrStoragePercentUsed}% used)
2034 Storage "${hrStorageDescr}" is highly used (${thaHrStoragePercentUsed}%)
2042 ${hrStorageDescr} area is back to normal (${thaHrStorageMemoryPercentUsed}% used)
2044 ${hrStorageDescr} area is highly used (${thaHrStorageMemoryPercentUsed}%)
2102 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 5 second period is back to normal :
${cpmCPUTotal5secRev}%
2104 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 5 second period is high : ${cpmCPUTotal5secRev}%
2112 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 1 minute period is back to normal :
${cpmCPUTotal1minRev}%
2114 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 1 minute period is high : ${cpmCPUTotal1minRev}%
2122 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 5 minute period is back to normal :
${cpmCPUTotal5minRev}%
2124 The overall CPU busy percentage in the last 5 minute period is high : ${cpmCPUTotal5minRev}%
2202 The presence of ${cpqHeFltTolFanLocale} fan ${cpqHeFltTolFanIndex} on chassis
${cpqHeFltTolFanChassis} is back to normal (${cpqHeFltTolFanPresent})
2204 The presence of ${cpqHeFltTolFanLocale} fan ${cpqHeFltTolFanIndex} on chassis
${cpqHeFltTolFanChassis} is abnormal : ${cpqHeFltTolFanPresent}
2212 The ${cpqHeFltTolFanLocale} fan ${cpqHeFltTolFanIndex} on chassis ${cpqHeFltTolFanChassis} is
back to normal condition (${cpqHeFltTolFanCondition})
2214 The ${cpqHeFltTolFanLocale} fan ${cpqHeFltTolFanIndex} on chassis ${cpqHeFltTolFanChassis} is
in abnormal condition : ${cpqHeFltTolFanCondition}
2222 The ${cpqHeTemperatureLocale} temperature sensor ${cpqHeTemperatureIndex} on chassis
${cpqHeTemperatureChassis} is back to normal (${cpqHeTemperatureCelsius}° on $
{cpqHeTemperatureThreshold}°)
2224 The ${cpqHeTemperatureLocale} temperature sensor ${cpqHeTemperatureIndex} on chassis
${cpqHeTemperatureChassis} is high (${cpqHeTemperatureCelsius}° on ${cpqHeTemp
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
565 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
eratureThreshold}°)
2232 Status of temperature (${cpqHeTemperatureLocale}) sensor ${cpqHeTemperatureIndex} on chassis
${cpqHeTemperatureChassis} is back to normal (${cpqHeTemperatureCondit ion})
2234 Abnormal status of temperature (${cpqHeTemperatureLocale}) sensor ${cpqHeTemperatureIndex}
on chassis ${cpqHeTemperatureChassis} (${cpqHeTemperatureCondition})
2242 Status of the fault tolerant power supply is back to normal (${cpqHeFltTolPwrSupplyStatus})
2244 Abnormal status of the fault tolerant power supply : ${cpqHeFltTolPwrSupplyStatus}
2252 Power supply ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyBay} on chassis ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyChassis} is
back to normal (${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyPresent})
2254 Power supply ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyBay} on chassis ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyChassis} is
abnormal : ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyPresent}
2262 Redundancy of power supply ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyBay} on chassis
${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyChassis} is back to normal (${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyRedundant}
)
2264 Redundancy of power supply ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyBay} on chassis
${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyChassis} is abnormal : ${cpqHeFltTolPowerSupplyRedundant}
2302 DSR signal of port index ${portHdwIndex} is up again
2304 DSR signal of port index ${portHdwIndex} is down
2312 CD signal of port index ${portHdwIndex} is up again
2314 CD signal of port index ${portHdwIndex} is down
2402 Load average ${laNames} is back to normal : ${laLoad}
2404 Load average ${laNames} is high : ${laLoad}
2502 ATA error number from S.M.A.R.T read for disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) is
back to normal : ${ataError}
2504 ATA error number from S.M.A.R.T read for disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) is
abnormal : ${ataError}
2512 State of disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) is back to normal : ${diskState}
2514 Abnormal state of disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) : ${diskState}
2522 Temperature of disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) is back to normal :
${diskTemperature}°
2524 Temperature of disk ${diskNumber} on slot ${diskSlotName} (${diskID}) is high :
${diskTemperature}°
2532 Status of fan ${fanNumber} is back to normal : ${fanStatus}
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
566 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
2534 Abnormal status of fan ${fanNumber} : ${fanStatus}
2542 Status of volume ${volumeNumber} (${volumeName}) is back to normal : ${volumeStatus}
2544 Abnormal status of volume ${volumeNumber} (${volumeName}) : ${volumeStatus}
2612 AERMAC status is back to normal : ${thaAmssAermacApplicationStatus}
2614 Incorrect status of AERMAC : ${thaAmssAermacApplicationStatus}
2622 MXMS status is back to normal : ${thaAmssMxmsApplicationStatus}
2624 Incorrect status of MXMS : ${thaAmssMxmsApplicationStatus}
2632 ATN status is back to normal : ${thaAmssAtnApplicationStatus}
2634 Incorrect status of ATN : ${thaAmssAtnApplicationStatus}
2642 DBMS status is back to normal : ${thaAmssDbmsApplicationStatus}
2644 Incorrect status of DBMS : ${thaAmssDbmsApplicationStatus}
2652 RMA status is back to normal : ${thaAmssRmaApplicationStatus}
2654 Incorrect status of RMA : ${thaAmssRmaApplicationStatus}
2662 GWEMAIL status is back to normal : ${thaAmssGwemailApplicationStatus}
2664 Incorrect status of GWEMAIL : ${thaAmssGwemailApplicationStatus}
2712 TILC service status is back to normal : ${thaTilcStatus}
2714 Incorrect status of TILC service : ${thaTilcStatus}
2722 TILC member condition is back to normal : ${thaTilcCondition}
2724 Incorrect condition of TILC member : ${thaTilcCondition}
3014 Status of AMSS component ${thaAnsGenTrapData} has changed to ${thaAnsGenAppStatus}
3114 Cold start
3124 Warm start
3134 Interface index ${ifIndex} enters in abnormal state (${ifOperStatus})
3144 Interface index ${ifIndex} leaves down state and enters in state ${ifOperStatus}
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
567 / 568
A2M - SUM - Product
THALES GROUP INTERNAL
Entity Identifier
Business Identifier
DTC
Revision / Process Status
F8224
61 822 431
108
002 / IN WORK
This document is not to be reproduced, modified, adapted, published, translated in any material form in whole or in part, nor disclosed to any third party without the prior written permission of THALES
©THALES 2015 All Rights Reserved
568 / 568
Descargar